Infiniti G37-09-Coupe3

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE
SECTION
DLN
DRIVELINE
DLN
CONTENTS
TRANSFER: ETX13C BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 7 .
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 7 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 7 .
C1210 ECM ....................................................... 19

Description ..............................................................19 . DTC Logic ...............................................................19 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................19 .
P1804 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ................ 20

Description ..............................................................20 . DTC Logic ...............................................................20 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................20 . H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 8 .

AWD SYSTEM .................................................... 8 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 8 . System Description .................................................. 9 . Component Parts Location ..................................... 11 . Component Description .......................................... 11 .
P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ................ 21

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AWD CONTROL UNIT) .................................................................12 .

CONSULT-III Function ........................................... 12 .
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE .... 22

Description ..............................................................22 . DTC Logic ...............................................................22 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................22 . Component Inspection ............................................24 . K
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 14 .

C1201 AWD CONTROL UNIT ...........................14 .
Description ............................................................. 14 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 14 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 14 .
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 25

C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) ....................................15 .

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 26

Description ..............................................................26 . DTC Logic ...............................................................26 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................26 . N
C1204 AWD SOLENOID ...................................16 .

Description ............................................................. 16 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 16 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 16 . Component Inspection ........................................... 17 .
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 27

Description ..............................................................27 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................27 .
AWD WARNING LAMP .................................... 30

Description ..............................................................30 . Component Function Check ...................................30 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................30 .
C1205 AWD ACTUATOR RELAY ....................18 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 32 .
Revision: 2009 October
DLN-1
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT ...................................... 32 .

Reference Value .................................................... 32 . Wiring Diagram - AWD SYSTEM - ........................ 34 . Fail-Safe ................................................................ 37 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 38 . DTC Index ............................................................. 38 .
Refilling .................................................................. 52 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 53

AWD CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 53 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 53 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 53 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 40 .

AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON ... 40
Description ............................................................. 40 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 40 .
FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................ 54 .

REAR OIL SEAL .............................................. 55 .

AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF ................................................................... 41 .

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 58

TRANSFER ASSEMBLY .................................. 58 .
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS .................................................. 42 .

UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ... 60

FRONT CASE AND REAR CASE .................... 60 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 60 . Disassembly ........................................................... 61 . Assembly ............................................................... 64 . Inspection ............................................................... 68 .
VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER AWD MODE .... 43 .

AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY .... 44 .

Description ............................................................. 44 .
MAIN SHAFT .................................................... 70 .

AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY ..... 45 .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 46 .

NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 46 .
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT AND DRIVE CHAIN .... 75 .

PRECAUTION ............................................ 47 .
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 47 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................ 47 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect ................................. 47 . Precaution for Battery Service ............................... 48 . Service Notice or Precautions for Transfer ............ 48 .
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 79

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 79 .
General Specifications ........................................... 79 .
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 80

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 80 .
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................... 80 .
PREPARATION .......................................... 49 .
PREPARATION ................................................ 49 .
Special Service Tools ............................................ 49 . Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 50 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 52 .

TRANSFER FLUID ........................................... 52 .
Inspection .............................................................. 52 . Draining ................................................................. 52 .
PREPARATION .......................................... 81
PREPARATION ................................................ 81 .
Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 81 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 82

2009 G37 Coupe
DLN-2
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT ...........................82 .

Inspection ............................................................... 82 .
PREPARATION ................................................. 95
Commercial Service Tools ......................................95 . A
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 83 .

FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT ...........................83 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 83 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 83 . Inspection ............................................................... 84 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 96 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT ............................. 96
Inspection ...............................................................96 . B

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT ............................. 97
Exploded View ........................................................97 . Removal and Installation ........................................97 . Inspection ............................................................. 100 .
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........................................................... 86 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................86 .
General Specifications ........................................... 86 . Propeller Shaft Runout ........................................... 86 . Journal Axial Play ................................................... 86 .
DLN
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......................................................... 101 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................... 101
General Specifications .......................................... 101 . Propeller Shaft Runout ......................................... 101 . Journal Axial Play ................................................. 101 .
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 87 .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ...........................87 .
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 102 .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 102
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................. 102 . H
PREPARATION .......................................... 88 .
PREPARATION .................................................88 .
Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 88 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 89 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT .............................89 .
Inspection ............................................................... 89 .
PREPARATION ........................................ 103 .

PREPARATION ............................................... 103
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 103 . J

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT .............................90 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 90 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 90 . Inspection ............................................................... 92 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ..................... 104 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT ........................... 104
Inspection ............................................................. 104 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............ 105 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT ........................... 105
Exploded View ...................................................... 105 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 105 . Inspection ............................................................. 108 . M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........................................................... 93 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................93 .
General Specifications ........................................... 93 . Propeller Shaft Runout ........................................... 93 . Journal Axial Play ................................................... 93 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................... 109
General Specifications .......................................... 109 . Propeller Shaft Runout ......................................... 109 . Journal Axial Play ................................................. 109 .
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 94 .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ...........................94 .
FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 110 .

FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY ................ 110
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION .......................................... 95 .
DLN-3
System Diagram ...................................................110 .
DRIVE PINION ................................................. 139 .

Exploded View ..................................................... 139 . Disassembly ......................................................... 140 . Assembly ............................................................. 141 . Adjustment ........................................................... 143 . Inspection After Disassembly ............................... 146 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 111 .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 111 .
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................111 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 112 .

PRECAUTIONS .............................................. 112 .
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect ................................112 . Service Notice or Precautions for Front Final Drive ..112
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......................................................... 147

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................... 147 .
General Specifications ......................................... 147 . Drive Gear Runout ............................................... 147 . Differential Side Gear Clearance ......................... 147 . Preload Torque .................................................... 147 . Backlash .............................................................. 147 . Companion Flange Runout .................................. 147 .
PREPARATION ......................................... 113 .

PREPARATION .............................................. 113 .
Special Service Tools ...........................................113 . Commercial Service Tools ....................................115 .
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 148

REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY .................. 148 .
System Diagram .................................................. 148 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 116 .

FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL ............... 116 .
Inspection .............................................................116 . Draining ................................................................116 . Refilling .................................................................116 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 150

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 150 .
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................. 150 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 117 .

SIDE OIL SEAL .............................................. 117 .
RIGHT SIDE ............................................................117 . RIGHT SIDE : Exploded View ..............................117 . RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation ...............117 . LEFT SIDE ..............................................................118 . LEFT SIDE : Exploded View .................................118 . LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation .................118 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 152

PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 152 .
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive. 152
PREPARATION ......................................... 153

PREPARATION ............................................... 153 .
Special Service Tools .......................................... 153 . Commercial Service Tools ................................... 155 .
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ... 120 .

FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY ............... 120 .
Exploded View ......................................................120 . Removal and Installation ......................................120 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 157

REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL .................. 157 .
Inspection ............................................................. 157 . Draining ................................................................ 157 . Refilling ................................................................ 157 .
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .. 122

SIDE SHAFT ................................................... 122 .
Exploded View ......................................................122 . Disassembly .........................................................123 . Assembly ..............................................................123 . Inspection After Disassembly ...............................124 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 158

FRONT OIL SEAL ........................................... 158 .
2WD ........................................................................ 158 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 158 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 158 . AWD ....................................................................... 162 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 162 . AWD : Removal and Installation .......................... 163 .
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY ......................... 125 .

Exploded View ......................................................125 . Disassembly .........................................................126 . Assembly ..............................................................129 . Adjustment ............................................................133 . Inspection After Disassembly ...............................137 .
SIDE OIL SEAL ..............................................

DLN-4
2009 G37 Coupe
2WD ........................................................................ 168 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 168 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 168 . AWD ........................................................................ 169 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 169 . AWD : Removal and Installation .......................... 170 .
Preload Torque ..................................................... 220 . Backlash ............................................................... 220 . Drive Pinion Runout (2WD) .................................. 220 . Companion Flange Runout (AWD) ....................... 220 .
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 222 .

REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY .................. 222
System Diagram ................................................... 222 .

REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY .................. 172 .
2WD ........................................................................ 172 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 172 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 172 . AWD ........................................................................ 173 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 174 . AWD : Removal and Installation .......................... 174 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 223 DLN .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 223
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................. 223 . E
PRECAUTION ........................................... 225 .

PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 225
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive 225 .. F
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . 176

DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY .......................... 176 .
2WD ........................................................................ 176 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 176 . 2WD : Disassembly .............................................. 177 . 2WD : Assembly ................................................... 179 . 2WD : Adjustment ................................................ 183 . 2WD : Inspection After Disassembly .................... 188 . AWD ........................................................................ 188 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 189 . AWD : Disassembly ............................................. 189 . AWD : Assembly .................................................. 192 . AWD : Adjustment ................................................ 196 . AWD : Inspection After Disassembly ................... 201 .
PREPARATION ........................................ 226 .

PREPARATION ............................................... 226
Special Service Tools ........................................... 226 . Commercial Service Tools .................................... 228 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ..................... 230 .

REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL ................. 230
Inspection ............................................................. 230 . Draining ................................................................ 230 . Refilling ................................................................. 230 . I
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............ 231 .

FRONT OIL SEAL ........................................... 231
M/T .......................................................................... 231 . M/T : Exploded View ............................................. 231 . M/T : Removal and Installation ............................. 231 . A/T ........................................................................... 235 . A/T : Exploded View ............................................. 236 . A/T : Removal and Installation .............................. 236 . K
DRIVE PINION ................................................. 202 .

2WD ........................................................................ 202 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 202 . 2WD : Disassembly .............................................. 203 . 2WD : Assembly ................................................... 204 . 2WD : Adjustment ................................................ 206 . 2WD : Inspection After Disassembly .................... 209 . AWD ........................................................................ 210 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 210 . AWD : Disassembly ............................................. 211 . AWD : Assembly .................................................. 213 . AWD : Adjustment ................................................ 215 . AWD : Inspection After Disassembly ................... 218 .
SIDE OIL SEAL ............................................... 241

M/T .......................................................................... 241 . M/T : Exploded View ............................................. 241 . M/T : Removal and Installation ............................. 241 . A/T ........................................................................... 242 . A/T : Exploded View ............................................. 243 . A/T : Removal and Installation .............................. 243 .

General Specification ........................................... 220 . Drive Gear Runout ............................................... 220 . Differential Side Gear Clearance ......................... 220 .

REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY .................. 245
M/T .......................................................................... 245 . M/T : Exploded View ............................................. 245 .
DLN-5
2009 G37 Coupe
M/T : Removal and Installation .............................245 . A/T ...........................................................................246 . A/T : Exploded View .............................................247 . A/T : Removal and Installation ..............................247 .
M/T : Exploded View ............................................ 274 . M/T : Disassembly ............................................... 275 . M/T : Assembly .................................................... 276 . M/T : Adjustment .................................................. 278 . M/T : Inspection After Disassembly ..................... 282 . A/T .......................................................................... 282 . A/T : Exploded View ............................................. 283 . A/T : Disassembly ................................................ 284 . A/T : Assembly ..................................................... 285 . A/T : Adjustment .................................................. 287 . A/T : Inspection After Disassembly ...................... 290 .
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .. 249

DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY ......................... 249 .
M/T ...........................................................................249 . M/T : Exploded View .............................................249 . M/T : Disassembly ................................................250 . M/T : Assembly .....................................................252 . M/T : Adjustment ..................................................256 . M/T : Inspection After Disassembly ......................260 . A/T ...........................................................................261 . A/T : Exploded View .............................................261 . A/T : Disassembly .................................................262 . A/T : Assembly .....................................................265 . A/T : Adjustment ...................................................268 . A/T : Inspection After Disassembly .......................273 .

General Specification ........................................... 292 . Drive Gear Runout ............................................... 292 . Differential Side Gear Clearance ......................... 292 . Preload Torque .................................................... 292 . Backlash .............................................................. 292 . Companion flange Runout (M/T Models) ............. 292 . Drive Pinion Runout (A/T Models) ....................... 293 .
DRIVE PINION ................................................ 274 .

M/T ...........................................................................274 .
DLN-6
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW

< BASIC INSPECTION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow
DETAILED FLOW
INFOID:0000000004458494
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, reproduce symptoms, and understand them fully. Ask customer about his/her complaints carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necesDLN sary. CAUTION: Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like maybe the customer means that..., or maybe the customer mentions this symptom. E >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AWD WARNING LAMP

Start the engine and drive at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute. Does AWD warning lamp turn ON? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Check malfunction detected by self-diagnosis. Erase AWD control unit self-diagnostic results. >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONNECTORS

Check pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. >> GO TO 5.
K
5.CHECK SYMPTOM REPRODUCTION

With CONSULT-III Perform DTC reproduction procedure for the error system. Is any error detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

Perform the symptom diagnosis for each system. Is any malfunction present? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT-III Check input/output signal standard of AWD control unit. Is the input/output the standard value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
DLN-7
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
AWD SYSTEM
System Diagram
CONTROL DIAGRAM
INFOID:0000000004458495
JPDIE0103GB
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW
DLN-8
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD SYSTEM
A
DLN
H
JSDIA0803ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Electromagnet Drive chain Front drive shaft
2. 5. 8.
Control clutch Front case Main clutch
3. 6. 9.
Cam Main shaft Rear case

INFOID:0000000004458496
System Description
DESCRIPTION
Electronic control allows optimal distribution of torque to front/rear wheels to match road conditions. Makes possible stable driving, with no wheel spin, on snowy roads or other slippery surfaces. On roads which do not require AWD, it contributes to improved fuel economy by driving in conditions close to rear-wheel drive. Sensor inputs determine the vehicle's turning condition, and in response tight cornering/braking are controlled by distributing optimum torque to front wheels. It transmits/receives each signal from the following control unit via CAN communication line.
Component parts ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Function Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to AWD control unit. Vehicle speed signal Stop lamp switch signal (brake signal) Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to AWD control unit. Accelerator pedal position signal Engine speed signal Transmits conditions of parking brake switch via CAN communication to AWD control unit.
ECM
Unified meter and A/C amp.
NOTE: When driving, if there is a large difference between front and rear wheel speed which continues for a long time, fluid temperature of drive system parts becomes too high and AWD warning lamp blinks quickly. (When AWD warning lamp blinks, vehicle changes to rear-wheel drive conditions.) Also, optional distribution of torque sometimes becomes rigid before lamp blinks quickly, but it is not a malfunction. If AWD warning lamp is blinking quickly, stop vehicle and allow it to idle for some time. Blinking will stop and AWD system will be restored.
DLN-9
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ETX13C] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When driving, AWD warning lamp may blink slowly if there is a significant difference in diameter of the tires. At this time, vehicle performance is not fully available and cautious driving is required. (Continues until the engine is turned OFF.) If the warning lamp blinks slowly during driving but remains OFF after the engine is restarted, the system is normal. If it again blinks slowly after driving for some time, vehicle must be inspected. When there is a difference of revolution speed between the front and rear wheel the shift occasionally changes to direct 4-wheel driving conditions automatically. This is not a malfunction.
OPERATION PRINCIPLE
ELECTRIC CONTROLLED COUPLING
JPDIE0095GB
1. 4.
Main clutch Electromagnet
2.
Control clutch
3.
Cam
: Current commanded from AWD control unit.
1. 2. 3. 4.
AWD control unit supplies command current to electric controlled coupling (AWD solenoid). Control clutch is engaged by electromagnet and torque is detected in control clutch. The cam operates in response to control clutch torque and applies pressure to main clutch. Main clutch transmits torque to front wheels according to pressing power. Transmission torque to front wheels is determined according to command current.
SDIA1844E
DLN-10
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000004458497
Component Parts Location
DLN
JSDIA1075ZZ
I
1. A. AWD warning lamp Combination meter 2. B. AWD control unit Glove box assembly removed 3. C. AWD solenoid harness connector Transfer assembly
INFOID:0000000004458498
Component Description
Component parts AWD control unit Wheel sensors AWD solenoid Transfer fluid temperature sensor Electric controlled coupling AWD warning lamp ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ECM Unified meter and A/C amp. DLN-14, "Description" BRC-31, "Description" DLN-16, "Description" DLN-22, "Description" Transmits driving force to rear final drive. DLN-30, "Description" DLN-15, "Description" DLN-19, "Description" DLN-30, "Description" Reference/Function
DLN-11
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AWD CONTROL UNIT)


CONSULT-III Function
FUNCTION
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
Diagnostic test mode ECU Identification Self Diagnostic Result Data Monitor Active Test AWD control unit part number can be read. Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. Input/Output data in the AWD control unit can be read. Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the AWD control unit and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. Function
INFOID:0000000004458499
ECU IDENTIFICATION
AWD control unit part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Before performing the self-diagnosis, start the engine and drive vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute.
Display Item List Refer to DLN-38, "DTC Index". How to Erase Self-Diagnostic Results Before erasing DTC memory, start the engine and drive at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute. Check that ABS warning lamp turns OFF. NOTE: When AWD warning lamp is ON with system malfunction of DTC C1203, run the vehicle at 30 km/h (19MPH) or more for a minute and check that ABS warning lamp is turned OFF. Then turn ignition switch OFF, and start the engine again. Otherwise AWD warning lamp may not turn OFF even if it is normal.
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
Monitor item (Unit) STOP LAMP SW [On/Off] ENG SPEED SIG [Run/Stop] ETS ACTUATOR [On/Off] 4WD WARN LAMP [On/Off] 4WD MODE SW [##] 4WD MODE MON [AUTO] DIS-TIRE MONI [mm] P BRAKE SW [On/Off] BATTERY VOLT [V] THRTL POS SEN [%] ETS SOLENOID [A] FR RH SENSOR [km/h] or [mph] FR LH SENSOR [km/h] or [mph] RR RH SENSOR [km/h] or [mph] RR LH SENSOR [km/h] or [mph] Remarks Stop lamp switch signal status via CAN communication line is displayed. Engine status is displayed. Operating condition of AWD actuator relay (integrated in AWD control unit) is displayed. Control status of AWD warning lamp is displayed. Mode switch is not equipped, but displayed. Control status of AWD is displayed. Improper size tire installed condition is displayed. Parking brake switch signal status via CAN communication line is displayed. Power supply voltage for AWD control unit Throttle opening status is displayed. Monitored value of current at AWD solenoid Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor signal is displayed. Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor signal is displayed. Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor signal is displayed. Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor signal is displayed.
ACTIVE TEST
Description
DLN-12
2009 G37 Coupe

[TRANSFER: ETX13C] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Use this mode to determine and identify the details of a malfunction based on self-diagnostic results or data monitor. AWD control unit gives drive signal to actuator with receiving command from CONSULT-III to check operation of actuator.
Test Item B
Test item Condition Description Change command current value to AWD solenoid, and then change driving mode. (Monitor value is normal if it is within approx. 10% of command value.) Qu: Increase current value in increments of 0.2 A Qd: Decrease current value in increments of 0.2 A UP: Increase current value in increments of 0.02 A DOWN: Decrease current value in increments of 0.02 A
ETS S/V (Detects AWD solenoid)
Vehicle stopped Engine running No DTC detected
DLN
CAUTION: Never energize continuously for a long time.
DLN-13
2009 G37 Coupe
C1201 AWD CONTROL UNIT

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1201 AWD CONTROL UNIT
Description
INFOID:0000000004458500
Controls driving force distribution by signals from each sensor from rear wheel driving mode (0:100) to 4wheel driving mode (50:50). Rear wheel driving conditions is available by fail-safe function if malfunction is detected in AWD system.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1201 Display item CONTROLLER FAILURE Malfunction detected condition Malfunction has occurred inside AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458501
Possible cause Internal malfunction of AWD control unit
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1201 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-14, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458502
With CONSULT-III 1. Erase AWD control unit self-diagnostic results. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then wait 10 seconds or more. 3. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1201 detected? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-14
2009 G37 Coupe
C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

A
INFOID:0000000004458503
C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

Description
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to AWD control unit. Vehicle speed signal Stop lamp switch signal (brake signal)
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004458504
DLN
DTC Display items Malfunction detected condition Malfunction related to ABS system has been detected by ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Possible cause ABS malfunction Malfunction of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed signal error
C1203
ABS SYSTEM

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine and drive at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1203 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-15, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
G
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458505
1.PERFORM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check the DTC. NO >> GO TO 2.
J K
With CONSULT-III 1. Erase AWD control unit self-diagnostic results. 2. Start the engine and drive vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute. 3. Make sure that ABS warning lamp turns OFF. 4. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1203 detected? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-15
2009 G37 Coupe
C1204 AWD SOLENOID

C1204 AWD SOLENOID

Description
Controls electric controlled coupling by command current from AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458506
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1204 Display items 4WD SOLENOID Malfunction detected condition Malfunction related to AWD solenoid has been detected.
INFOID:0000000004458507
Possible cause Internal malfunction of electric controlled coupling

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458508
1.CHECK AWD SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 9
Ground
Voltage Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK AWD CONTROL UNIT GROUND

Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 10 11 Continuity
Ground
Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK AWD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect AWD solenoid harness connector. Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and AWD solenoid harness connector.
DLN-16
2009 G37 Coupe
C1204 AWD SOLENOID

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 1 2 AWD solenoid Connector F57 Terminal 1 2
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
Continuity
Existed
3.
Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and the ground.
C
DLN
Ground Not existed
4.CHECK AWD SOLENOID

Check the resistance between AWD solenoid harness connector terminals. Refer to DLN-17, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> AWD solenoid is malfunctioning. Replace electric controlled coupling. Refer to DLN-70, "Exploded View".

1. Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. 2. Check AWD solenoid pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
I
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004458509

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD solenoid harness connector. Check the resistance between AWD solenoid harness connector terminals.
AWD solenoid Connector F57 1 Terminal 2
M
Resistance (Approx.) 2.45
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> AWD solenoid is malfunctioning. Replace electric controlled coupling. Refer to DLN-70, "Exploded View".
DLN-17
2009 G37 Coupe
C1205 AWD ACTUATOR RELAY

C1205 AWD ACTUATOR RELAY

Description
AWD solenoid is supplied with voltage by the internal circuit of AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458510
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Malfunction has been detected from AWD actuator relay integrated with AWD control unit, or malfunction related to AWD solenoid has been detected.
INFOID:0000000004458511
Possible cause
C1205
4WD ACTUATOR RLY
Internal malfunction of AWD control unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458512
With CONSULT-III 1. Erase AWD control unit self-diagnostic results. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. 3. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1205 detected? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-18
2009 G37 Coupe
C1210 ECM
A
INFOID:0000000004458513
C1210 ECM
Description
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to AWD control unit. Accelerator pedal position signal Engine speed signal
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004458514
DLN
DTC C1210 Display item ENGINE SIGNAL 1 Malfunction detected condition Malfunction related to engine signal has been detected. Possible cause Malfunction of engine control system

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. Drive the vehicle for a while. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1210 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-19, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
H
INFOID:0000000004458515
Diagnosis Procedure
1.PERFORM ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check the DTC. NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT-III 1. Erase AWD control unit self-diagnostic results. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Start the engine. Drive the vehicle for a while. 4. Make sure that malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) turns OFF. 5. Stop the vehicle. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1210 detected? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-19
2009 G37 Coupe
P1804 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT


Description
INFOID:0000000004458516
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC P1804 Display item CONTROL UNIT 3 Malfunction detected condition Malfunction has occurred inside AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458517
Possible cause Malfunction is detected in the memory (EEPROM) system of transfer control unit.

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch ON. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC P1804 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-20, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458518
1.REPLACE AWD CONTROL UNIT

CAUTION: Replace AWD control unit when self-diagnostic results show items other than this DTC simultaneously, too. >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View".
DLN-20
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004458519

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004458520
DLN
DTC P1809 Display item CONTROL UNIT 4 Malfunction detected condition Malfunction has occurred inside AWD control unit. Possible cause AD converter system of transfer control unit is malfunctioning.

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch ON. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC P1809 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-21, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
H
INFOID:0000000004458521
Diagnosis Procedure
1.REPLACE AWD CONTROL UNIT

CAUTION: Replace AWD control unit when self-diagnostic results show items other than this DTC simultaneously, too. >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View".
DLN-21
2009 G37 Coupe
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE


Description
Transfer fluid temperature sensor detects the transfer fluid temperature and transmits a signal to AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458522
JSDIA0804GB
The electrical resistance of the sensor decreases as temperature increases.
JSDIA0805GB
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Transfer fluid temperature sensor voltage condition is continued 0 V or more than 2.45 V for several seconds.
INFOID:0000000004458523
Possible cause Malfunction of transfer fluid temperature sensor or transfer fluid temperature sensor circuit. Malfunction of AWD control unit.
P1826
OIL TEMP SEN

1. Turn the ignition switch ON. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC P1826 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-22, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458524
1.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL (1)

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between AWD solenoid harness connector terminals.
DLN-22
2009 G37 Coupe

AWD solenoid Connector F57 6 Terminal 7 Voltage (Approx.) 2.5 V
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the resistance between transfer fluid temperature sensor harness connector terminals. Refer to DLNDLN 24, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. E NO >> Replace transfer fluid temperature sensor. Refer to DLN-70, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL (2)

Check the voltage between AWD solenoid harness connector and ground.
AWD solenoid Connector F57 Terminal 6 Voltage (Approx.) 2.5 V
Ground

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 10 11
Continuity
Ground
Existed
5.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and AWD solenoid harness connector.
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 13 3 AWD solenoid Connector F57 Terminal 6 7
O
Continuity
Existed
4.
DLN-23
2009 G37 Coupe

AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 13 3
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
Continuity
Ground
Not existed

1. 2. Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Check transfer fluid temperature sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
INFOID:0000000004458525

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD solenoid harness connector. Check resistance between AWD solenoid harness connector terminals.
AWD solenoid Connector F57 6 Terminal 7 Resistance (Approx.) 2.5 k 0.3 k
Condition 20C (68F) 80C (176F)
Is inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Transfer fluid temperature sensor is malfunctioning. Replace electric controlled coupling. Refer to DLN-70, "Exploded View".
DLN-24
2009 G37 Coupe
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004458526

Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit communicate data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC U1000 Display item CAN COMM CIRCUIT Malfunction detected condition AWD control unit is not transmitting/receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.
INFOID:0000000004458527
DLN
Possible cause CAN communication error Malfunction of AWD control unit

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-25, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
I
INFOID:0000000004458528
Diagnosis Procedure
With CONSULT-III Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 detected? YES >> CAN specification chart. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> Check AWD control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-25
2009 G37 Coupe
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

Description
INFOID:0000000004458529
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit communicate data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC U1010 Display item CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Malfunction detected condition Detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458530
Possible cause Malfunction of AWD control unit

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. 2. Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1010 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-26, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458531
1.CHECK AWD CONTROL UNIT

Check AWD control unit harness connector for disconnection and deformation. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-26
2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004458532

Description
Supplies power to AWD control unit.
B
INFOID:0000000004458533
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK AWD CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY (1)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
DLN
Ground
Voltage (Approx.) 0V
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
Ground
Voltage
H
Battery voltage

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the 10A fuse (#45). Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 7 IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 25
Continuity Existed
5.
Ground
Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply circuit. Refer to PG-51, "Wiring Diagram IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -". NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the voltage between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
DLN-27
2009 G37 Coupe

[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
Ground
Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage
3. 4.
Ground

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the 10A fuse (#11). Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector. Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and fuse block (J/B).
AWD control unit Connector F108 Terminal 15 Fuse block (J/B) Connector M1 Terminal 1A
Continuity Existed
5.
Ground
Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply circuit. Refer to PG-6, "Wiring Diagram BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK AWD SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY (1)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AWD solenoid harness connector. Check the voltage between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
Ground
4. 5.
Ground
DLN-28
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
6.CHECK AWD SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY (2)

1. 2. 3.
B Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the 10A fuse (#33). Check the harness for open or short between AWD control unit harness connector No.9 terminal and fuse C box. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to PG-51, "Wiring Diagram - IGNIDLN TION POWER SUPPLY -". NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between AWD control unit harness connector and ground.
F
G
Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
DLN-29
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD WARNING LAMP

AWD WARNING LAMP

Description
INFOID:0000000004458534
Turns ON when there is a malfunction in AWD system. AWD warning lamp indicates the vehicle is in fail-safe mode and shifting to rear-wheel drive or 4-wheel drive (front-wheels still have some driving torque). Also turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON, for the purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF approximately for 1 second after the engine starts if system is normal.
AWD WARNING LAMP INDICATION

Condition Lamp check AWD system malfunction Protection function is activated due to heavy load to electric controlled coupling. (AWD system is not malfunctioning and AWD system changes to rear wheel drive.) Large difference in diameter of front/rear tires Other than above (system normal) AWD warning lamp Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON. Turns OFF approx. 1 second after the engine start. ON Quick blinking: 2 times/second (Blinking in approx. 1 minute and then turning OFF) Slow blinking: 1 time/2 seconds (Continuing to blink until turning ignition switch OFF) OFF
CAUTION: AWD warning lamp also turns ON due to data reception error, CAN communication error etc.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004458535
1.CHECK AWD WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

1. Turn the ignition switch ON. 2. Check that AWD warning lamp lights up. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-30, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458536
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply and ground circuit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
With CONSULT-III Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check the DTC. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AWD WARNING LAMP SIGNAL

With CONSULT-III Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. 2. Check 4WD WARN LAMP of AWD control unit CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate On? YES >> GO TO 4. 1.
DLN-30
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD WARNING LAMP

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Perform the trouble diagnosis for combination meter power supply circuit. Refer to MWI-50, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
DLN
DLN-31
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

AWD CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
Monitor item STOP LAMP SW Brake pedal: Depressed Brake pedal: Released Engine stopped (Engine speed: Less than 400 rpm) Engine running (Engine speed: 400 rpm or more) Engine stopped (Ignition switch: ON) Engine running AWD warning lamp: ON AWD warning lamp: OFF Always Engine running Vehicle running with normal size tire installed DIS-TIRE MONI Vehicle running with improper size tire installed (Front/rear tire size difference, wear condition) Parking brake operated Parking brake not operated Always When depressing accelerator pedal (Value rises gradually in response to throttle position.) Engine running At idle speed Engine running 3,000 rpm or more constant Vehicle stopped FR RH SENSOR Vehicle running CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard condition. Vehicle stopped FR LH SENSOR Vehicle running CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard condition. Vehicle stopped RR RH SENSOR Vehicle running CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard condition. Vehicle stopped RR LH SENSOR Vehicle running CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard condition. Condition Value/Status On Off Stop Run Off On On Off ## AUTO 0 4 mm 4 8 mm, 8 mm On Off Battery voltage 0 100% Approx. 0.000 A Approx. 0.000 0.500 A* 0.00 km/h (0.00 mph) Approx. equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of 10%) 0.00 km/h (0.00 mph) Approx. equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of 10%) 0.00 km/h (0.00 mph) Approx. equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of 10%) 0.00 km/h (0.00 mph) Approx. equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of 10%)
INFOID:0000000004458537
ENG SPEED SIG
ETS ACTUATOR
4WD WARN LAMP 4WD MODE SW 4WD MODE MON
P BRAKE SW BATTERY VOLT THRTL POS SEN
ETS SOLENOID
*: The values are changed by throttle opening and engine speed.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
DLN-32
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

A
C
JSDIA0057ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (BR) 2 (Y) 3 (W) 7 (G) 8 (L) 9 (O) 10 (B) 11 (B) 13 (LG) 15 (Y) 16 (P) Ground Description Signal name AWD solenoid power supply AWD solenoid ground Transfer fluid temperature sensor ground Ignition switch CAN-H Power supply (AWD solenoid) Ground Ground Transfer fluid temperature sensor power supply Power supply (AWD control unit) CAN-L Input/ Output Output Engine speed: At idle Engine speed: 3,000 rpm or more constant Engine speed: At idle Engine speed: 3,000 rpm or more constant Always Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF Always Always Always Transfer temperature: 20C (68F) Transfer temperature: 80C (176F) Always Condition Value (Approx.)
DLN
0V 2.5 V* 0V 0V 0V
Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground
Input Input/ Output Input Output Input Input/ Output
H
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V 1.56 V 0.44 V Battery voltage
*: The values are changed by throttle opening and engine speed. CAUTION: When using circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, be sure not to extend forcibly any connector terminals.
DLN-33
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

INFOID:0000000004458538
Wiring Diagram - AWD SYSTEM -
JCDWM0467GB
DLN-34
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

A
DLN
O
JCDWM0468GB
DLN-35
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

JCDWM0469GB
DLN-36
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

A
DLN
O
JCDWM0470GB
Fail-Safe
AWD system
P
INFOID:0000000004458539
If any malfunction occurs in AWD electrical system, and control unit detects the malfunction, AWD warning lamp on combination meter turns ON to indicate system malfunction. When AWD warning lamp is ON, vehicle changes to rear-wheel drive or shifts to 4-wheel drive (front-wheels still have some driving torque).
DLN-37
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

[TRANSFER: ETX13C] < ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > AWD system activates its protection function (shuts down AWD system temporarily) if AWD system detects high load continuously or the front wheel tire size differs from the rear tire size. (AWD system is automatically restored if AWD system no longer detects any overload or the tire size difference is eliminated.)
Mode Warning lamp Blinking*1 Blinking*2 DTC C1201 C1203 C1204 C1205 C1210 Fail-safe ON P1804 P1809 P1826 U1000 U1010 Detected area (Error area) AWD control unit Outer diameters of front and rear wheel tires AWD control unit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) AWD solenoid AWD control unit ECM AWD control unit AWD control unit Transfer fluid temperature sensor CAN communication line AWD control unit Error area and root cause Transfer assembly in protection mode. It is not malfunction. (Internal temperature rise of electric controlled coupling) Malfunction in each tire or different tire diameter Internal malfunction of AWD control unit Malfunction of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed signal error Internal malfunction of electric controlled coupling Internal malfunction of AWD control unit Malfunction of engine control system Internal malfunction of AWD control unit Internal malfunction of AWD control unit Internal malfunction of electric controlled coupling CAN communication error Malfunction of AWD control unit Malfunction of AWD control unit
Protection function
*1: Quick blinking: 2 times/second (blinking for approximately 1 minute and then turned OFF) *2: Slow blinking: 1 time/2 seconds (continuing to blink until ignition switch is turned OFF)
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000004458540
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.
Priority 1 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) C1201 CONTROLLER FAILURE C1205 4WD ACTUATOR RLY P1804 CONTROL UNIT 3 P1809 CONTROL UNIT 4 Detected items (DTC)
3 4
C1204 4WD SOLENOID P1826 OIL TEMP SEN C1203 ABS SYSTEM C1210 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
INFOID:0000000004458541
DTC Index
DTC C1201 C1203 C1204 C1205 C1210 P1804 P1809 CONTROLLER FAILURE ABS SYSTEM 4WD SOLENOID 4WD ACTUATOR RLY ENGINE SIGNAL 1 CONTROL UNIT 3 CONTROL UNIT 4 Display Items
Reference DLN-14, "DTC Logic" DLN-15, "DTC Logic" DLN-16, "DTC Logic" DLN-18, "DTC Logic" DLN-19, "DTC Logic" DLN-20, "DTC Logic" DLN-21, "DTC Logic"
DLN-38
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC P1826 U1000 U1010 OIL TEMP SEN CAN COMM CIRCUIT CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Display Items
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
Reference DLN-22, "DTC Logic" DLN-25, "DTC Logic" DLN-26, "DTC Logic"
DLN
DLN-39
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
Description
AWD warning lamp does not turn ON when the ignition switch is turned to ON.
INFOID:0000000004458542
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458543

Perform the trouble diagnosis for AWD warning lamp. Refer to DLN-30, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for malfunction or disconnection. NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
DLN-40
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF

A
INFOID:0000000004458544
AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF

Description
AWD warning lamp does not turn OFF several seconds after the engine started.
B
INFOID:0000000004458545
Diagnosis Procedure
With CONSULT-III Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check the DTC. NO >> GO TO 2.
DLN

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the AWD warning lamp. Refer to DLN-30, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
3.CHECK AWD CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the power supply and ground circuit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for malfunction or disconnection. NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
DLN-41
2009 G37 Coupe
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS

HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS

Description
INFOID:0000000004458546
Heavy tight-corner braking symptom occurs when the vehicle is driven and the steering wheel is turned fully to either side after the engine is started. NOTE: Light tight-corner braking symptom may occur depending on driving conditions. This is not malfunction.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004458547
1.PERFORM ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check the DTC. NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT-III Perform AWD control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 detected? YES >> CAN specification chart. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> GO TO 3.

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the transfer fluid temperature sensor. Refer to DLN-22, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the AWD solenoid. Refer to DLN-16, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC CONTROLLED COUPLING

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Set the transmission to neutral. Release the parking brake. 3. Lift up the vehicle. 4. Rotate the rear propeller shaft. 5. Hold the front propeller shaft lightly. Does the front propeller shaft rotate? YES >> Replace electric controlled coupling for mechanical malfunction (clutch sticking etc.). Refer to DLN-70, "Exploded View". NO >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection.
DLN-42
2009 G37 Coupe
VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER AWD MODE

A
INFOID:0000000004458548
VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER AWD MODE

Description
Vehicle does not enter 4-wheel drive mode even though AWD warning lamp turned to OFF.
B
INFOID:0000000004458549
Diagnosis Procedure

Turn the ignition switch ON. Does AWD warning lamp turn ON? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-30, "Diagnosis Procedure".
DLN
2.CRUISE TEST
Drive the vehicle for a period of time. Does any symptom occur? YES >> Replace electric controlled coupling for mechanical malfunction (mechanical engagement of clutch is not possible). Refer to DLN-70, "Exploded View". NO >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection.
DLN-43
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY

AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY

Description
INFOID:0000000004458550
While driving, AWD warning lamp blinks 2 times in 1 second and it turns OFF after 1 minute. This symptom protects drivetrain parts when a heavy load is applied to the electric controlled coupling and multiple disc clutch temperature increases. Also, optional distribution of torque sometimes becomes rigid before lamp blinks quickly. Both cases are not malfunction. When this symptom occurs, stop vehicle and allow it to idle for some times. Blinking will stop and system will be restored.
DLN-44
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY

A
INFOID:0000000004458551
AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY

Description
AWD warning lamp blinks at approximately 2 seconds intervals while driving.
B
INFOID:0000000004458552
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK TIRE
2.
Check the following. Tire pressure DLN Wear condition Front and rear tire size (There is no difference between front and rear tires.) Is the inspection result normal? E YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. And then, drive the vehicle at speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for 5 seconds or more. Improper size information is initialized accordingly. F CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF TIRE DIAMETER With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. 2. Drive at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for approximately 4 minutes. 3. Check DIS-TIRE MONI of AWD control unit CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate 0 - 4 mm? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.TERMINAL INSPECTION
Check AWD control unit harness connector for disconnection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace AWD control unit. Refer to DLN-53, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
DLN-45
2009 G37 Coupe
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000004458553
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
DLN-60, "Exploded View" DLN-60, "Exploded View"
DLN-52, "Inspection"
Reference
TRANSFER FLUID (Level too high)
TRANSFER FLUID (Level low)
SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause)
Symptom
Noise Transfer fluid leakage
2 4 1 2 2
DLN-46
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSFER CASE (Damaged) 3 3
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
LIQUID GASKET (Damaged)
TRANSFER FLUID (Wrong)
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000004689443
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front DLN air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: E To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect

INFOID:0000000004689444
NOTE: Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK position, then disconnect both battery cables. After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both battery cables. Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results. For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned. If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation procedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position. (At this time, the steering lock will be released.) Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables disconnected and the steering wheel can be turned. Perform the necessary repair operation.
2. 3. 4.
DLN-47
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: ETX13C] < PRECAUTION > 5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.) 6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution for Battery Service
INFOID:0000000004689445
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interference between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Service Notice or Precautions for Transfer

INFOID:0000000004458556
Never reuse transfer fluid, once it has been drained. Check the fluid level or replace the fluid only with the vehicle parked on level ground. During removal or installation, keep inside of transfer clear of dust or dirt. Replace all tires at the same time. Always use tires of the proper size and the same brand and pattern. Fitting improper size and unusually worn tires applies excessive force to vehicle mechanism and can cause longitudinal vibration. Disassembly should be done in a clean work area, it is preferable to work in dustproof area. Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the transfer. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter. All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly. Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts when applied. Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them with a new ones if necessary. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transfer is disassembled. In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it. Observe the specified torque when assembling. Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them. Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. Clean inner parts with lint-free cloth or towels. Do not use cotton work gloves and rags to prevent adhering fibers.
DLN-48
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
INFOID:0000000004458557
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST27862000 ( ) Drift a: 62.5 mm (2.461 in) dia. b: 42 mm (1.65 in) dia.
Description Installing front oil seal
DLN
E
ZZA0194D
KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller
Removing rear oil seal
ZZA0601D
H
Installing rear oil seal Installing main shaft oil seal
ST30720000 (J-25405) Drift a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia. b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
J
ZZA0811D
KV40104830 ( ) Drift a: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia. b: 63.5 mm (2.500 in) dia.
Installing rear oil seal
ZZA1003D
M
Removing main shaft assembly
ST33052000 ( ) Drift a: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia. b: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
O
ZZA1000D
ST35321000 ( ) Drift a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
Installing main shaft assembly
ZZA1000D
DLN-49
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST31214000 (J-25269-B) Drift a: 34 mm (1.34 in) dia. b: 25.5 mm (1.004 in) dia. Description Removing front drive shaft front bearing Removing front drive shaft rear bearing
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
ZZA0534D
Installing front drive shaft rear bearing
ZZA1002D
KV38104010 ( ) Drift a: 67 mm (2.64 in) dia. b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
Installing front drive shaft front bearing
ZZA1000D
Commercial Service Tools

Tool name Puller Description Removing companion flange
INFOID:0000000004458558
NT077
Flange wrench
Removing and installing self-lock nut
NT771
DLN-50
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name Replacer Description Removing front drive shaft front bearing Removing front drive shaft rear bearing
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
ZZB0823D
C
Loosening bolts and nuts
Power tool
DLN
E
PBIC0190E
DLN-51
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSFER FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
TRANSFER FLUID
Inspection
FLUID LEAKAGE
Check transfer surrounding area (oil seal, drain plug, and filler plug etc.) for fluid leakage.
INFOID:0000000004458561
FLUID LEVEL
1. Remove filler plug (1) and gasket. Then check that fluid is filled up from mounting hole for the filler plug. CAUTION: Never start engine while checking fluid level. Set a new gasket onto filler plug, and install it on transfer and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-60, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
JPDIE0129ZZ
2.
Draining
1. 2. 3. Run the vehicle to warm up the transfer unit sufficiently. Stop the engine, and remove the drain plug (1) to drain the transfer fluid. Set a new gasket onto the drain plug, and install it on the transfer and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-60, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
INFOID:0000000004458562
JPDIE0130ZZ
Refilling
1. Remove filler plug (1) and gasket. Then fill fluid up to mounting hole for the filler plug. Fluid and viscosity Fluid capacity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Refer to DLN-79, "General Specifications".
INFOID:0000000004458563
2. 3.
CAUTION: Carefully fill the fluid. (Fill up for approximately 3 minutes.) Leave the vehicle for 3 minutes, and check the fluid level again. Set a new gasket onto filler plug, and install it on transfer and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-60, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
JPDIE0129ZZ
DLN-52
2009 G37 Coupe
AWD CONTROL UNIT

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AWD CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458567
DLN
JSDIA0050ZZ
1.
AWD control unit
H
: Vehicle front
Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Disconnect AWD control unit harness connector. Remove AWD control unit (1) mounting nuts. Remove AWD control unit.
INFOID:0000000004458568
M
JSDIA0051ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
DLN-53
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

FRONT OIL SEAL

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458569
JPDIE0097ZZ
1. A.
Transfer assembly Oil seal lip : Vehicle front
2.
Front oil seal
: Apply transfer fluid. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Apply petroleum jelly. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above.

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the drain plug to drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-52, "Draining". Remove the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-83, "Exploded View". Remove front oil seal. CAUTION: Never damage the front case and front drive shaft. Apply transfer fluid to outside of front oil seal, install it with a drift (A) [SST: ST27862000 ( )] until the end face of front case. CAUTION: Never reuse front oil seal. Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal lip. When installing, never incline front oil seal. Install front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-83, "Exploded View". Fill with new transfer fluid, check fluid level and for fluid leakage. Refer to DLN-52, "Inspection".
INFOID:0000000004458570
INSTALLATION
1.
2. 3.
JPDIE0058ZZ
DLN-54
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR OIL SEAL

A
INFOID:0000000004458571
REAR OIL SEAL

Exploded View
DLN
G
JSDIA0854GB
1. 4. A.
Transfer assembly Self-lock nut Oil seal lip : Vehicle front
2.
Rear oil seal
3.
Companion flange
: Apply transfer fluid. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Apply petroleum jelly. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above.
J
INFOID:0000000004458572

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". Remove self-lock nut of companion flange with a flange wrench (commercial service tool). Put matching mark (A) on the end of the main shaft. The mark should be in line with the mark (B) on the companion flange. CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage main shaft.
O
JPDIE0060ZZ
DLN-55
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Remove the companion flange with a puller (A) (commercial service tool). CAUTION: Never damage the companion flange. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0061ZZ
5.
Remove the rear oil seal with the puller (A) [SST: KV381054S0 (J-34286)]. CAUTION: Never damage the rear case.
JPDIE0132ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. Apply transfer fluid to rear oil seal, install it with the drifts within the dimension (L) shown as follows.
A B : Drift [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)] : Drift [SST: KV40104830 ( )]
: 6.7 7.3 mm (0.264 0.287 in)
CAUTION: Never reuse rear oil seal. Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal lip. When installing, never incline rear oil seal. 2. Align the matching mark (A) of main shaft with the mark (B) of companion flange, then install the companion flange.
JPDIE0133ZZ
JPDIE0060ZZ
DLN-56
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 3. Using a flange wrench (A) (commercial service tool), install the self-lock nut of companion flange and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-55, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse self-lock nut. 4. Install the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". 5. Check fluid level. Refer to DLN-52, "Inspection". [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
C
JPDIE0131ZZ
DLN
DLN-57
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458575
JPDIE0128GB
1.
Transfer assembly : Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
INFOID:0000000004458576
Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". Remove front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-83, "Exploded View". Disconnect AWD solenoid harness connector and separate harness from transfer assembly. Remove transfer air breather hose. Remove control rod. Refer to TM-281, "Exploded View". Support transfer assembly and transmission assembly with a jack. Remove rear engine mounting member and engine mounting insulator with power tool. Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View". Lower jack to the position where the top transfer mounting bolts can be removed. Remove transfer mounting bolts and separate transfer from transmission. CAUTION: Secure transfer assembly and transmission assembly to a jack.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
DLN-58
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > When installing the transfer to the transmission, install the mounting bolts following the standard below, tighten bolts to the specified torque.
Bolt No. Quantity Bolt length L mm (in) :Transfer to transmission. :Transmission to transfer.
JPDIE0105ZZ
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
A 4 75 (2.95)
B 3 45 (1.77)
C 4 40 (1.57)
D 2 30 (1.18)
DLN
When installing transfer air breather hose, make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the transfer air breather hose caused by bending or winding. - Set transfer air breather hose (1) of transmission side with the paint mark (A) facing upward, and insert air breather hose to air breather tube until hose end reaches the tube bend R portion.
JPDIE0141ZZ
- Be sure to insert air breather hose (1) of transfer side to air breather tube (2) until hose end reaches the tube bend R portion.
K
JPDIE0106ZZ
- Be sure to fix air breather hose in (A) positions. After the installation, check the fluid level, fluid leakage and the A/T positions. Refer to DLN-52, "Inspection".
O
JSDIA0855ZZ
DLN-59
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT CASE AND REAR CASE

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458579
JPDIE0096GB
1. 4. 7.
Plug Front drive shaft Needle bearing
2. 5. 8.
Drive chain Front drive shaft rear bearing Main shaft
3. 6. 9.
Front drive shaft front bearing Sprocket Oil pump
10. Spacer 13. Snap ring 16. Main shaft oil seal 19. Snap ring 22. Oil cover 25. Transfer fluid temperature sensor 28. Snap ring 31. Harness bracket 34. Gasket 37. Snap ring 40. Companion flange A. Oil seal lip
11. Steel ball 14. Main shaft bearing 17. Front oil seal 20. Circlip 23. O-ring 26. Baffle plate 29. Dowel pin 32. Breather tube 35. Drain plug 38. Spacer 41. Self-lock nut B. Matching surface
12. Snap ring 15. Front case 18. Spacer 21. Electric controlled coupling 24. Retainer 27. Spacer 30. Rear case 33. Filler plug 36. Rear bearing 39. Rear oil seal
DLN-60
2009 G37 Coupe

A
: Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply petroleum jelly. : Apply transfer fluid. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above.
B
INFOID:0000000004458580
Disassembly
1. 2. 3. Remove drain plug and filler plug. Remove harness brackets. Remove main shaft oil seal from front case. CAUTION: Never damage the front case and main shaft. Remove front oil seal from front case. CAUTION: Never damage the front case and front drive shaft. Remove self-lock nut. Put a matching mark (A) on the end of main shaft. The mark should be in line with the mark (B) on the companion flange. CAUTION: For the matching mark, use paint. Never damage main shaft.
DLN
4.
5. 6.
I
JPDIE0060ZZ
7.
Remove companion flange with a puller (A) (commercial service tool). CAUTION: Never damage the companion flange.
M
JSDIA0806ZZ
8.
9.
Remove rear oil seal from rear case with the puller (A) [SST:KV381054S0 (J-34286)]. CAUTION: Never damage the rear case. Remove spacer from main shaft.
JPDIE0132ZZ
DLN-61
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 10. Remove front case and rear case fixing bolts, then remove harness bracket.
Bolts symbol A T (TORX bolt) *: With harness bracket. Quantity 14 1
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0108ZZ
11. Remove front case (1) from rear case by levering it up with a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface.
JPDIE0140ZZ
12. Remove snap ring (1) from front case. 13. Remove main shaft bearing from front case. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always remove by hand.
JPDIE0109ZZ
14. Remove snap ring (1) from main shaft.
JPDIE0122ZZ
DLN-62
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
15. Remove spacer (1) and steel ball (2) from main shaft. CAUTION: Be careful not to drop the steel ball. 16. Remove oil pump from main shaft. 17. Remove drive chain and front drive shaft. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always remove by hand.
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
JPDIE0123ZZ
DLN
18. Remove transfer fluid temperature sensor bolt from rear case. And then, remove transfer fluid temperature sensor (1).
E
G
JPDIE0110ZZ
19. Remove oil cover bolts from rear case. And then, remove oil cover (1). 20. Remove retainer from AWD solenoid harness connector. 21. Remove AWD solenoid harness connector from rear case. 22. Remove O-ring from AWD solenoid harness connector.
JPDIE0134ZZ
23. Remove main shaft assembly from rear case with the drift (A) [SST: ST33052000 ( )].
N
JPDIE0114ZZ
24. Remove snap ring (1) from rear case. 25. Remove rear bearing from rear case. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always remove by hand.
JPDIE0111ZZ
DLN-63
2009 G37 Coupe

26. Remove baffle plate (1) from rear case. 27. Remove breather tube from rear case.
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0112ZZ
Assembly
1. Install breather tube to rear case within the angle (A) shown as follows. A : 80 100
INFOID:0000000004458581
2. 3.
CAUTION: Never reuse breather tube. Install baffle plate to rear case. Install rear bearing to rear case. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always install by hand. Install snap ring (1) to rear case. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring.
JPDIE0113ZZ
4.
JPDIE0111ZZ
5. 6.
7. 8.
Install main shaft assembly to rear case with the drift (A) [SST: ST35321000 ( )]. Install O-ring to AWD solenoid harness connector. CAUTION: Never reuse O-ring. Apply transfer fluid to O-ring. Install AWD solenoid harness connector into rear case. Install retainer to AWD solenoid harness connector.
JPDIE0115ZZ
DLN-64
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 9. Hold electric controlled coupling harness (1) with oil cover hold plate (2), install oil cover (3) to rear case (4). CAUTION: The harness should be guided by a cut portion. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
DLN
G
JPDIE0135ZZ
10. Install transfer fluid temperature sensor (1) to rear case.
JPDIE0110ZZ
11. Set drive chain to front drive shaft. CAUTION: Identification mark (A) of drive chain should be in the side of front bearing (1) of front drive shaft. 12. Install drive chain to main shaft, and then install front drive shaft. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always install by hand. 13. Install oil pump to main shaft.
N
JPDIE0075ZZ
14. Install spacer (1) and steel ball (2) to main shaft.
JPDIE0123ZZ
DLN-65
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 15. Install snap ring (1) to main shaft. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. 16. Install main shaft bearing to front case. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always install by hand. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0122ZZ
17. Install snap ring (1) to front case. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring.
JPDIE0109ZZ
18. Apply liquid gasket (1) to mating surface of rear case. Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to application and mounting surfaces. 19. Set front case to rear case. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface transmission side.
JPDIE0142ZZ
20. Tighten front case and rear case fixing bolts.

Bolts symbol A T (TORX bolt) *: With harness bracket. Quantity 14 1
21. Install spacer to main shaft. CAUTION: Apply transfer fluid to spacer.
JPDIE0108ZZ
DLN-66
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 22. Apply transfer fluid to outside of rear oil seal, and install rear oil seal to rear case with the drifts within the dimension (L) shown as follows.
A B : Drift [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)] : Drift [SST: KV40104830 ( )]
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
: 6.7 7.3 mm (0.264 0.287 in)
C
JPDIE0116ZZ
CAUTION: Never reuse rear oil seal. Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal lip. When installing, never incline rear oil seal. 23. Install companion flange while aligning the matching mark (A) of main shaft with the mark (B) of companion flange.
DLN
JPDIE0060ZZ
24. Tighten self-lock nut to the specified torque with flange wrench (A) (commercial service tool). CAUTION: Never reuse self-lock nut.
K
JPDIE0131ZZ
25. Apply transfer fluid to outside of main shaft oil seal, and install main shaft oil seal until it is flush with the end face of front case with the drift (A) [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)]. CAUTION: Never reuse main shaft oil seal. Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal lip. When installing, never incline main shaft oil seal.
JPDIE0118ZZ
DLN-67
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 26. Apply transfer fluid to outside of front oil seal, and install front oil seal until it is flush with the end face of front case with the drift (A) [SST: ST27862000 ( )]. CAUTION: Never reuse front oil seal. Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal lip. When installing, never incline front oil seal. 27. Set gasket to drain plug. Install it to rear case and tighten it to specified torque. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. 28. Set gasket to filler plug. Install it to rear case. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. After oil is filled, tighten filler plug to specified torque. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0119ZZ
Inspection
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
INFOID:0000000004458582
CASES
Contact surfaces of bearing for wear, damage, etc. Damage and cracks of case.
JPDIE0120ZZ
BEARING
Damage and rough rotation of bearing.
PDIA0300E
SHAFT
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft.
JPDIE0143ZZ
GEARS AND CHAIN

DLN-68
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gear and chain. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
C
JPDIE0136ZZ
DLN
DLN-69
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN SHAFT
MAIN SHAFT
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458587
JPDIE0096GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
: Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
DLN-70
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN SHAFT
: Apply petroleum jelly. : Apply transfer fluid. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above.
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
Disassembly
1. 2.
B
INFOID:0000000004458588
Separate front case and rear case, then remove main shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-61, "Disassembly". Remove snap ring (1) from main shaft.
DLN
F
JPDIE0137ZZ
3.
Remove spacer (1) and steel ball (2) from main shaft. CAUTION: Be careful not to drop the steel ball.
JPDIE0124ZZ
4.
Using a press, remove electric controlled coupling from main shaft.

K
M
JSDIA0818ZZ
5.
Remove circlip (1) from notch (A) of electric controlled coupling.

: Front side
6.
CAUTION: Never remove the circlip from the electric controlled coupling rear side. Never damage electric control coupling spline, bush, etc. Remove snap ring from main shaft.
JSDIA0858ZZ
DLN-71
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN SHAFT
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Remove spacer (1) and steel ball (2) from main shaft. CAUTION: Be careful not to drop the steel ball. 8. Remove sprocket from main shaft. 9. Remove needle bearing from main shaft. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JSDIA0796ZZ
Assembly
1. Install needle bearing to main shaft. CAUTION: Apply transfer fluid to the periphery of needle bearing. Install sprocket to main shaft. Install spacer (1) and steel ball (2) to main shaft. CAUTION: Be careful not to drop the steel ball. Install snap ring to main shaft. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring.
INFOID:0000000004458589
2. 3.
4.
JSDIA0796ZZ
5.
Install circlip (1) to notch (A) of the electric controlled coupling.

:Front side
6.
CAUTION: Never install the circlip to the notches other than notch (A). Never install the circlip from the electric controlled coupling rear side. Never reduce the outer diameter of circlip to less than 43.2 mm (1.701 in). Never damage electric control coupling spline, bush, etc. Never reuse circlip. Install electric controlled coupling to main shaft. CAUTION: Securely insert it until locked. Install spacer (1) and steel ball (2) to main shaft. CAUTION: Be careful not to drop the steel ball.
JSDIA0858ZZ
7.
JPDIE0124ZZ
DLN-72
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN SHAFT
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Install snap ring (1) to main shaft. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. 9. Install main shaft assembly to rear case, then install front case and rear case. Refer to DLN-64, "Assembly". [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
C
JPDIE0137ZZ
Inspection
DLN
INFOID:0000000004458590
CASES
H
JPDIE0120ZZ
BEARING
J
L
PDIA0300E
SHAFT
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft.
P
JPDIE0143ZZ
GEARS AND CHAIN
DLN-73
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN SHAFT
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gear and chain. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0136ZZ
DLN-74
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT AND DRIVE CHAIN

A
INFOID:0000000004458595

Exploded View
DLN
L
JPDIE0096GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
: Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
DLN-75
2009 G37 Coupe

: Apply petroleum jelly. : Apply transfer fluid. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above.
[TRANSFER: ETX13C]
Disassembly
1. 2. Separate front case and rear case. Refer to DLN-61, "Disassembly". Remove drive chain and front drive shaft. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always remove by hand. Remove front drive shaft rear bearing with the drift (A) and replacer (B).
A: B: Drift [SST: ST31214000 (J-25269-B)] replacer (commercial service tool)
INFOID:0000000004458596
3.
JPDIE0084ZZ
4.
Remove front drive shaft front bearing with the drift (A) and replacer (B).
A: B: Drift [SST: ST31214000 (J-25269-B)] replacer (commercial service tool)
5.
Remove plug from front drive shaft.
JPDIE0085ZZ
Assembly
1. Install plug to front drive shaft. CAUTION: Never reuse plug. Install front drive shaft rear bearing with the drift (A) [SST: ST33200000 (J-26082)].
INFOID:0000000004458597
2.
JPDIE0138ZZ
DLN-76
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Install front drive shaft front bearing with the drift (A) [SST: KV38104010 ( )]. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A
C
JPDIE0139ZZ
DLN
4.
5.
6.
Set drive chain to front drive shaft. CAUTION: Identification mark (A) of drive chain should be in the side of front bearing (1) of front drive shaft. Install drive chain to main shaft, and then install front drive shaft. CAUTION: Never use tools. Always install by hand. Install front case to rear case. Refer to DLN-64, "Assembly".
G
JPDIE0075ZZ
Inspection
INFOID:0000000004458598
CASES
L
JPDIE0120ZZ
BEARING
P
PDIA0300E
SHAFT
DLN-77
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft. [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
JPDIE0143ZZ
GEARS AND CHAIN

Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gear and chain.
JPDIE0136ZZ
DLN-78
2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [TRANSFER: ETX13C]
A

General Specifications
AWD Applied model VQ37VHR A/T Transfer model Fluid capacity (Approx.) (US pt, lmp pt) ETX13C 1.0 (2-1/8, 1-3/4)
INFOID:0000000004458603
DLN
DLN-79
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom Reference
: Applicable

Noise Shake Uneven rotating torque Center bearing improper installation Excessive center bearing axial end play Center bearing mounting (insulator) cracks, damage or deterioration Excessive joint angle Rotation imbalance Excessive runout DIFFERENTIAL AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRE ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKE STEERING DLN-82, "Inspection" DLN-82, "Inspection" DLN-82, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU section. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in FAX and RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Vibration
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
DLN-80

[FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A]
INFOID:0000000004458604
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool name Power tool Description Loosening bolts and nuts
INFOID:0000000004458605
DLN
E
PBIC0190E
DLN-81
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A]
Inspection
NOISE
Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.
INFOID:0000000004458606
VIBRATION
If vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first. 1. With a dial indicator, measure propeller shaft runout at runout measuring points by rotating final drive companion flange with hands.
: Vehicle front
Limit Propeller shaft runout 2. 3. 4.
: Refer to DLN-86, "Propeller Shaft Runout".
JPDID0185ZZ
If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft at final drive companion flange; then rotate companion flange 90, 180, 270 degrees and install propeller shaft. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
RUNOUT MEASURING POINT

Propeller shaft runout measuring point (Point ). Standard A : 381.5 mm (15.02 in)
PDIA0768J
DLN-82
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A]
A

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458607
DLN
G
JPDID0273GB
H
1. O-ring : Apply multi-purpose grease. : Vehicle front Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above. 2. Propeller shaft assembly 3. Heat bracket

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.
J
INFOID:0000000004458608
5. 6.
7.
Shift the transmission to the neutral position, and then release the parking brake. Remove engine undercover with a power tool. Remove exhaust front tube and three-way catalyst (bank 1). Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View" and EM-34, "Exploded View". Put matching mark on propeller shaft flange yoke and final drive companion flange. CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage propeller shaft flange and final drive companion flange. Remove the propeller shaft assembly fixing bolts. Move steering hydraulic line not to interfere with work. Refer to ST-61, "AWD : Exploded View". CAUTION: Wrap power steering piping interference area with shop SDIA1517E cloth or equivalent to protect power steering piping from damage. Support transfer assembly with a jack, remove rear engine mounting member. Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View".
DLN-83
2009 G37 Coupe

[FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 8. Remove propeller shaft assembly from the front final drive and transfer.
: Vehicle front
CAUTION: Never damage the transfer front oil seal. Wrap transmission interference area (A) with shop cloth or equivalent to protect propeller shaft from damage. 9. Remove propeller shaft assembly from O-ring. 10. Remove heat bracket.
JSDIA0849ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Align matching mark to install propeller shaft assembly to final drive companion flange. After assembly, perform a driving test to check propeller shaft vibration. If vibration occurred, separate propeller shaft from final drive. Reinstall companion flange after rotating it by 90, 180, 270 degrees. Then perform driving test and check propeller shaft vibration again at each point. CAUTION: Never damage the transfer front oil seal. Wrap power steering piping interference area with shop cloth or equivalent to protect power steering piping from damage. Wrap transmission interference area (A) with shop cloth or equivalent to protect propeller shaft from damage.
: Vehicle front
SDIA1517E
Never reuse O-ring. Apply multi-purpose grease onto O-ring.
JSDIA0849ZZ
Inspection
APPEARANCE
INFOID:0000000004458609
Check propeller shaft for bend and damage. If damage is detected, replace propeller shaft assembly.
PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT

Check propeller shaft runout at measuring point with a dial indicator. If runout exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. For measuring point, refer to DLN-82, "Inspection". Limit Propeller shaft runout
JSDIA0083ZZ
JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY
DLN-84
2009 G37 Coupe

[FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > As shown in the figure, while fixing yoke on one side, check axial play of joint. If it is outside the standard, replace propeller shaft assembly.
Standard Journal axial play CAUTION: Never disassemble joints.
PDA0005D
: Refer to DLN-86, "Journal Axial Play".

C
DLN
DLN-85
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A]

AWD Applied model VQ37VHR A/T Propeller shaft model Number of joints Type of journal bearings (Non-disassembly type) Coupling method with transfer Coupling method with front final drive Shaft length (Spider to spider) Shaft outer diameter 2S56A 2 Shell type Sleeve type Flange type 763 mm (30.04 in) 42.7 mm (1.681 in)
INFOID:0000000004458614 INFOID:0000000004458613
Propeller Shaft Runout

Item Propeller shaft runout Limit 0.8 (0.031)
Unit: mm (in)
Journal Axial Play

Item Journal axial play Standard 0 (0)
INFOID:0000000004458615
Unit: mm (in)
DLN-86
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom Reference
: Applicable

Noise Shake Uneven rotating torque Center bearing improper installation Excessive center bearing axial end play Center bearing mounting (insulator) cracks, damage or deterioration Excessive joint angle Rotation imbalance Excessive runout DIFFERENTIAL AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRE ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKE STEERING DLN-89, "Inspection" DLN-92, "Inspection" DLN-92, "Inspection" DLN-92, "Inspection" DLN-92, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU section. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Vibration
DLN-87

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A]
INFOID:0000000004257125
2009 G37 Coupe

L N M
DLN
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004257126
PBIC0190E
DLN-88
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A]
A
Inspection
NOISE
Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly. If center bearing is noisy or damaged, replace propeller shaft assembly.
INFOID:0000000004257127
VIBRATION
If vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first. 1. Measure propeller shaft runout at several points by rotating final drive companion flange with hands. Limit Propeller shaft runout 2. 3. 4.
DLN
If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft at final drive companion flange; then rotate companion flange 90, 180, 270 degrees and install propeller shaft. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
G
SDIA1087E

Propeller shaft runout measuring point (Point ).
: Vehicle front
Dimension
A: 192 mm (7.56 in) B: 172 mm (6.77 in) C: 170 mm (6.69 in)
K
PDIA0770J
DLN-89
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A]

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257128
JSDIA0124GB
1. 4.
Clip Center bearing mounting bracket (lower) : Vehicle front
2.
Center bearing mounting bracket (upper)
3.
Propeller shaft assembly

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Move the M/T shift lever to neutral position and release the parking brake. Remove the floor reinforcement. Remove the center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove the heat plate (1).
INFOID:0000000004257129
JSDIA0006ZZ
DLN-90
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 5. Put matching marks on propeller shaft flange yoke with final drive companion flange. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage propeller shaft flange yoke and final drive companion flange.
C
SDIA1822E
DLN
6.
7. 8. 9.
Loosen mounting nuts of center bearing mounting brackets. CAUTION: Tighten mounting nuts temporarily. Remove propeller shaft assembly fixing bolts and nuts. Remove center bearing mounting bracket fixing nuts. Remove propeller shaft assembly. CAUTION: Never damage the rear oil seal of transmission. If constant velocity joint was bent during propeller shaft assembly removal, installation, or transportation, its boot may be damaged. Wrap boot interference area to metal part with shop cloth or rubber to protect boot from breakage.
G
PDIA0402E
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Install center bearing mounting bracket (upper) (1) with its arrow mark (A) facing forward. Adjust position of center bearing mounting bracket (upper) (1) and center bearing mounting bracket (lower) (2) sliding back and forth to prevent play in thrust direction of center bearing insulator (3). Install bracket to vehicle.
I
O
JSDIA0127ZZ
DLN-91
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Align matching marks to install propeller shaft flange yoke with final drive companion flange. After assembly, perform a driving test to check propeller shaft vibration. If vibration occurred, separate propeller shaft from final drive. Reinstall companion flange after rotating it by 90, 180, 270 degrees. Then perform driving test and check propeller shaft vibration again at each point.
SDIA1822E
If propeller shaft or final drive has been replaced, connect them as follows: - Install the propeller shaft while aligning its matching mark (A) with the matching mark (B) on the joint as close as possible. CAUTION: Never damage the rear oil seal of transmission.
PDIA0423E
Inspection
APPEARANCE
INFOID:0000000004257130

Check propeller shaft runout at measuring points. If runout exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. For measuring point, refer to DLN-89, "Inspection". Limit Propeller shaft runout
JSDIA0111ZZ
JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY

As shown in the figure, while fixing yoke on one side, check axial play of joint. If outside the standard, replace propeller shaft assembly. Standard Journal axial play CAUTION: Never disassemble joints.
PDA0005D
CENTER BEARING
Check center bearing for noise and damage. If noise or damage is detected, replace propeller shaft assembly. CAUTION: Never disassemble center bearing.
DLN-92
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A]
A

2WD Applied model VQ37VHR M/T Propeller shaft model Number of joints 1st joint Type of journal bearings (Non-disassembly type) 2nd joint 3rd joint Coupling method with transmission Coupling method with rear final drive Shaft length 1st (Spider to spider) 2nd (Spider to spider) 1st 2nd 3S80A 3 Shell type Shell type Shell type Sleeve type Flange type 762 mm (30.00 in) 759 mm (29.88 in) 82.6 mm (3.25 in) 75.0 mm (2.95 in)
INFOID:0000000004257132 INFOID:0000000004257131
DLN
Shaft outer diameter

Unit: mm (in)
Journal Axial Play

J
INFOID:0000000004257133
Unit: mm (in)
DLN-93
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom Reference
: Applicable

Noise Shake Uneven rotating torque Center bearing improper installation Excessive center bearing axial end play Center bearing mounting (insulator) cracks, damage or deterioration Excessive joint angle Rotation imbalance Excessive runout DIFFERENTIAL AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRE ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKE STEERING DLN-96, "Inspection" DLN-100, "Inspection" DLN-100, "Inspection" DLN-100, "Inspection" DLN-100, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU section. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Vibration
DLN-94

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R]
INFOID:0000000004257134
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004257135
DLN
E
PBIC0190E
DLN-95
2009 G37 Coupe

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R]
Inspection
NOISE
INFOID:0000000004257136
VIBRATION
If vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first. 1. Measure propeller shaft runout at several points by rotating final drive companion flange with hands. Limit Propeller shaft runout 2. 3. 4.
If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft at final drive companion flange; then rotate companion flange 120, 240 degrees and install propeller shaft. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
SDIA1087E

: Vehicle front
Dimension
A: 192 mm (7.56 in) B: 172 mm (6.77 in) C: 172 mm (6.77 in)
JSDIA0169ZZ
DLN-96
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R]
A

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257137
DLN
G
JPDID0236GB
H
1. 4. Clip Center bearing mounting bracket (lower) : Vehicle front Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure. 2. Center bearing mounting bracket (upper) 3. Propeller shaft assembly
J
INFOID:0000000004257138

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Move the A/T selector lever to N position and release the parking brake. Remove the floor reinforcement. Remove the center muffler with power tool. Refer to GI-4, "Components". Remove the heat plate (1).
JSDIA0006ZZ
DLN-97
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 5. Put matching marks on propeller shaft rubber coupling with final drive companion flange. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage propeller shaft rubber coupling and final drive companion flange.
JSDIA0009ZZ
6.
Loosen mounting nuts of center bearing mounting brackets. CAUTION: Tighten mounting nuts temporarily.
PDIA0402E
7.
Remove propeller shaft assembly fixing bolts and nuts. CAUTION: Never remove the rubber coupling from the propeller shaft assembly.
JSDIA0010ZZ
8.
Slightly separate the rubber coupling (1) from the final drive companion flange (2). CAUTION: Never damage the final drive companion flange and rubber coupling.
JSDIA0128ZZ
9.
Remove center bearing mounting bracket fixing nuts. CAUTION: The angle (A), which the third axis rubber coupling (1) forms with the final drive companion flange (2), must be 5 or less. Never damage the grease seal (3). Never damage the rubber coupling. 10. Slide the propeller shaft in the vehicle forward direction slightly. Separate the propeller shaft from the final drive companion flange. CAUTION:
JSDIA0137ZZ
DLN-98
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > The angle, which the third axis rubber coupling forms with the final drive companion flange, must be 5 or less. Never damage the grease seal. Never damage the rubber coupling. 11. Remove the propeller shaft assembly from the vehicle. CAUTION: Never damage the rear oil seal of transmission.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Install center bearing mounting bracket (upper) (1) with its arrow mark (A) facing forward. Adjust position of center bearing mounting bracket (upper) (1) and center bearing mounting bracket (lower) (2) sliding back and forth to prevent play in thrust direction of center bearing insulator (3). Install bracket to vehicle.
DLN
JPDID0126ZZ
Align matching marks to install propeller shaft rubber coupling to final drive companion flange. After assembly, perform a driving test to check propeller shaft vibration. If vibration occurred, separate propeller shaft from final drive. Reinstall companion flange after rotating it by 120, 240 degrees. Then perform driving test and check propeller shaft vibration again at each point.
JSDIA0009ZZ
If propeller shaft or final drive has been replaced, connect them as follows: - Install the propeller shaft (1) while aligning its matching mark (A) with the matching mark (B) on the joint as close as possible.
JSDIA0077ZZ
CAUTION:
DLN-99
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > The angle (A), which the third axis rubber coupling (1) forms with the final drive companion flange (2), must be 5 or less. Never damage the grease seal (3). Never damage the rubber coupling. Never damage the rear oil seal of transmission. Never damage the rubber coupling, protect it with a shop towel or equivalent.
JSDIA0137ZZ
Inspection
APPEARANCE
INFOID:0000000004257139

Check propeller shaft runout at measuring points. If runout exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. For measuring point, refer to DLN-96, "Inspection" Limit Propeller shaft runout
JSDIA0078ZZ
JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY

As shown in the figure, while fixing yoke on one side, check axial play of joint. If outside the standard, replace propeller shaft assembly. Standard Journal axial play CAUTION: Never disassemble joints.
SPD874
CENTER BEARING
DLN-100
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R]
A

2WD Applied model VQ37VHR A/T Propeller shaft model Number of joints 1st joint Type of journal bearings (Non-disassembly type) 2nd joint 3rd joint Coupling method with transmission Coupling method with rear final drive Shaft length 1st (Spider to spider) 2nd (Spider to rubber coupling center) 1st 2nd 3S80A-R 3 Shell type Shell type Rubber coupling type Sleeve type Rubber coupling type 697 mm (27.44 in) 772 mm (30.39 in) 82.6 mm (3.25 in) 75.0 mm (2.95 in)
INFOID:0000000004257141 INFOID:0000000004257140
DLN

Unit: mm (in)
Journal Axial Play

J
INFOID:0000000004257142
Unit: mm (in)
DLN-101
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom Reference
: Applicable

Noise Shake Uneven rotating torque Center bearing improper installation Excessive center bearing axial end play Center bearing mounting (insulator) cracks, damage or deterioration Excessive joint angle Rotation imbalance Excessive runout DIFFERENTIAL AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRE ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKE STEERING DLN-104, "Inspection" DLN-108, "Inspection" DLN-108, "Inspection" DLN-104, "Inspection" DLN-104, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU section. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in FAX and RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Vibration
DLN-102

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107]
INFOID:0000000004458997
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004458998
DLN
E
PBIC0190E
DLN-103
2009 G37 Coupe

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107]
Inspection
NOISE
INFOID:0000000004458999
VIBRATION
If vibration is present at high speed, inspect propeller shaft runout first. 1. With a dial indicator, measure propeller shaft runout at runout measuring points by rotating final drive companion flange with hands. Limit Propeller shaft runout 2. 3. 4.
If runout still exceeds specifications, separate propeller shaft at final drive companion flange, then rotate companion flange 60, 120, 180, 240, 300 degrees and install propeller shaft. Check runout again. If runout still exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. Check the vibration by driving vehicle.
SDIA1087E

: Vehicle front
Standard A B C
: 162 mm (6.38 in) : 245 mm (9.65 in) : 185 mm (7.28 in)

PDIA0772J
DLN-104
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107]
A

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004459000
DLN
G
JPDID0228GB
H
1. 4. Propeller shaft assembly Center bearing mounting bracket (lower) : Vehicle front Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure. 2. Clip 3. Center bearing mounting bracket (upper)
J
INFOID:0000000004459001

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3.
Shift the transmission to the neutral position, and release the parking brake. Remove the center muffler and exhaust front tube with power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove the heat plate (1).
O
JPDID0184ZZ
DLN-105
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Put matching marks (A) on propeller shaft flange yoke and transfer companion flange. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage propeller shaft flange yoke and transfer companion flange.
JPDID0207ZZ
5.
Put matching marks (A) on propeller shaft rebro joint and final drive companion flange. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage propeller shaft rebro joint and final drive companion flange.
JPDID0208ZZ
6.
Loosen mounting nuts (1) of center bearing mounting brackets (upper/lower). CAUTION: Tighten mounting nuts temporarily.
: Vehicle front
Remove propeller shaft assembly fixing bolts and nuts. Remove center bearing mounting bracket fixing nuts. Remove propeller shaft assembly. JPDID0187ZZ CAUTION: Never damage the rear oil seal of transmission. If constant velocity joint was bent during propeller shaft assembly removal, installation, or transportation, its boot may be damaged. Wrap boot interference area to metal part with shop cloth or equivalent to protect boot from breakage. 10. Remove clip and center bearing mounting bracket (upper/lower).
7. 8. 9.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
DLN-106
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Install center bearing mounting bracket (upper) (1) with its arrow mark (A) facing forward. Adjust position of center bearing mounting bracket (upper), center bearing mounting bracket (lower) (2) sliding back and forth to prevent play in thrust direction of center bearing insulator (3). Install center bearing mounting bracket (upper/lower) to vehicle.
DLN
G
JSDIA0127ZZ
Align matching marks (A) to install propeller shaft flange yoke and transfer companion flange.
JPDID0207ZZ
Align matching marks (A) to install propeller shaft rebro joint and final drive companion flange.
N
JPDID0208ZZ
CAUTION:
P
DLN-107
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Tighten mounting bolt and nut in the order shown in the figure. After assembly, perform a driving test to check propeller shaft vibration. If vibration occurred, separate propeller shaft from final drive. Reinstall companion flange after rotating it by 60, 120, 180, 240, 300 degrees. Then perform driving test and check propeller shaft vibration again at each point.
JPDID0204ZZ
If propeller shaft or final drive has been replaced, connect them as follows: - Install the propeller shaft while aligning its matching mark (A) with the matching mark (B) on the joint as close as possible. CAUTION: Avoid damaging the rebro joint boot, protect it with a shop cloth or equivalent.
SDIA2049E
Inspection
APPEARANCE
INFOID:0000000004459002

Check propeller shaft runout at measuring points with a dial indicator. If runout exceeds specifications, replace propeller shaft assembly. For measuring point, refer to DLN-104, "Inspection". Limit Propeller shaft runout
JSDIA0079ZZ
JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY

As shown in the figure, while fixing yoke on one side, check axial play of joint. If it is outside the standard, replace propeller shaft assembly. Standard Journal axial play CAUTION: Never disassemble joints.
PDA0005D
CENTER BEARING
DLN-108
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107]
A

AWD Applied model VQ37VHR A/T Propeller shaft model Number of joints 1st joint Type of journal bearings (Non-disassembly type) Coupling method with transfer Coupling method with rear final drive 1st (Spider to spider) Shaft length 2nd (Spider to rebro joint center) 1st 2nd 2nd joint 3rd joint 3F80A-1VL107 3 Shell type Shell type Rebro joint type Flange type Rebro joint type 435 mm (17.13 in)
INFOID:0000000004459003
DLN
G
757 mm (29.80 in) 82.6 mm (3.252 in) 75.0 mm (2.953 in)
INFOID:0000000004459004

I
Unit: mm (in)
J
INFOID:0000000004459005
Journal Axial Play

Unit: mm (in)
DLN-109
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004458958
PDIA0647E
1. 4. 7.
Side retainer Drive gear Side gear
2. 5. 8.
Side bearing Pinion mate shaft Side shaft
3. 6. 9.
Differential case Pinion mate gear Gear carrier
10. Drive pinion 13. Pinion rear bearing
11. Companion flange 14. Extension tube retainer
12. Pinion front bearing 15. Engine assembly
DLN-110
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom Reference
: Applicable
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Gear tooth rough Gear contact improper Tooth surfaces worn Backlash incorrect Companion flange excessive runout Gear oil improper PROPELLER SHAFT AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRE ROAD WHEEL
Noise DLN-133, "Adjustment"
DLN-137, "Inspection After Disassembly"
DLN-111
BRAKE STEERING DRIVE SHAFT
DLN-137, "Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-133, "Adjustment" DLN-133, "Adjustment" DLN-116, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU sections. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in FAX and RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
INFOID:0000000004458959
2009 G37 Coupe

L N M
DLN
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000004458960
NOTE: Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK position, then disconnect both battery cables. After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both battery cables. Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results. For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned. If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation procedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position. (At this time, the steering lock will be released.) Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables disconnected and the steering wheel can be turned. Perform the necessary repair operation. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.) Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
INFOID:0000000004458961
2. 3. 4. 5.
6.
Service Notice or Precautions for Front Final Drive
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they never interfere with the function of the parts when applied. Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, it is preferable to work in dustproof area. Before disassembly, using steam or white gasoline, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly. Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them with new ones if necessary. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time when the unit is disassembled. In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, observe it. Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them. Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mounting surface; then remove any moisture, oil, and foreign materials from the application and mounting surfaces. Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components. Avoid using cotton gloves or shop rags to prevent entering of lint. During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque, and apply new gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multipurpose grease as specified for each vehicle, if necessary. NOTE: Front oil seal cannot be replaced on vehicle, because there is not enough room.
DLN-112
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004458962
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller
Description Removing side oil seal (right side) Removing side bearing outer race
DLN
E
ZZA0601D
ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
Installing side oil seal (right side) Installing front oil seal
ZZA0702D
H
Installing side oil seal (left side)
KV38102100 (J-25803-01) Drift a: 44 mm (1.73 in) dia. b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia. c: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia.
J
ZZA1046D
Installing side shaft oil seal
ZZA1143D
M
Installing side shaft Installing pinion rear bearing inner race
ST30032000 (J-26010-01) Drift a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
O
S-NT107
KV10111100 (J-37228) Seal cutter
Removing carrier cover
S-NT046
DLN-113
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST3306S001 (J-22888-D) Differential side bearing puller set 1: ST33051001 (J-22888-20) Puller 2: ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Base a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. ST33230000 (J-25805-01) Drift a: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia. c: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.

Description Removing and installing side bearing inner race
NT072
Installing side bearing inner race
ZZA1046D
ST30611000 (J-25742-1) Drift bar
Installing side bearing outer race
S-NT090
KV31103000 (J-38982) Drift a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. b: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia.
Installing side bearing outer race
ZZA1113D
ST3127S000 (J-25765-A) Preload gauge
Measuring pinion bearing preload and total preload
ZZA0806D
(J-8129) Spring gauge
Measuring turning torque
NT127
DLN-114
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST37820000 ( ) Drift a: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia. b: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.

Description Installing pinion front and rear bearing outer race
C
ZZA0836D
Installing front oil seal
DLN
ZZA0838D
F
INFOID:0000000004458963

Tool name Flange wrench Description
Removing and installing drive pinion lock nut
NT035
J
Removing pinion rear bearing inner race
Replacer
L
ZZA0700D
Spacer a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia. c: 30 mm (1.18 in)
Installing pinion front bearing inner race
N
ZZA1133D
Power tool
PBIC0190E
DLN-115
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
Inspection
OIL LEAKAGE
Make sure that oil is not leaking from final drive assembly or around it.
INFOID:0000000004458964
OIL LEVEL
Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never start engine while checking oil level. Set a gasket on filler plug (1) and install it on final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-122, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
JPDID0188ZZ
Draining
1. 2. 3. Stop engine. Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil. Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to final drive assembly and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-122, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
INFOID:0000000004458965
JPDID0189ZZ
Refilling
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reaches the specified level near filler plug mounting hole. Oil grade and Viscosity Oil capacity 2. : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Refer to DLN-147, "General Specifications".
INFOID:0000000004458966
After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug (1), then install it to final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-122, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
JPDID0188ZZ
DLN-116
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A

SIDE OIL SEAL
RIGHT SIDE
RIGHT SIDE : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458967
DLN
G
JPDID0220ZZ
1. A:
Front final drive assembly Oil seal lip : Vehicle front : Apply gear oil. : Apply multi-purpose grease.
2.
Side oil seal (right side)
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described above.
RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove the front drive shaft. Refer to FAX-22, "Exploded View". Remove the side oil seal using a puller (A) [SST: KV381054S0 (J-34286)]. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
INFOID:0000000004458968
O
PDIA0838J
INSTALLATION
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to sealing lips of side oil seal.
P
DLN-117
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 2. Using the drift (A) [SST: ST33400001 (J-26082)], press-fit side oil seal so that its surface comes face-to-face with the end surface of the side retainer. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. 3. Install the front drive shaft. Refer to FAX-22, "Exploded View". 4. When oil leaks while removing, check oil level after the installation. Refer to DLN-116, "Inspection". [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
PDIA0787J
LEFT SIDE
LEFT SIDE : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458969
JSDIA0823ZZ
1. A:
Front final drive assembly Oil seal lip : Vehicle front : Apply gear oil. : Apply multi-purpose grease.
2.
Side oil seal (left side)
LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1.
INFOID:0000000004458970
2.
Remove the front final drive assembly from vehicle with power tool. Refer to DLN-120, "Exploded View". NOTE: Left side oil seal is attached to engine assembly. Replace it after removing front final drive assembly from vehicle. Remove the side oil seal using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier. Apply multi-purpose grease to sealing lips of side oil seal.
INSTALLATION
1.
DLN-118
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 2. Using the drift (A) [SST: KV38102100 (J-25803-01)], press-fit side oil seal so that its surface comes face-to-face with the end surface of the gear carrier. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. 3. Install the front final drive assembly on vehicle. Refer to DLN120, "Exploded View". 4. When oil leaks while removing, check oil level after the installation. Refer to DLN-116, "Inspection". [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A
C
PDIA0788J
DLN
DLN-119
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458971
JPDID0221GB
1. 4.
Breather tube Bushing : Vehicle front
2. 5.
Breather hose Side shaft
3.
Front final drive assembly

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
INFOID:0000000004458972
Remove engine assembly from the vehicle. Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View". Separate engine assembly and suspension member. Remove engine mounting bracket (RH) (lower). Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View". Remove air breather hose and tube. Remove side shaft. Remove final drive assembly mounting bolts with power tool and separate front final drive assembly from engine.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, install in the reverse order of removal. When installing the side shaft, apply multi-purpose grease to contact surface of side shaft and side shaft oil seal. Tighten mounting bolts in the order described below when installing front final drive assembly: side of gear carrier (1), upper side of gear carrier (2), part of carrier cover (3), lower part of gear carrier (4). CAUTION: Align the mating faces of gear carrier and oil pan for installation.
PDIA0839J
DLN-120
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Install breather hose (1) and tube (2) as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. - Make sure the paint mark facing up ( ). - Securely install the hose until it seats the rounded portion of the tube. ( ) (front final drive assembly side). - Securely install the hose until it to paint mark of the tube. ( ) (vehicle rear side). - Face the bend of the breather hose ( ) to the engine. When oil leaks while removing final drive assembly, check oil level after the installation. Refer to DLN-116, "Inspection".

A
JSDIA0018ZZ
DLN
DLN-121
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SHAFT
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]

SIDE SHAFT
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004458975
JSDIA0020GB
1. 4. 7.
Drive pinion lock nut Pinion front bearing Gear carrier
2. 5. 8.
Companion flange
3.
Front oil seal Drive pinion adjusting washer Pinion height adjusting washer
Drive pinion bearing adjusting wash- 6. er Pinion rear bearing 9.
10. Drive pinion 13. Side retainer 16. Side bearing 19. Dowel pin 22. Gasket 25. Side gear thrust washer 28. Pinion mate thrust washer
11. Drive gear 14. O-ring 17. Differential case 20. Filler plug 23. Carrier cover 26. Side gear 29. Pinion mate gear
12. Side oil seal (right side) 15. Side bearing adjusting shim 18. Breather connector 21. Drain plug 24. Gear oil defense 27. Circular clip 30. Pinion mate shaft
DLN-122
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SHAFT
31. Lock pin 34. Side shaft bearing 37. Dust seal A: Oil seal lip : Apply gear oil. : Apply anti-corrosion oil. : Apply multi-purpose grease. : Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". 32. Side bearing adjusting washer 35. Extension tube retainer 38. Side shaft B: Screw hole

33. Side oil seal (left side) 36. Side shaft oil seal
DLN
Disassembly
1. Hold extension tube retainer with puller, then press out side shaft using a press.
E
INFOID:0000000004458976
PDIA0793J
2.
3. 4. 5.
Remove side shaft oil seal (1) from extension tube retainer with a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage extension tube retainer. Remove side shaft bearing from extension tube retainer. Remove O-ring from extension tube retainer. Remove dust seal from side shaft.
L
PDIA0794J
Assembly
1. Using the drift (A) [SST: KV38100200 ( )], install side shaft oil seal. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal. Install dust seal.
INFOID:0000000004458977
2.
P
PDIA0814J
DLN-123
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SHAFT
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Support side shaft bearing with the drift (A) [SST: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)], then press side shaft (1) into the side shaft bearing using a press. 4. Apply multi-purpose grease to O-ring, and install it to extension tube retainer. CAUTION: Never reuse O-ring. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
PDIA0815J
Inspection After Disassembly

DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION
INFOID:0000000004458978
Clean up the disassembled parts. If the gear teeth never mesh or line-up correctly, determine the cause and adjust or replace as necessary. If the gears are worn, cracked, damaged, pitted or chipped (by friction) noticeably, replace with new drive gear and drive pinion as a set.
BEARING
Clean up the disassembled parts. If any chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted or scratched marks, or unusual noise from the bearing is observed, replace as a bearing assembly (as a new set).
SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR

Clean up the disassembled parts. If any cracks or damage on the surface of the tooth is found, replace. If any worn or chipped mark on the contact sides of the thrust washer is found, replace.
SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER

Clean up the disassembled parts. If it is chipped (by friction), damaged, or unusually worn, replace.
OIL SEAL
Whenever disassembled, replace. If wear, deterioration of adherence (sealing force lips), or damage is detected on the lips, replace them.
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
Clean up the disassembled parts. If any wear or crack on the contact sides of the differential case is found, replace.
COMPANION FLANGE
Clean up the disassembled parts. If any chipped mark [about 0.1 mm, (0.004 in)] or other damage on the contact sides of the lips of the companion flange is found, replace.
DLN-124
2009 G37 Coupe
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
A
INFOID:0000000004468349
Exploded View
DLN
M
JSDIA0020GB
N
1. 4. 7. Drive pinion lock nut Pinion front bearing Gear carrier 2. 5. 8. Companion flange 3. Front oil seal Drive pinion adjusting washer Pinion height adjusting washer Drive pinion bearing adjusting wash- 6. er Pinion rear bearing 9.
10. Drive pinion 13. Side retainer 16. Side bearing 19. Dowel pin 22. Gasket 25. Side gear thrust washer 28. Pinion mate thrust washer 31. Lock pin
11. Drive gear 14. O-ring 17. Differential case 20. Filler plug 23. Carrier cover 26. Side gear 29. Pinion mate gear 32. Side bearing adjusting washer
12. Side oil seal (right side) 15. Side bearing adjusting shim 18. Breather connector 21. Drain plug 24. Gear oil defense 27. Circular clip 30. Pinion mate shaft 33. Side oil seal (left side)
DLN-125
2009 G37 Coupe
34. Side shaft bearing 37. Dust seal A: Oil seal lip : Apply gear oil. : Apply anti-corrosion oil. : Apply multi-purpose grease. : Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". 35. Extension tube retainer 38. Side shaft B: Screw hole

36. Side shaft oil seal
Disassembly
1. 2. 3. Drain gear oil, if necessary. Remove carrier cover mounting bolts. Remove carrier cover to insert the seal cutter (A) [SST: KV10111100 (J-37228)] between gear carrier and carrier cover. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface. Never insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this may damage the mating surface.
INFOID:0000000004458980
PDIA0795J
4. 5. 6.
Remove side retainer. Remove side bearing adjusting shim. Remove O-ring from side retainer.
PDIA0670E
7.
Remove differential case assembly from gear carrier.
PDIA0671E
DLN-126
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Remove side oil seal (right side) from side retainer. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A
C
PDIA0672E
DLN
9.
Remove side bearing outer race with puller (A) [SST: KV381054S0 (J-34286)]. 10. Remove O-ring from gear carrier. 11. Remove side oil seal (left side) from gear carrier.
G
PDIA0796J
12. Remove side bearing outer race with puller (A) [SST: KV381054S0 (J-34286)].
PDIA0797J
13. Remove side bearing inner race. To prevent damage to bearing, engage puller jaws in groove ( ).
A: Puller [SST: ST33051001 (J-22888-20)] B: Base [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the side bearing and drive gear, place copper plates between these parts and vise. It is not necessary to remove side bearing inner race except if it is replaced.
PDIA0758J
DLN-127
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 14. For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one differential case assembly. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage differential case and drive gear. 15. Remove drive gear mounting bolts. 16. Tap drive gear off differential case assembly with a soft hammer. CAUTION: Tap evenly all around to keep drive gear from bending. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
PDIA0496E
17. Remove lock pin of pinion mate shaft with a punch from drive gear side.
PDIA0759J
18. Remove pinion mate shaft.
SDIA0031J
19. Turn pinion mate gear, then remove pinion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers, side gears and side gear thrust washers from differential case.
SDIA0032J
DLN-128
2009 G37 Coupe
INFOID:0000000004458981
Assembly
1. Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the side gears.
DLN
SDIA0193J
2.
3.
Install side gears and thrust washers into differential case. CAUTION: Never reuse circular clip. Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gear (side retainer side). Align 2 pinion mate gears in diagonally opposite positions, then rotate and install them into differential case after installing thrust washer to pinion mate gear.
SDIA2025E
4.
Align the lock pin holes on differential case with shaft, and install pinion mate shaft.
K
SDIA0195J
5. a.
Measure side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washers. Place differential case straight up so that side gear to be measured comes upward.
O
JPDID0205GB
DLN-129
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > b. Using feeler gauge, measure the clearance between side gear back and differential case at 3 different points, while rotating side gear. Average the 3 readings, and then measure the clearance of the other side as well.
Standard Side gear back clearance
: Refer to DLN-147, "Differential Side Gear Clearance".
c.
CAUTION: To prevent side gear from tilting, insert feeler gauges with the same thickness from both sides. If the back clearance is outside the specification, use a thicker/ thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust. When the back clearance is large: When the back clearance is small: Use a thicker thrust washer. Use a thinner thrust washer.
PDIA0576E
CAUTION: Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually. 6. Drive a lock pin into pinion mate shaft, using a punch. Make sure lock pin is flush with differential case. CAUTION: Never reuse lock pin.
SPD030
7.
Align the matching mark of drive gear with the mark of differential case, then place drive gear.
SDIA2593E
DLN-130
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Apply thread locking sealant into the thread hole of drive gear. Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Drive gear back and threaded holes must be cleaned and degreased sufficiently. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A
C
SDIA2594E
DLN
9.
Install drive gear on the mounting bolts. CAUTION: Tighten bolts in a crisscross fashion.
G
SDIA0247J
10. Press side bearing inner races to differential case, using the drift and the base.
A: Drift [SST: ST33230000 (J-25805-01)] B: Base [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]
CAUTION: Never reuse side bearing inner race.
PDIA0810J
11. Press-fit side bearing outer race into side retainer with the drift and the drift bar.
L
A: Drift bar [SST: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)] B: Drift [SST: KV31103000 (J-38982)]
CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to side retainer. Never reuse side bearing outer race.
PDIA0811J
12. Press-fit side bearing outer race into gear carrier with the drift and the drift bar.
A: Drift bar [SST: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)] B: Drift [SST: KV31103000 (J-38982)]
CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to gear carrier. Never reuse side bearing outer race.
PDIA0812J
DLN-131
2009 G37 Coupe
13. Place the differential case assembly into gear carrier. 14. Measure side bearing preload. If necessary, select the appropriate side bearing adjusting shim. Refer to DLN-133, "Adjustment".
PDIA0671E
15. Install selected side bearing adjusting shim (1). Refer to DLN133, "Adjustment". 16. Apply multi-purpose grease to O-ring (2), and install it to side retainer. CAUTION: Never reuse O-ring. 17. Install side retainer assembly to gear carrier.
PDIA0813E
18. Install side retainer mounting bolts.
PDIA0669E
19. Using the drift (A) [SST: ST33400001 (J-26082)], press-fit side oil seal so that its surface comes face-to-face with the end surface of the side retainer. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal.
PDIA0787J
20. Using the drift (A) [SST: KV38102100 (J-25803-01)], press-fit side oil seal so that its surface comes face-to-face with the end surface of gear carrier. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal. 21. Apply multi-purpose grease to O-ring, and install it to gear carrier. CAUTION:
PDIA0788J
DLN-132
2009 G37 Coupe
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Never reuse O-ring. 22. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN-133, "Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust as described above, if necessary. 23. Apply sealant to mating surface of carrier cover. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to application and mounting surfaces.
DLN
PDIA0742E
24. Install carrier cover on gear carrier and tighten mounting bolts.
F
H
SDIA1648E
25. Set breather connector angle (A) as shown in the figure.

: Vehicle front
: 0 30
K
L
PDIA0841J
Adjustment
TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE
INFOID:0000000004458982
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction. 2. Rotate drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearing. 3. Measure total preload with preload gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Standard Total preload torque
: Refer to DLN-147, "Preload Torque".

PDIA0792J
NOTE: Total preload torque = Pinion bearing preload torque + Side bearing preload torque
DLN-133
2009 G37 Coupe
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > If measured value is out of the specification, disassemble it to check and adjust each part. Adjust the pinion bearing preload and side bearing preload. Adjust the pinion bearing preload first, then adjust the side bearing preload.
When the preload torque is large On pinion bearings: Decrease the drive pinion bearing adjusting washer and drive pinion adjusting washer thickness. On side bearings: Increase the side bearing adjusting shim thickness. For select parts refer to parts information. When the preload torque is small On pinion bearings: Increase the drive pinion bearing adjusting washer and drive pinion adjusting washer thickness. On side bearings: Decrease the side bearing adjusting shim thickness. For select parts refer to parts information.
SIDE BEARING PRELOAD

Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove carrier cover and side retainer. Refer to DLN-126, "Disassembly". 2. Make sure all parts are clean. Also, make sure the bearings are well lubricated with gear oil. 3. Place the differential case assembly into gear carrier.
PDIA0671E
4. 5.
Install side bearing adjusting shim before disassembling or shim which thickness is the same as the one before disassembling. Install side retainer assembly to gear carrier. CAUTION: Never install O-ring.
PDIA0678E
6.
Install side retainer mounting bolts to the specified torque.
PDIA0669E
DLN-134
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Measure the turning torque of the gear carrier at the drive gear mounting bolts with a spring gauge [SST: (J-8129)].
Specification : 34.2 39.2 N (3.5 4.0 kg, 7.7 8.8 lb) of pulling force at the drive gear bolt

A
C
SPD194A
8.
If the turning torque is outside the specification, use a thicker/ thinner side bearing adjusting shim to adjust. If the turning torque is less than the specified range: Decrease the side bearing adjusting shim thickness. If the turning torque is greater than the specification: Increase the side bearing adjusting shim thickness.
DLN
9.
Record the total amount of shim thickness required for the correct carrier side bearing preload.
SPD772
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT

1. 2. 3. Remove carrier cover. Refer to DLN-126, "Disassembly". Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face. Rotate the drive gear to measure runout. Limit Drive gear runout
H
: Refer to DLN-147, "Drive Gear Runout".
If the runout is outside of the repair limit, check drive gear assembly condition; foreign material may be caught between drive gear and differential case, or differential case or drive gear may be deformed, etc. CAUTION: Replace drive gear and drive pinion gear as a set.
K
SPD886
TOOTH CONTACT
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove carrier cover. Refer to DLN-126, "Disassembly". 2. Apply red lead to drive gear. CAUTION: Apply red lead to both the faces of 3 to 4 gears at 4 locations evenly spaced on drive gear.
M
P
SPD357
DLN-135
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Rotate drive gear back and forth several times, check drive pinion gear to drive gear tooth contact. CAUTION: Check tooth contact on drive side and reverse side. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
SDIA0570E
PDIA0667E
DLN-136
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. If tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure below to adjust the pinion height [dimension (X)]. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A
C
SDIA0517E
DLN
If the tooth contact is near the face (face contact), or near the heel (heel contact), thicken pinion height adjusting washers to move drive pinion closer to drive gear.
G
PDIA0440E
If the tooth contact is near the flank (flank contact), or near the toe (toe contact), thin pinion height adjusting washers to move drive pinion farther from drive gear.
K
PDIA0441E
BACKLASH
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove carrier cover. Refer to DLN-126, "Disassembly". 2. Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash. Standard Backlash
L
: Refer to DLN-147, "Backlash".
If the backlash is outside of the specified value, change the thickness of side bearing adjusting washer. When the backlash is large: Decrease side bearing adjusting washer thickness. When the backlash is small: Increase side bearing adjusting washer thickness.
SDIA0009J

INFOID:0000000004458983
DLN-137
2009 G37 Coupe
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Clean up the disassembled parts. If the gear teeth never mesh or line-up correctly, determine the cause and adjust or replace as necessary. If the gears are worn, cracked, damaged, pitted or chipped (by friction) noticeably, replace with new drive gear and drive pinion as a set.
BEARING


OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
DLN-138
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
A
INFOID:0000000004468350
DRIVE PINION
Exploded View
DLN
M
JSDIA0020GB
N
1. 4. 7. Drive pinion lock nut Pinion front bearing Gear carrier 2. 5. 8. Companion flange 3. Front oil seal Drive pinion adjusting washer Pinion height adjusting washer Drive pinion bearing adjusting wash- 6. er Pinion rear bearing 9.
10. Drive pinion 13. Side retainer 16. Side bearing 19. Dowel pin 22. Gasket 25. Side gear thrust washer 28. Pinion mate thrust washer 31. Lock pin
11. Drive gear 14. O-ring 17. Differential case 20. Filler plug 23. Carrier cover 26. Side gear 29. Pinion mate gear 32. Side bearing adjusting washer
12. Side oil seal (right side) 15. Side bearing adjusting shim 18. Breather connector 21. Drain plug 24. Gear oil defense 27. Circular clip 30. Pinion mate shaft 33. Side oil seal (left side)
DLN-139
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
34. Side shaft bearing 37. Dust seal A: Oil seal lip : Apply gear oil. : Apply anti-corrosion oil. : Apply multi-purpose grease. : Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". 35. Extension tube retainer 38. Side shaft B: Screw hole

36. Side shaft oil seal
Disassembly
1. 2. Remove differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-126, "Disassembly". Remove drive pinion lock nut with a flange wrench.
INFOID:0000000004458985
PDIA0798J
3.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of drive pinion. The matching mark should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark (A) on the final drive companion flange (1) indicates the maximum vertical runout position. When replacing companion flange, matching mark is not necessary. Remove companion flange using the suitable puller.
PDIA0799J
4.
SDIA1132E
DLN-140
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Press drive pinion assembly out of gear carrier. CAUTION: Never drop drive pinion assembly. 6. Remove front oil seal. 7. Remove pinion front bearing inner race. 8. Remove drive pinion bearing adjusting washer and drive pinion adjusting washer. [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A
C
PDIA0800J
DLN
9.
Remove pinion rear bearing inner race and pinion height adjusting washer with replacer (A) (commercial service tool).
E
G
PDIA0801J
10. Tap pinion front/rear bearing outer races uniformly a brass rod or equivalent to removed. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
PDIA0677E
Assembly
1. Install pinion front and rear bearing outer races using drift (A) [SST: ST37820000 ( )]. CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to gear carrier. Never reuse pinion front and rear bearing outer race.
INFOID:0000000004458986
PDIA0803J
DLN-141
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Temporarily install pinion height adjusting washer (1).
When hypoid gear set has been replaced
Select pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-143, "Adjustment".

When hypoid gear set has been reused
Temporarily install the removed pinion height adjusting washer or same thickness washer to drive pinion. CAUTION: Pay attention to the direction of pinion height adjusting washer. (Assemble as shown in the figure.) Never reuse pinion rear bearing inner race. 3. Install pinion rear bearing inner race (1) to drive pinion with the drift (A) [SST: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)].
JSDIA0760ZZ
JSDIA0761ZZ
4.
5. 6.
Temporarily assemble removed drive pinion adjusting washer and drive pinion bearing adjusting washer or same thickness of them to drive pinion. Apply gear oil to pinion rear bearing, and assemble drive pinion into gear carrier. Apply gear oil to pinion front bearing, and assemble pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion assembly. CAUTION: Never reuse pinion front bearing inner race.
PDIA0681E
7. 8.
Using suitable spacer (A), press the pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion as far as drive pinion nut can be tightened. Adjust pinion bearing preload. If necessary, select the appropriate drive pinion adjusting washer and drive pinion bearing adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-143, "Adjustment".
PDIA0807J
DLN-142
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 9. Using the drifts, install front oil seal as shown in figure.
A: Drift [SST: ST33400001 (J-26082)] B: Drift [SST: KV38102510 ( )]

A
CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal.
PDIA0808J
DLN
10. Install companion flange (1). NOTE: When reusing drive pinion, align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange, and then install companion flange (1).
G
PDIA0799J
11. Apply anti-corrosion oil to the thread and seat of new drive pinion lock nut, and temporarily tighten drive pinion lock nut to drive pinion. CAUTION: Never reuse drive pinion lock nut. 12. Tighten to drive pinion lock nut, while adjusting pinion bearing preload torque.
A: Preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]
Standard Pinion bearing preload

L
13.
14.
15. 16.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions. Install differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-129, "Assembly". PDIA0802J CAUTION: Never install carrier cover yet. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-133, "Adjustment" and DLN-143, "Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. Check total preload torque. Refer to DLN-133, "Adjustment". Install carrier cover. Refer to DLN-129, "Assembly".
INFOID:0000000004458987
Adjustment
PINION GEAR HEIGHT
If the hypoid gear set has been replaced, select the pinion height adjusting washer.
DLN-143
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 1. Use the formula below to calculate pinion height adjusting washer thickness.
Washer selection equation: T = T0 + (t1 t2) T: Correct washer thickness T0: Removed washer thickness Old drive pinion head letter H 0.01 t1 : (H: machined tolerance 1/100 mm 100) New drive pinion head letter H 0.01 t2 : (H: machined tolerance 1/100 mm 100) Example: T = 3.21 + [(2 0.01) (1 0.01)] = 3.24 T0: 3.21 +2 t1 : 1 t2 : 2. Select the proper pinion height adjusting washer. If unable to find a washer of desired thickness, use a washer with thickness closest to the calculated value. Example: Calculated value... T = 3.22 mm Used washer... T = 3.21 mm
SDIA0249J
PINION BEARING PRELOAD

Assemble the drive pinion parts if they are disassembled. Refer to DLN-141, "Assembly". 1. Make sure all parts are clean. Also, make sure the bearings are well lubricated with gear oil. 2. Install companion flange (1). NOTE: When reusing drive pinion, align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange, and then install companion flange (1).
PDIA0799J
DLN-144
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Temporarily tighten removed drive pinion lock nut to drive pinion. NOTE: Use removed drive pinion lock nut only for the preload measurement. 4. Rotate drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearing. 5. Tighten to drive pinion lock nut, while adjust pinion bearing preload torque.

A
DLN
6.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions. If the pinion bearing preload torque is outside the specification, use a thicker/thinner drive pinion bearing adjusting washer and drive pinion adjusting washer to adjust. When the preload torque is large: Decrease the drive pinion bearing adjusting washer and drive pinion adjusting washer thickness. For select parts refer to parts information. When the preload is small: Increase the drive pinion bearing adjusting washer and drive pinion adjusting washer thickness. For select parts refer to parts information.
G
PDIA0802J
7. 1. 2.
Remove companion flange, after adjustment.

K
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT

Fit a dial indicator onto the companion flange face (inner side of the propeller shaft mounting bolt holes). Rotate companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout 3. 4.
: Refer to DLN-147, "Companion Flange Runout".
Fit a test indicator to the inner side of companion flange (socket diameter). Rotate companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout
N
JSDIA0116ZZ
: Refer to DLN-147, "Companion Flange Runout".
5. a. b.
If the runout value is outside the runout limit, follow the procedure below to adjust. Check for runout while changing the phase between companion flange and drive pinion by 90 step, and search for the position where the runout is the minimum. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible cause will be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary.
DLN-145
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > c. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the check and repair, replace companion flange.

INFOID:0000000004458988
BEARING


OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
DLN-146
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A]
A

AWD Applied model VQ37VHR A/T Final drive model Gear ratio Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion) Oil capacity (Approx.) Number of pinion gears Drive pinion adjustment spacer type (US pt, lmp pt) F160A 3.357 47/14 0.65 (1-3/8, 1-1/8) 2 Solid
INFOID:0000000004458990 INFOID:0000000004458989
DLN
Drive Gear Runout

Item Drive gear back face runout Limit 0.05 (0.0020)
Unit: mm (in)
H
INFOID:0000000004458991
Differential Side Gear Clearance

Item Side gear backlash (Clearance between side gear and differential case) Standard
Unit: mm (in)
0.2 (0.008) or less (Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive resistance during differential motion.)
INFOID:0000000004458992
Preload Torque
Item Pinion bearing (P1) Side bearing (P2) Side bearing to pinion bearing (Total preload) (Total preload = P1 + P2) Standard 0.78 1.57 (0.08 0.16, 7 13) 0.78 1.08 (0.08 0.11, 7 9) 1.56 2.65 (0.16 0.27, 14 23)
Unit: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
M
INFOID:0000000004458993
Backlash
Item Drive gear to drive pinion gear Standard 0.10 0.15 (0.0039 0.0059)
N
Unit: mm (in)
O
INFOID:0000000004458994
Companion Flange Runout

Item Companion flange face runout Inner side of the companion flange runout Limit 0.18 (0.0071) 0.13 (0.0051)
P
Unit: mm (in)
DLN-147
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Diagram
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW
2WD
INFOID:0000000004460291
JSDIA0103ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Side flange Pinion mate shaft Drive pinion
2. 5. 8.
Pinion mate gear Differential case Pinion front bearing
3. 6. 9.
Drive gear Side bearing Companion flange
10. Collapsible spacer
11. Pinion rear bearing
12. Side gear
DLN-148
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > AWD
A
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
DLN
H
PDIA0476E
1. 4. 7.
Side flange Pinion mate shaft Drive pinion
2. 5. 8.
Pinion mate gear Differential case Pinion front bearing
3. 6. 9.
Drive gear Side bearing Companion flange
12. Side gear
DLN-149
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
2WD
DLN-188, "2WD : Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-188, "2WD : Inspection After Disassembly"
INFOID:0000000004460292
Reference
NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU sections.
DLN-183, "2WD : Adjustment"
NVH in RAX section.
NVH in DLN section.
NVH in WT section.
NVH in WT section.
NVH in BR section. BRAKE
Companion flange excessive runout
Backlash incorrect
Gear oil improper
Gear tooth rough
AXLE AND SUSPENSION
Gear contact improper
PROPELLER SHAFT
Tooth surfaces worn
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
Symptom : Applicable
Noise
AWD
DLN-150
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING
TIRE
NVH in ST section.
Symptom Reference
: Applicable

Gear tooth rough Gear contact improper Tooth surfaces worn Backlash incorrect Companion flange excessive runout Gear oil improper PROPELLER SHAFT AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRE ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKE STEERING Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS Noise DLN-201, "AWD : Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-196, "AWD : Adjustment" DLN-201, "AWD : Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-196, "AWD : Adjustment" DLN-196, "AWD : Adjustment" DLN-157, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU sections. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in FAX and RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
DLN-151
I J L K N H G M
2009 G37 Coupe
DLN
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive
INFOID:0000000004460293
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they never interfere with the function of the parts when applied. Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, it is preferable to work in dustproof area. Before disassembly, using steam or white gasoline, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly. Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them with new ones, if necessary. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time when the unit is disassembled. In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, observe it. Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them. Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mounting surface; then remove any moisture, oil, and foreign materials from the application and mounting surfaces. Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components. Never use cotton gloves or shop rags to prevent entering of lint. During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque, and apply new gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multipurpose grease as specified for each vehicle, if necessary.
DLN-152
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004460294
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV40104100 ( ) Attachment
Description Removing side flange
DLN
E
ZZA0804D
ST36230000 (J-25840-A) Sliding hammer
Removing side flange
ZZA0803D
H
J
ZZA0806D
KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller
Removing front oil seal
ZZA0601D
M
Installing front oil seal Installing pinion rear bearing outer race
O
ZZA0811D
KV38107900 (J-39352) Protector
Installing side flange
S-NT129
DLN-153
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV38100200 (J-26233) Drift a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.

Description Installing side oil seal
ZZA1143D
Removing rear cover
S-NT046
KV38100800 (J-25604-01) Attachment A: 541 mm (21.30 in) B: 200 mm (7.87 in)
Fixing unit assembly
SDIA0267E
ST3306S001 (J-22888-D) Differential side bearing puller set 1: ST33051001 (J-22888-20) Puller 2: ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Base a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. KV38100300 (J-25523) Drift a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia. b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia. c: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
Removing and installing side bearing inner race
NT072
ZZA1046D
NT127
DLN-154
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV40105230 ( ) Drift a: 92 mm (3.62 in) dia. b: 86 mm (3.39 in) dia. c: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.

Description Installing pinion rear bearing outer race
C
PDIA0591E
ST30611000 (J-25742-1) Drift bar
Installing pinion front bearing outer race (Use with ST30613000)
DLN
S-NT090
F
Installing pinion front bearing outer race
ST30613000 (J-25742-3) Drift a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia. b: 48 mm (1.89 in) dia.
H
ZZA1000D
ST30901000 (J-26010-01) Drift a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
Installing pinion rear bearing inner race
ZZA0978D
K
Adjusting bearing preload and pinion gear height
(J-34309) Differential shim selector tool
M
NT134
(J-25269-4) Side bearing disc (2 Req'd)
Selecting pinion height adjusting washer
O
NT136
INFOID:0000000004460295
DLN-155
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name Flange wrench

Description Removing and installing drive pinion lock nut
NT035
Puller
Removing companion flange
ZZA0119D
Sliding hammer
Removing differential case assembly
NT125
Replacer
ZZA0700D
ZZA1133D
Power tool
PBIC0190E
DLN-156
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
Inspection
OIL LEAKAGE
INFOID:0000000004460296
OIL LEVEL
Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never start engine while checking oil level. Set a gasket on filler plug (1) and install it on final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-176, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), DLN-189, "AWD : Exploded View"(AWD). CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
JPDID0190ZZ
DLN
Draining
1. 2. 3. Stop the engine. Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil. Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to final drive assembly and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-176, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), DLN-189, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
G
INFOID:0000000004460297
K
JPDID0191ZZ
Refilling
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reaches the specified level near filler plug mounting hole.
INFOID:0000000004460298
Oil grade and viscosity Oil capacity 2.
: Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Refer to DLN-220, "General Specification".
After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug (1), then install it to final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-176, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), DLN-189, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
O
JPDID0190ZZ
DLN-157
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]

FRONT OIL SEAL
2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460299
JPDID0230GB
1. 4. A.
Final drive assembly Drive pinion lock nut Oil seal lip : Vehicle front : Apply gear oil. : Apply unti-corrosion oil.
2.
Front oil seal
3.
Companion flange
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
2WD : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004460300
CAUTION: Verify identification stamp of replacement frequency put in the lower part of gear carrier to determine replacement for collapsible spacer when replacing front oil seal. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. If collapsible spacer replacement is necessary, remove final drive assembly and disassemble it to replace front oil seal and collapsible spacer. Refer to DLN-172, "2WD : Removal and Installation" and DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly". NOTE: The reuse of collapsible spacer is prohibited in principle. However, it is reusable on a one-time basis only in cases when replacing front oil seal.
Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal
The diagonally shaded area in the figure shows stamping point for replacement frequency of front oil seal. The following table shows if collapsible spacer replacement is needed before replacing front oil seal. When collapsible spacer replacement is required, disassemble final drive assembly to replace collapsible spacer and front oil seal. Refer to DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly".
JSDIA0104ZZ
DLN-158
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Stamp No stamp 0 or 0 on the far right of stamp 01 or 1 on the far right of stamp collapsible spacer replacement Not required Required Not required

A
CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. C After replacing front oil seal, make a stamping on the stamping point in accordance with the table below in order to identify replacement frequency. CAUTION: DLN Make a stamping from left to right.
Stamp before stamping No stamp 0 (Front oil seal was replaced once.) 01 (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) 0 is on the far right. (Only front oil seal was replaced last time.) 1 is on the far right. (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) Stamping on the far right 0 1 0 1 0 Stamping 0 01
F
010 ...01 ...010
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Drain gear oil. Refer to DLN-157, "Draining". Make a judgment if a collapsible spacer replacement is required. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install attachment to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer.
A B : Attachment [SST: KV40104100 ( )]
: Sliding hammer [SST: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)]
7.
Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View".

L
JSDIA0105ZZ
8.
Measure the total preload with the preload gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. NOTE: Record the preload measurement.
P
JSDIA0015ZZ
DLN-159
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 9. Put matching mark (B) on the end of the drive pinion. The matching mark (B) should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark (A) on the final drive companion flange (1) indicates the maximum vertical runout position. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
JSDIA0016ZZ
10. Remove drive pinion lock nut using the flange wrench.
JSDIA0021ZZ
11. Remove companion flange using pullers.
JSDIA0022ZZ
12. Remove front oil seal using the puller (A) [SST: KV381054S0 (J34286)].
PDIA0980E
INSTALLATION
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to front oil seal lips.
DLN-160
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 2. Install front oil seal using the drift (A) [SST: ST30720000 (J25405)] as shown in figure. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. Never incline oil seal when installing. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
PDIA0752J
DLN
3.
Align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange (1), and then install the companion flange (1).
G
JSDIA0016ZZ
4.
5.
Apply anti-corrosion oil to the thread and seat of new drive pinion lock nut, and temporarily tighten drive pinion lock nut to drive pinion. CAUTION: Never reuse drive pinion lock nut. Tighten drive pinion lock nut within the limits of specified torque so as to keep the pinion bearing preload within a standard values.
A : Preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]
Standard Total preload torque
: A value that add 0.1 0.4 Nm (0.01 0.04 kg-m, 0.9 3.5 in-lb) to the measured value before removing.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque. 6. 7. Set a dial indicator (A) vertically to the tip of the drive pinion. Rotate drive pinion to check for runout. Limit Drive pinion runout
N
JSDIA0023ZZ
: Refer to DLN-220, "Drive Pinion Runout (2WD)".
If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible causes are an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary.
JSDIA0043ZZ
DLN-161
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 8. Make a stamping for identification of front oil seal replacement frequency. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. 9. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View". 10. Install side flange with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector. c. Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange SDIA0822E turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive.
d. Confirm that the dimension of the side flanges (1) installation measurement (A) in the figure comes into the following. Standard A 11. 12. 13. 14.
: 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)
Install drive shaft. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Install center muffler. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Refill gear oil to the final drive and check oil level. Refer to DLN157, "Refilling". 15. Check the final drive for oil leakage. Refer to DLN-157, "Inspection".
JSDIA0106ZZ
AWD
AWD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460301
JPDID0232GB
1. 4. A.
Final drive assembly Drive pinion lock nut Oil seal lip : Vehicle front
2.
Front oil seal
3.
Companion flange
DLN-162
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

: Apply gear oil. : Apply anti-corrosion oil. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.

A
AWD : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
B
INFOID:0000000004460302
C CAUTION: Verify identification stamp of replacement frequency put in the lower part of gear carrier to determine replacement for collapsible spacer when replacing front oil seal. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. If collapsible spacer replacement is necessary, remove final DLN drive assembly and disassemble it to replace front oil seal and collapsible spacer. Refer to DLN-174, "AWD : Removal and Installation" and DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly". NOTE: E The reuse of collapsible spacer is prohibited in principle. However, it is reusable on a one-time basis only in cases when replacing front oil seal.
The diagonally shaded area in the figure shows stamping point for replacement frequency of front oil seal. The following table shows if collapsible spacer replacement is needed before replacing front oil seal. When collapsible spacer replacement is required, disassemble final drive assembly to replace collapsible spacer and front oil seal. Refer to DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly".
Stamp No stamp 0 or 0 on the far right of stamp 01 or 1 on the far right of stamp collapsible spacer replacement Not required
PDIA0976E
Required Not required
CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. After replacing front oil seal, make a stamping on the stamping point in accordance with the table below in order to identify replacement frequency. CAUTION: Make a stamping from left to right.
Stamp before stamping No stamp 0 (Front oil seal was replaced once.) 01 (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) 0 is on the far right. (Only front oil seal was replaced last time.) 1 is on the far right. (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) Stamping on the far right 0 1 0 1 0 Stamping 0 01 010 ...01
O
...010
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Drain gear oil. Refer to DLN-157, "Draining". Make a judgment if a collapsible spacer replacement is required. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View".
DLN-163
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 6. Install attachment to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer.
JSDIA0105ZZ
7. 8.
Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". Measure the total preload with the preload gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. NOTE: Record the preload measurement.
PDIA0977E
9.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of the drive pinion. The matching mark should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark on the final drive companion flange indicates the maximum vertical runout position.
PDIA0750J
PDIA0978E
DLN-164
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 11. Remove companion flange using pullers. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
PDIA0979E
DLN
E
G
PDIA0980E
INSTALLATION
1. 2. Apply multi-purpose grease to front oil seal lips. Install front oil seal using the drift (A) [SST: ST30720000 (J25405)] as shown in figure. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. Never incline oil seal when installing.
H
K
PDIA0752J
3.
Align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange (1), and then install the companion flange.
PDIA0750J
DLN-165
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Apply anti-corrosion oil to the thread and seat of new drive pinion lock nut, and temporarily tighten drive pinion lock nut to drive pinion. CAUTION: Never reuse drive pinion lock nut. 5. Tighten drive pinion lock nut within the limits of specified torque so as to keep the pinion bearing preload within a standard values.
: A value that add 0.1 0.4 Nm (0.01 0.04 kg-m, 0.9 3.5 in-lb) to the measured value before removing.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque. 6. 7. Fit a test indicator to the inner side of companion flange (socket diameter). Rotate companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout
PDIA0981E
: Refer to DLN-220, "Companion Flange Runout (AWD)".
If the runout value is outside the runout limit, follow the procedure below to adjust. PDIA0490E - Check for runout while changing the phase between companion flange and drive pinion by 90 step, and search for the position where the runout is the minimum. - If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible cause will be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary. - If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the check and repair, replace companion flange. 8. Make a stamping for identification of front oil seal replacement frequency. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. 9. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". 10. Install side flange with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector. c. Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange SDIA0822E turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive.
DLN-166
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > d. Confirm that the dimension of the side flanges installation measurement (A) in the figure comes into the following.
Standard A 11. 12. 13. 14.

A
: 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)
C
SDIA1039E
DLN
DLN-167
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SIDE OIL SEAL

2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460303
JPDID0233ZZ
1. A.
Final drive assembly Oil seal lip : Vehicle front : Apply gear oil.
2.
Side oil seal
3.
Side flange

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004460304
Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install attachment to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer.
5.
Remove side oil seal, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
JSDIA0105ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to side oil seal lips.
DLN-168
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 2. Install side oil seal until it becomes flush with the case end, using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)]. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SPD560
DLN
3. a. b.
c.
Install side flange with the following procedure. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector. Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive. Confirm that the dimension of the side flange (1) installation measurement (A) in the figure comes into the following. Standard A
G
SDIA0822E
d.
: 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)

J
4. 5. 6. 7.
Install drive shaft. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Install center muffler. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". When oil leaks while removing, check oil level after the installation. Refer to DLN-157, "Inspection".
JSDIA0106ZZ
AWD
AWD : Exploded View
L
INFOID:0000000004460305
JPDID0235ZZ
DLN-169
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

1. A. Final drive assembly Oil seal lip : Vehicle front : Apply gear oil. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above. 2. Side oil seal 3.

Side flange

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004460306
Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install attachment to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer.
5.
Remove side oil seal, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
JSDIA0105ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. 2. Apply multi-purpose grease to side oil seal lips. Install side oil seal until it becomes flush with the case end, using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)]. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal.
SPD560
3. a. b.
c.
Install side flange with the following procedure. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector. Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive.
SDIA0822E
DLN-170
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > d. Confirm that the dimension of the side flange (1) installation measurement (A) in the figure comes into the following.
Standard A 4. 5. 6. 7.

A
: 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)
C
JSDIA0185ZZ
DLN
DLN-171
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]

2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460307
JPDID0127GB
1. 4.
Rear final drive assembly Washer : Vehicle front
2.
Upper stopper
3.
Lower stopper

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove stabilizer bar with a power tool. Refer to RSU-21, "Exploded View". Remove rear propeller shaft from the final drive. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Remove breather hose from the final drive. Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004460308
SDIA1094E
DLN-172
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 7. Set a suitable jack to rear final drive assembly. CAUTION: Never place a jack on the rear cover (aluminum case). 8. Remove the mounting bolts and nuts connecting to the suspension member with a power tool. And then, remove rear final drive assembly. CAUTION: Secure rear final drive assembly to a suitable jack while removing it. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
JSDIA0026ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. Install the breather hose (1) to breather connector until dimension (A) shown as follows. A: Final drive side Suspension member side : 20 mm (0.79 in) : 20.5 mm (0.807 in)
DLN
CAUTION: Never reuse hose clamp. Install the hose clamp at the final drive side, with the tab facing downward. Install the hose clamp at the suspension member side, with the tab facing downward. If remove breather connector, install breather hose (1) as shown in the figure. - For installation, insert the breather connector to suspension member (2). Install metal connector (3) to rear cover with aiming painted marking to the front of vehicle.
: Vehicle front
H
JPDID0020ZZ
CAUTION: Never reuse breather connector and metal connector. When oil leaks while removing final drive assembly, check oil level after the installation. Refer to DLN-157, "Inspection".
PDIA0754E
AWD
N
DLN-173
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
INFOID:0000000004460309
AWD : Exploded View
JPDID0203GB
1. 4.
2.
Upper stopper
3.
Lower stopper

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove stabilizer bar with a power tool. Refer to RSU-21, "Exploded View". Remove rear propeller shaft from the final drive. Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Remove breather hose from the final drive. Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004460310
SDIA1094E
7.
8.
Set a suitable jack to rear final drive assembly. CAUTION: Never place a jack on the rear cover (aluminum case). Remove the mounting bolts and nuts connecting to the suspension member, and remove rear final drive assembly with a power tool. CAUTION: Secure rear final drive assembly to a suitable jack while removing it.
JSDIA0131ZZ
INSTALLATION
DLN-174
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200] < UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Note the following, and installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. Install the breather hose (1) to breather connector until dimension (A) shown as follows.
A: Final drive side Suspension member side : 20 mm (0.79 in) : 20.5 mm (0.807 in)
C
DLN
: Vehicle front
JPDID0020ZZ
I
PDIA0754E
DLN-175
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]

2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460311
JPDID0129GB
1. 4. 7.
Drive pinion lock nut Pinion front bearing Side flange
2. 5. 8.
Companion flange Gear carrier Collapsible spacer
3. 6. 9.
Front oil seal Side oil seal Pinion rear bearing
10. Pinion height adjusting washer 13. Side bearing 16. Side gear 19. Pinion mate thrust washer 22. Differential case 25. Gasket A. Oil seal lip
11. Drive pinion 14. Side gear thrust washer 17. Lock pin 20. Pinion mate shaft 23. Bearing cap 26. Rear cover B. Screw hole
12. Side bearing adjusting washer 15. Circular clip 18. Pinion mate gear 21. Drive gear 24. Filler plug 27. Drain plug C. For the tightening torque, refer to DLN-179, "2WD : Assembly".
: Apply gear oil. : Apply anti-corrosion oil. : Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
DLN-176
2009 G37 Coupe
INFOID:0000000004460312
2WD : Disassembly
1. 2. 3. 4. Drain gear oil, if necessary. Remove side flanges. Remove rear cover mounting bolts. Remove rear cover to insert the seal cutter (A) [SST: KV10111100 (J-37228)] between gear carrier and rear cover. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface. Never insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this may damage the mating surface.
DLN
E
JSDIA0029ZZ
5.
Using two spacers, mount carrier on the attachment (A) [SST: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)].
JSDIA0030ZZ
6.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one side of the bearing cap. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage bearing caps and gear carrier. Bearing caps are manufactured as integral molding. Use the matching marks to them in their original positions.
L
SDIA1795E
7.
Remove bearing caps.
P
S-PD343
DLN-177
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Lift differential case assembly out with a suitable tool. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0547E
Keep side bearing outer races together with inner race. Never mix them up. Also, keep side bearing adjusting washers together with bearings.
SPD527
9.
Remove side bearing inner race. To prevent damage to bearing, engage puller jaws in groove ( ).
A B : Puller [SST: ST33051001 (J-22888-20)] : Base [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the side bearing and drive gear, place copper plates between these parts and vise. It is not necessary to remove side bearing inner race except when it is replaced.
PDIA0758J
10. For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one differential case assembly. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage differential case and drive gear. 11. Remove drive gear mounting bolts. 12. Tap drive gear off differential case assembly with a soft hammer. CAUTION: Tap evenly all around to keep drive gear from bending.
PDIA0496E
DLN-178
2009 G37 Coupe

A
PDIA0759J
DLN

E
G
SDIA0031J
15. Turn pinion mate gear, then remove pinion mate gear, pinion mate thrust washer, side gear and side gear thrust washer from differential case. 16. Remove circular clip from side gear. CAUTION: Never damage side gear. 17. Remove side oil seal, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
SDIA0032J
2WD : Assembly
1. Install circular clip to side gear. CAUTION: Never damage side gear. Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the side gears.
INFOID:0000000004460313
2.
SDIA0193J
DLN-179
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Install side gears and thrust washers into differential case. CAUTION: Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gears. 4. Align 2 pinion mate gears in diagonally opposite positions, then rotate and install them into differential case after installing thrust washer to pinion mate gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SDIA2025E
5.
SDIA0195J
6. a.
JPDID0205GB
DLN-180
2009 G37 Coupe

A
c.
PDIA0576E
DLN
7.
CAUTION: Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually. Drive a lock pin into pinion mate shaft, using a punch. Make sure lock pin is flush with differential case. CAUTION: Never reuse lock pin.
SPD030
8.
Apply thread locking sealant into the thread hole of drive gear. Use Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Clean and degrease drive gear back and threaded holes sufficiently.
N
SDIA2594E
9.
Install drive gear on the mounting bolts. CAUTION: Align the matching marks of differential case and drive gear. Tighten bolts in a crisscross fashion. After tightening the bolts to the specified torque, tighten the bolts additionally by turning the bolts 31 to 36 degrees.
SDIA0247J
DLN-181
2009 G37 Coupe
A B : Drift [SST: KV38100300 (J-25523)] : Base [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]
SPD353
11. Install differential case assembly with side bearing outer races into gear carrier. 12. Measure side bearing preload. If necessary, select the appropriate side bearing adjusting washers. Refer to DLN-183, "2WD : Adjustment".
SPD527
13. Insert selected left and right side bearing adjusting washers in place between side bearings and gear carrier. Refer to DLN183, "2WD : Adjustment".
SPD558
14. Align matching marks on bearing cap with that on gear carrier. 15. Install bearing caps and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts.
SDIA1795E
16. Using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)], drive side oil seals until it becomes flush with the case end. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal. 17. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN183, "2WD : Adjustment".
SPD560
DLN-182
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. 18. Apply sealant to mating surface of rear cover. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to application and mounting surfaces. 19. Install rear cover on gear carrier and tighten mounting bolts. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
PDIA0961E
DLN
20. Install side flange with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flanges is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
G
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive. Confirm that the dimension of the side flanges (1) installation measurement (A) in the figure comes into the following. Standard A
: 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)
L
JSDIA0106ZZ
2WD : Adjustment
INFOID:0000000004460314
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Secure final drive assembly onto an attachment [SST: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)]. 2. Remove side flanges. 3. Rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction.
DLN-183
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. Rotate drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearing. 5. Measure total preload with the preload gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)].
NOTE: Total preload torque = Pinion bearing preload torque + Side JSDIA0031ZZ bearing preload torque If measured value is out of the specification, disassemble it to check and adjust each part. Adjust the pinion bearing preload and side bearing preload. Adjust the pinion bearing preload first, then adjust the side bearing preload. When the preload torque is large On pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer. On side bearings: Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side. When the preload is small On pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut. On side bearings: Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side.

Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly". 2. Make sure all parts are clean. Also, make sure the bearings are well lubricated with gear oil. 3. Place the differential case, with side bearings and bearing races installed, into gear carrier.
SPD527
4.
Insert left and right original side bearing adjusting washers in place between side bearings and gear carrier.
SPD558
DLN-184
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Install bearing caps in their correct locations and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts. 6. Turn the carrier several times to seat the bearings. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SDIA1795E
DLN
7.
Measure the turning torque of the carrier at the drive gear mounting bolts with a spring gauge [SST: (J-8129)]. Standard Specification
E
: 34.2 39.2 N (3.5 4.0 kg, 7.7 8.8 lb) of pulling force at the drive gear bolt
G
SPD194A
8.
If the turning torque is outside the specification, use a thicker/ thinner side bearing adjusting washer to adjust. If the turning torque is less than the specified range: If the turning torque is greater than the specification: Use a thicker thrust washer. Use a thinner thrust washer.
9. 1. 2. 3.
CAUTION: Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually. Record the total amount of washer thickness required for the correct carrier side bearing preload. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly". Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face. Rotate the drive gear to measure runout. Limit Drive gear runout
SPD772
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
O
SPD886
TOOTH CONTACT
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly".
DLN-185
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Apply red lead to drive gear. CAUTION: Apply red lead to both the faces of 3 to 4 gears at 4 locations evenly spaced on drive gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SPD357
3.
Rotate drive gear back and forth several times, check drive pinion gear to drive gear tooth contact. CAUTION: Check tooth contact on drive side and reverse side.
SDIA0570E
SDIA0207E
DLN-186
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. If tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure below to adjust the pinion height [dimension (X)]. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SDIA0517E
DLN
G
PDIA0440E
K
PDIA0441E
BACKLASH
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly". 2. Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash. Standard Backlash
L
If the backlash is outside of the specified value, change the thickness of side bearing adjusting washer. When the backlash is large: Make drive gear back side adjusting washer thicker, and drive gear tooth side adjusting washer thinner by the same amount. When the backlash is small: Make drive gear back side adjusting washer thinner, and drive gear tooth side adjusting washer thicker by the same amount.
SPD513
DLN-187
2009 G37 Coupe
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > CAUTION: Never change the total amount of washers as it changes the bearing preload.
2WD : Inspection After Disassembly

INFOID:0000000004460315
BEARING


OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
AWD
DLN-188
2009 G37 Coupe
INFOID:0000000004460316
AWD : Exploded View
DLN
JSDIA0027GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
12. Side bearing adjusting washer 15. Circular clip 18. Pinion mate gear 21. Drive gear 24. Filler plug 27. Drain plug C. For the tightening torque, refer to DLN-192, "AWD : Assembly".
N
AWD : Disassembly
1. 2. Drain gear oil, if necessary. Remove side flanges.
INFOID:0000000004460317
DLN-189
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Remove rear cover mounting bolts. 4. Remove rear cover to insert the seal cutter (A) [SST: KV10111100 (J-37228)] between gear carrier and rear cover. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface. Never insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this may damage the mating surface. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0756J
5.
Using two spacers, mount carrier on the attachment (A) [SST: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)].
PDIA0757J
6.
SDIA1795E
7.
S-PD343
DLN-190
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Lift differential case assembly out with a suitable tool. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
PDIA0547E
DLN
Keep side bearing outer races together with inner race. Never mix them up. Also, keep side bearing adjusting washers together with bearings.
G
SPD527
9.
A B : Puller [SST: ST33051001 (J-22888-20)] : Base [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]
N
PDIA0758J
PDIA0496E
DLN-191
2009 G37 Coupe
PDIA0759J
SDIA0031J
15. Turn pinion mate gear, then remove pinion mate gear, pinion mate thrust washer, side gear and side gear thrust washer from differential case. 16. Remove circular clip from side gear. CAUTION: Never damage side gear. 17. Remove side oil seal, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
SDIA0032J
AWD : Assembly
1. Install circular clip to side gear. CAUTION: Never damage side gear. Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the side gears.
INFOID:0000000004460318
2.
SDIA0193J
DLN-192
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Install side gears and thrust washers into differential case. CAUTION: Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gears. 4. Align 2 pinion mate gears in diagonally opposite positions, then rotate and install them into differential case after installing thrust washer to pinion mate gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SDIA2025E
DLN
5.
E
G
SDIA0195J
6. a.
K
JPDID0205GB
DLN-193
2009 G37 Coupe
c.
PDIA0576E
7.
CAUTION: Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually. Drive a lock pin into pinion mate shaft, using a punch. Make sure lock pin is flush with differential case. CAUTION: Never reuse lock pin.
SPD030
8.
SDIA2594E
9.
Install drive gear on the mounting bolts. CAUTION: Align the matching marks of differential case and drive gear. Tighten bolts in a crisscross fashion. After tightening the bolts to the specified torque, tighten the bolts additionally by turning the bolts 31 to 36 degrees.
SDIA0247J
DLN-194
2009 G37 Coupe
A B : Drift [SST: KV38100300 (J-25523)] : Base [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]

A

C
SPD353
DLN
11. Install differential case assembly with side bearing outer races into gear carrier. 12. Measure side bearing preload. If necessary, select the appropriate side bearing adjusting washers. Refer to DLN-196, "AWD : Adjustment".
G
SPD527
13. Insert selected left and right side bearing adjusting washers in place between side bearings and gear carrier. Refer to DLN196, "AWD : Adjustment".
SPD558
N
SDIA1795E
16. Using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)], drive side oil seals until it becomes flush with the case end. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal. 17. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN196, "AWD : Adjustment".
SPD560
DLN-195
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. 18. Apply sealant to mating surface of rear cover. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to application and mounting surfaces. 19. Install rear cover on gear carrier and tighten mounting bolts. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0961E
20. Install side flanges with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive. Confirm that the dimension of the side flanges (1) installation measurement (A) in the figure comes into the following. Standard A
: 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)
JSDIA0185ZZ
AWD : Adjustment
INFOID:0000000004460319
DLN-196
2009 G37 Coupe

A
NOTE: Total preload torque = Pinion bearing preload torque + Side PDIA0766J bearing preload torque DLN If measured value is out of the specification, disassemble it to check and adjust each part. Adjust the pinion bearing preload and side bearing preload. Adjust the pinion bearing preload first, then adjust the side bearing preload. E When the preload torque is large On pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer. On side bearings: Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side. When the preload is small On pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut. On side bearings: Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side.

Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly". 2. Make sure all parts are clean. Also, make sure the bearings are well lubricated with gear oil. 3. Place the differential case, with side bearings and bearing races installed, into gear carrier.
SPD527
4.
P
SPD558
DLN-197
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Install bearing caps in their correct locations and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts. 6. Turn the carrier several times to seat the bearings. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SDIA1795E
7.
Measure the turning torque of the carrier at the drive gear mounting bolts with a spring gauge [SST: (J-8129)]. Standard Specification
SPD194A
8.
If the turning torque is outside the specification, use a thicker/ thinner side bearing adjusting washer to adjust. If the turning torque is less than the specified range: If the turning torque is greater than the specification: Use a thicker thrust washer. Use a thinner thrust washer.
9. 1. 2. 3.
CAUTION: Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually. Record the total amount of washer thickness required for the correct carrier side bearing preload. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly". Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face. Rotate the drive gear to measure runout. Limit Drive gear runout
SPD772
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
SPD886
TOOTH CONTACT
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly".
DLN-198
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Apply red lead to drive gear. CAUTION: Apply red lead to both the faces of 3 to 4 gears at 4 locations evenly spaced on drive gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SPD357
DLN
3.
G
SDIA0570E
P
SDIA0207E
DLN-199
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. If tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure below to adjust the pinion height [dimension (X)]. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SDIA0517E
PDIA0440E
PDIA0441E
BACKLASH
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly". 2. Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash. Standard Backlash
SPD513
DLN-200
2009 G37 Coupe
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > CAUTION: Never change the total amount of washers as it changes the bearing preload.
AWD : Inspection After Disassembly

INFOID:0000000004460320
BEARING
DLN Clean up the disassembled parts. If any chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted or scratched marks, or unusual noise from the bearing is observed, replace as a bearing assembly (as a new set). E

G
OIL SEAL
H
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
I
COMPANION FLANGE
J
DLN-201
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
DRIVE PINION
2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460321
JPDID0129GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
12. Side bearing adjusting washer 15. Circular clip 18. Pinion mate gear 21. Drive gear 24. Filler plug 27. Drain plug C. For the tightening torque, refer to DLN-179, "2WD : Assembly".
: Apply gear oil. : Apply anti-corrosion oil. : Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
DLN-202
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
INFOID:0000000004460322
2WD : Disassembly
1. 2. Remove differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-177, "2WD : Disassembly". Remove drive pinion lock nut with the flange wrench.
DLN
JSDIA0033ZZ
3.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of drive pinion. The matching mark should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark on the final drive companion flange indicates the maximum vertical runout position. When replacing companion flange, matching mark is not necessary. Remove companion flange using the suitable pullers.
H
JSDIA0016ZZ
4.
JSDIA0034ZZ
5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Press drive pinion assembly out of gear carrier. CAUTION: Never drop drive pinion assembly. Remove front oil seal. Remove side oil seal. Remove pinion front bearing inner race. Remove collapsible spacer.
O
PDIA0760J
DLN-203
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 10. Remove pinion rear bearing inner race and pinion height adjusting washer with the replacer (A) (commercial service tool). [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0801J
11. Tap pinion front/rear bearing outer races uniformly using a brass rod or equivalent to remove them. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
SDIA0817E
2WD : Assembly
1. Install front bearing outer race (1) and rear bearing outer race (2) using drifts.
A B C D : Drift [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)] : Drift [SST: KV40105230 ( )] : Drift bar [SST: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)] : Drift [SST: ST30613000 (J-25742-3)]
INFOID:0000000004460323
2.
CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to gear carrier. Never reuse pinion front and rear bearing outer race. Select drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-206, "2WD : Adjustment".
PDIA0761J
DLN-204
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Install selected drive pinion height adjusting washer (2) to drive pinion. Press pinion rear bearing inner race (1) to it, using drift (A) [SST: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)]. CAUTION: Be careful of the direction of pinion height adjusting washer. (Assemble as shown in the figure.) Never reuse pinion rear bearing inner race. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
PDIA0805J
DLN
4.
5. 6.
Assemble collapsible spacer to drive pinion. CAUTION: Never reuse collapsible spacer. Apply gear oil to pinion rear bearing, and assemble drive pinion into gear carrier. Apply gear oil to pinion front bearing, and assemble pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion assembly. CAUTION: Never reuse pinion front bearing inner race.
PDIA0492E
7.
Using suitable spacer (A), press the pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion as far as drive pinion nut can be tightened.
PDIA0762J
8.
Using the drift (A) [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)], install front oil seal as shown in figure. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal.
N
PDIA0764J
9.
Install companion flange (1). NOTE: When reusing drive pinion, align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange, and then install companion flange (1).
JSDIA0016ZZ
DLN-205
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
10. Apply anti-corrosion oil to the thread and seat of drive pinion lock nut, and temporarily tighten drive pinion lock nut to drive pinion. CAUTION: Never reuse drive pinion lock nut. 11. Adjust to the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque and pinion bearing preload torque.
12.
13.
14. 15.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque. After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, JSDIA0035ZZ and other malfunctions. Install differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-179, "2WD : Assembly". CAUTION: Never install rear cover at this timing. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-183, "2WD : Adjustment" and DLN-206, "2WD : Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. Check total preload torque. Refer to DLN-183, "2WD : Adjustment". Install rear cover. Refer to DLN-179, "2WD : Assembly".
INFOID:0000000004460324
2WD : Adjustment
PINION GEAR HEIGHT
1. 2. Make sure all parts are clean and that the bearings are well lubricated. Assemble the pinion gear bearings into the differential shim selector tool [SST: (J-34309)].
SPD769
DLN-206
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Pinion front bearing; make sure the J-34309-3 pinion front bearing seat is secured tightly against the J-34309-2 gauge anvil. Then turn the pinion front bearing pilot, J-34309-5, to secure the bearing in its proper position. Pinion rear bearing; the pinion rear bearing pilot, J-34309-8, is used to center the pinion rear bearing only. The pinion rear bearing locking seat, J-34309-4, is used to lock the bearing to the assembly. Installation of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16; place a suitable 2.5 mm (0.098 in) thick plain washer between J-34309-9 and J-34309-16. Both surfaces of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16 must be parallel with a clearance of 2.5 mm (0.098 in). 3. Install the pinion rear bearing inner race into gear carrier. Then place the pinion preload shim selector tool, J-34309-1, gauge screw assembly. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SPD197A
DLN
G
SPD893
4.
Assemble the pinion front bearing inner race and the J-34309-2 gauge anvil. Assemble them together with the J-34309-1 gauge screw in gear carrier. Make sure that the pinion height gauge plate, J-34309-16, turns a full 360 degrees. Tighten the two sections together by hand.
SPD199A
5.
Turn the assembly several times to seat the bearings.

L
N
SPD770
6.
Measure the turning torque at the end of the J-34309-2 gauge anvil using preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Standard Turning torque specification
: 1.0 1.3 Nm (0.11 0.13 kg-m, 9 11 in-lb)
PDIA0566E
DLN-207
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Place the J-34309-11 R200A pinion height adapter onto the gauge plate and tighten it by hand. CAUTION: Make sure all machined surfaces are clean. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SPD208A
8.
Position the side bearing discs, J-25269-4, and arbor firmly into the side bearing bores. Install the bearing caps and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN202, "2WD : Exploded View".
SPD211A
9.
Select the correct standard pinion height adjusting washer thickness. Select by using a standard gauge of 3 mm (0.12 in) and J34309-101 feeler gauge. Measure the distance between the J34309-11 pinion height adapter including the standard gauge and the arbor.
SPD204A
10. Write down exact measurement (the value of feeler gauge).
SPD775
11. Correct the pinion height washer size by referring to the pinion head number. There are two numbers painted on the drive pinion. The first one refers to the drive pinion and drive gear as a matched set. This number should be the same as the number on the drive gear. The second number is the pinion head height number. It refers to the ideal pinion height from standard for quietest operation. Use the following chart to determine the correct pinion height washer.
SPD542
DLN-208
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
Pinion head height number 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 Add or remove from the standard pinion height adjusting washer thickness measurement Add 0.06 mm (0.0024 in) Add 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) Add 0.04 mm (0.0016 in) Add 0.03 mm (0.0012 in) Add 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) Add 0.01 mm (0.0004 in) Use the selected washer thickness Subtract 0.01 mm (0.0004 in) Subtract 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) Subtract 0.03 mm (0.0012 in) Subtract 0.04 mm (0.0016 in) Subtract 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) Subtract 0.06 mm (0.0024 in)

A
DLN
12. Select the correct pinion height adjusting washer. 13. Remove the J-34309 differential shim selector tool from the final drive housing. Then disassemble to retrieve the pinion bearings.
H
SPD205A
DRIVE PINION RUNOUT

1. 2. Set a dial indicator (A) vertically to the tip of the drive pinion. Rotate drive pinion to check for runout. Limit Drive pinion runout 3.
: Refer to DLN-220, "Drive Pinion Runout (2WD)".
If the runout value is outside of the limit, possible causes are an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary.
L
JSDIA0032ZZ
2WD : Inspection After Disassembly

INFOID:0000000004460325
BEARING
P


DLN-209
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Clean up the disassembled parts. If it is chipped (by friction), damaged, or unusually worn, replace. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
AWD
AWD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004460326
JSDIA0027GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
10. Pinion height adjusting washer 13. Side bearing 16. Side gear 19. Pinion mate thrust washer 22. Differential case
11. Drive pinion 14. Side gear thrust washer 17. Lock pin 20. Pinion mate shaft 23. Bearing cap
12. Side bearing adjusting washer 15. Circular clip 18. Pinion mate gear 21. Drive gear 24. Filler plug
DLN-210
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
25. Gasket A. Oil seal lip 26. Rear cover B. Screw hole C.

27. Drain plug For the tightening torque, refer to DLN-192, "AWD : Assembly".
DLN
AWD : Disassembly
1. 2. Remove differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-189, "AWD : Disassembly". Remove drive pinion lock nut with the flange wrench (commercial service tool).
INFOID:0000000004460327
H
PDIA0837J
3.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of drive pinion. The matching mark should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark on the final drive companion flange indicates the maximum vertical runout position. When replacing companion flange, matching mark is not necessary. Remove companion flange using the suitable pullers.
L
PDIA0750J
4.
SDIA1129E
DLN-211
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Press drive pinion assembly out of gear carrier. CAUTION: Never drop drive pinion assembly. 6. Remove front oil seal. 7. Remove side oil seal. 8. Remove pinion front bearing inner race. 9. Remove collapsible spacer. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0760J
10. Remove pinion rear bearing inner race and pinion height adjusting washer with the replacer (A) (commercial service tool).
PDIA0801J
SDIA0817E
DLN-212
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
INFOID:0000000004460328
AWD : Assembly
B
A B C D : Drift [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)] : Drift [SST: KV40105230 ( )] : Drift bar [SST: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)] : Drift [SST: ST30613000 (J-25742-3)]
2.
CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to gear carrier. Never reuse pinion front and rear bearing outer race. Select drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-215, "AWD : Adjustment".
DLN
PDIA0761J
3.
Install selected drive pinion height adjusting washer (2) to drive pinion. Press pinion rear bearing inner race (1) to it, using drift (A) [SST: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)]. CAUTION: Be careful of the direction of pinion height adjusting washer. (Assemble as shown in the figure.) Never reuse pinion rear bearing inner race.
K
PDIA0805J
4.
5. 6.
PDIA0492E
DLN-213
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Using suitable spacer (A), press the pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion as far as drive pinion nut can be tightened. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0762J
8.
PDIA0764J
9.
Install companion flange (1). NOTE: When reusing drive pinion, align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange, and then install companion flange.
PDIA0750J
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque. After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
PDIA0765J
DLN-214
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 12. Install differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-192, "AWD : Assembly". CAUTION: Never install rear cover at this timing. 13. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-196, "AWD : Adjustment" and DLN-215, "AWD : Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. 14. Check total preload torque. Refer to DLN-196, "AWD : Adjustment". 15. Install rear cover. Refer to DLN-192, "AWD : Assembly".
AWD : Adjustment
PINION GEAR HEIGHT
INFOID:0000000004460329
DLN
SPD769
3.
Pinion front bearing; make sure the J-34309-3 pinion front bearing seat is secured tightly against the J-34309-2 gauge anvil. Then turn the pinion front bearing pilot, J-34309-5, to secure the bearing in its proper position. Pinion rear bearing; the pinion rear bearing pilot, J-34309-8, is used to center the pinion rear bearing only. The pinion rear bearing locking seat, J-34309-4, is used to lock the bearing to the assembly. Installation of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16; place a suitable 2.5 mm (0.098 in) thick plain washer between J-34309-9 and J-34309-16. Both surfaces of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16 must be parallel with a clearance of 2.5 mm (0.098 in). Install the pinion rear bearing inner race into gear carrier. Then place the pinion preload shim selector tool, J-34309-1, gauge screw assembly.
K
SPD197A
O
SPD893
DLN-215
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. Assemble the pinion front bearing inner race and the J-34309-2 gauge anvil. Assemble them together with the J-34309-1 gauge screw in gear carrier. Make sure that the pinion height gauge plate, J-34309-16, turns a full 360 degrees. Tighten the two sections together by hand. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SPD199A
5.
SPD770
6.
Measure the turning torque at the end of the J-34309-2 gauge anvil using preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Standard Turning torque specification
: 1.0 1.3 Nm (0.11 0.13 kg-m, 9 11 in-lb)
PDIA0566E
7.
Place the J-34309-11 R200A pinion height adapter onto the gauge plate and tighten it by hand. CAUTION: Make sure all machined surfaces are clean.
SPD208A
8.
Position the side bearing discs, J-25269-4, and arbor firmly into the side bearing bores. Install the bearing caps and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN210, "AWD : Exploded View".
SPD211A
DLN-216
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 9. Select the correct standard pinion height adjusting washer thickness. Select by using a standard gauge of 3 mm (0.12 in) and J34309-101 feeler gauge. Measure the distance between the J34309-11 pinion height adapter including the standard gauge and the arbor. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
C
SPD204A
DLN

E
G
SPD775
SPD542
12. Select the correct pinion height adjusting washer.
DLN-217
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 13. Remove the J-34309 differential shim selector tool from the final drive housing. Then disassemble to retrieve the pinion bearings. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SPD205A

1. 2. Fit a test indicator to the inner side of companion flange (socket diameter). Rotate companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout
: Refer to DLN-220, "Companion Flange Runout (AWD)".
3. a. b.
c.
If the runout value is outside the runout limit, follow the procePDIA0490E dure below to adjust. Check for runout while changing the phase between companion flange and drive pinion by 90 step, and search for the position where the runout is the minimum. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible cause will be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the check and repair, replace companion flange.
INFOID:0000000004460330
AWD : Inspection After Disassembly

BEARING


OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
DLN-218
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > COMPANION FLANGE Clean up the disassembled parts. If any chipped mark [about 0.1 mm, (0.004 in)] or other damage on the contact sides of the lips of the companion flange is found, replace.
DLN
DLN-219
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]

General Specification
2WD Applied model VQ37VHR A/T Final drive model Gear ratio Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion) Oil capacity (Approx.) Number of pinion gears Drive pinion adjustment spacer type (US pt, lmp pt) R200 3.357 47/14 1.4 (3, 2-1/2) 2 Collapsible
INFOID:0000000004460332 INFOID:0000000004460331
AWD
Drive Gear Runout

Item Drive gear back face runout Limit 0.05 (0.0020)
Unit: mm (in)

INFOID:0000000004460333
Unit: mm (in)
INFOID:0000000004460334
Preload Torque
Backlash
INFOID:0000000004460335
Unit: mm (in)
Drive Pinion Runout (2WD)

Item Tip of drive pinion runout Limit 0.8 (0.031)
INFOID:0000000004460336
Unit: mm (in)
Companion Flange Runout (AWD)
INFOID:0000000004460337
Unit: mm (in)
DLN-220
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Item Inner side of the companion flange runout

Limit 0.08 (0.0031)
DLN
DLN-221
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Diagram
CROSS-SECTION VIEW
M/T
INFOID:0000000004257177
PDIA0628E
1. 4. 7.
Side flange Pinion mate shaft Side gear
2. 5. 8.
Pinion mate gear Differential case Drive pinion
3. 6. 9.
Drive gear Side bearing Pinion front bearing
10. Companion flange 13. Viscous coupling
A/T
JSDIA0107ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Side flange Pinion mate shaft Side gear
2. 5. 8.
Pinion mate gear Differential case Drive pinion
3. 6. 9.
Drive gear Side bearing Pinion front bearing
10. Companion flange 13. Viscous coupling
DLN-222
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
M/T MODELS
DLN-282, "M/T : Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-282, "M/T : Inspection After Disassembly"
INFOID:0000000004257173
NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU sections.
DLN
DLN-256, "M/T : Adjustment"
Reference
NVH in RAX section.
NVH in DLN section.
NVH in WT section.
NVH in WT section.
NVH in BR section.
NVH in ST section.
Companion flange excessive runout
Backlash incorrect
Gear oil improper
Gear tooth rough
AXLE AND SUSPENSION
Gear contact improper
PROPELLER SHAFT
Tooth surfaces worn
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
J
STEERING BRAKES
TIRES
Symptom : Applicable
Noise
A/T MODELS
M
DLN-223
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom Reference
: Applicable

Gear tooth rough Gear contact improper Tooth surfaces worn Backlash incorrect Companion flange excessive runout Gear oil improper PROPELLER SHAFT AXLE AND SUSPENSION TIRES ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKES STEERING Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS Noise DLN-290, "A/T : Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-268, "A/T : Adjustment" DLN-290, "A/T : Inspection After Disassembly" DLN-268, "A/T : Adjustment" DLN-268, "A/T : Adjustment" DLN-230, "Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU and RSU sections. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
DLN-224
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive
INFOID:0000000004478547
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they never interfere with the function of the parts when applied. C Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, it is preferable to work in dustproof area. Before disassembly, using steam or white gasoline, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly. Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them DLN with new ones, if necessary. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time when the unit is disassembled. In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightE ening sequence is specified, observe it. Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them. Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mounting surface; then remove any moisture, oil, F and foreign materials from the application and mounting surfaces. Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components. Never use cotton gloves or shop rags to prevent entering of lint. During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque, and apply new gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi- G purpose grease as specified for each vehicle, if necessary.
H
DLN-225
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004257175
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV40104100 ( ) Attachment
Description Removing side flange
ZZA0804D
ST36230000 (J-25840-A) Sliding hammer
Removing side flange
ZZA0803D
ZZA0806D
KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller
Removing front oil seal
ZZA0601D
Installing front oil seal Installing pinion rear bearing outer race
ZZA0811D
KV38107900 (J-39352) Protector
Installing side flange
S-NT129
DLN-226
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV38100200 (J-26233) Drift a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.

Description Installing side oil seal
C
ZZA1143D
Removing rear cover
DLN
S-NT046
F
Fixing unit assembly
KV38100800 (J-25604-01) Attachment A: 541 mm (21.30 in) B: 200 mm (7.87 in)
H
SDIA0267E
ST3306S001 (J-22888-D) Differential side bearing puller set 1: ST33051001 (J-22888-20) Puller 2: ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Base a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. KV38100300 (J-25523) Drift a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia. b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia. c: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
Removing and installing side bearing inner race
K
NT072
ZZA1046D
N
P
NT127
DLN-227
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV40105230 ( ) Drift a: 92 mm (3.62 in) dia. b: 86 mm (3.39 in) dia. c: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.

Description Installing pinion rear bearing outer race
PDIA0591E
ST30611000 (J-25742-1) Drift bar
Installing pinion front bearing outer race (Use with ST30613000)
S-NT090
ST30613000 (J-25742-3) Drift a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia. b: 48 mm (1.89 in) dia.
Installing pinion front bearing outer race
ZZA1000D
ST30901000 (J-26010-01) Drift a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
Installing pinion rear bearing inner race
ZZA0978D
(J-34309) Differential shim selector tool
Adjusting bearing preload and pinion gear height
NT134
(J-25269-4) Side bearing disc (2 Req'd)
Selecting pinion height adjusting washer
NT136
INFOID:0000000004257176
DLN-228
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name Flange wrench

Description Removing and installing drive pinion lock nut
NT035
C
Replacer
DLN
E
ZZA0700D
ZZA1133D
H
Power tool
J
PBIC0190E
DLN-229
2009 G37 Coupe

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
Inspection
OIL LEAKAGE
INFOID:0000000004257178
OIL LEVEL
Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never start engine while checking oil level. Set a gasket on filler plug (1) and install it on final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-249, "M/T : Exploded View" (M/T models), DLN-261, "A/T : Exploded View" (A/T models). CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
PDIA0749J
Draining
1. 2. 3. Stop engine. Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil. Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to final drive assembly and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-249, "M/T : Exploded View" (M/T models), DLN-261, "A/T : Exploded View" (A/T models). CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
INFOID:0000000004257179
PDIA0748J
Refilling
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reaches the specified level near filler plug mounting hole. Oil grade and viscosity Oil capacity 2. : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Refer to DLN-292, "General Specification".
INFOID:0000000004257180
After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug (1), then install it to final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-249, "M/T : Exploded View" (M/T models), DLN-261, "A/T : Exploded View" (A/T models). CAUTION: Never reuse gasket.
PDIA0749J
DLN-230
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A

FRONT OIL SEAL
M/T
M/T : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257181
DLN
G
JPDID0231GB
1. 4. A.
2.
Front oil seal
3.
Companion flange
M/T : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004257182
CAUTION: Verify identification stamp of replacement frequency put in the lower part of gear carrier to determine replacement for collapsible spacer when replacing front oil seal. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. If collapsible spacer replacement is necessary, remove final drive assembly and disassemble it to replace front oil seal and collapsible spacer. Refer to DLN-245, "M/T : Removal and Installation" and DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly". NOTE: The reuse of collapsible spacer is prohibited in principle. However, it is reusable on a one-time basis only in cases when replacing front oil seal.
The diagonally shaded area in the figure shows stamping point for replacement frequency of front oil seal. The following table shows if collapsible spacer replacement is needed before replacing front oil seal. When collapsible spacer replacement is required, disassemble final drive assembly to replace collapsible spacer and front oil seal. Refer to DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly".
JSDIA0108ZZ
DLN-231
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

Stamp No stamp 0 or 0 on the far right of stamp 01 or 1 on the far right of stamp collapsible spacer replacement Not required Required Not required
CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. After replacing front oil seal, make a stamping on the stamping point in accordance with the table below in order to identify replacement frequency. CAUTION: Make a stamping made from left to right.
Stamp before stamping No stamp 0 (Front oil seal was replaced once.) 01 (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) 0 is on the far right. (Only front oil seal was replaced last time.) 1 is on the far right. (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) Stamping on the far right 0 1 0 1 0 Stamping 0 01 010 ...01 ...010
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
7.
Drain gear oil. Refer to DLN-230, "Draining". Make a judgment if a collapsible spacer replacement is required. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install attachment (A) [SST: KV40104100 ( )] to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer (B) [SST: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)]. NOTE: Circular clip installation position: Final drive side Remove propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-90, "Exploded View".
JSDIA0105ZZ
8.
PDIA1006E
DLN-232
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 9. Put matching mark (B) on the end of the drive pinion. The matching mark (B) should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark (A) on the final drive companion flange (1) indicates the maximum vertical runout position. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
JSDIA0038ZZ
DLN
E
G
JSDIA0039ZZ
11. Remove companion flange using a puller.
JSDIA0040ZZ
L
N
PDIA0980E
INSTALLATION
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to front oil seal lips.
DLN-233
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 2. Install front oil seal using the drift (A) [SST: ST30720000 (J25405)] as shown in figure. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. Never incline oil seal when installing. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PDIA0752J
3.
Align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange (1), and then install the companion flange (1).
JSDIA0038ZZ
4.
5.
Total preload torque
: A value that add 0.1 0.4 Nm (0.01 0.04 kg-m) to the measured value when removing.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque.
PDIA1007E
6. 7.
Fit a dial indicator onto the companion flange face (inner side of the propeller shaft mounting bolt holes). Rotate the companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout
: Refer to DLN-292, "Companion flange Runout (M/T Models)".

JSDIA0116ZZ
8.
Fit a test indicator to the inner side of the companion flange (socket diameter).
DLN-234
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 9. Rotate the companion flange to check for runout.
Limit Companion flange runout

A
10. If the runout value is outside the repair limit, follow the procedure below to adjust. C a. Check for runout while changing the phase between companion flange and drive pinion gear by 90 step, and search for the position where the runout is the minimum. b. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible causes are be an DLN assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary. c. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the check and repair, replace companion flange. E 11. Make a stamping for identification of front oil seal replacement frequency. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. CAUTION: F Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. 12. Install propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-90, "Exploded View". 13. Install side flange with the following procedure. G a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side H gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
I
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
Put a suitable drift on the center of side flange, then drive it until sound changes. NOTE: When installation is completed, driving sound of the side flange turns into a sound that seems to affect the whole final drive. Confirm that the dimension of the side flange (1) installation (Measurement A) in the figure comes into the following. Measurement A : 326 328 mm (12.83 12.91 in)
14. 15. 16. 17.
N
JSDIA0109ZZ
A/T
P
DLN-235
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

INFOID:0000000004257183
A/T : Exploded View
JPDID0230GB
1. 4. A.
2.
Front oil seal
3.
Companion flange
A/T : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004257184
CAUTION: Verify identification stamp of replacement frequency put in the lower part of gear carrier to determine replacement for collapsible spacer when replacing front oil seal. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. If collapsible spacer replacement is necessary, remove final drive assembly and disassemble it to replace front oil seal and collapsible spacer. Refer to DLN-247, "A/T : Removal and Installation" and DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly". NOTE: The reuse of collapsible spacer is prohibited in principle. However, it is reusable on a one-time basis only in cases when replacing front oil seal.
The diagonally shaded area in the figure shows stamping point for replacement frequency of front oil seal. The following table shows if collapsible spacer replacement is needed before replacing front oil seal. When collapsible spacer replacement is required, disassemble final drive assembly to replace collapsible spacer and front oil seal. Refer to DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly".
Stamp No stamp 0 or 0 on the far right of stamp 01 or 1 on the far right of stamp collapsible spacer replacement Not required
JSDIA0104ZZ
Required Not required
CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal.

DLN-236
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > After replacing front oil seal, make a stamping on the stamping point in accordance with the table below in order to identify replacement frequency. CAUTION: Make a stamping from left to right.
Stamp before stamping No stamp 0 (Front oil seal was replaced once.) 01 (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) 0 is on the far right. (Only front oil seal was replaced last time.) 1 is on the far right. (Collapsible spacer and front oil seal were replaced last time.) Stamping on the far right 0 1 0 1 0 Stamping 0 01 010
DLN
...01 ...010
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
7.
Drain gear oil. Refer to DLN-230, "Draining". Make a judgment if a collapsible spacer replacement is required. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install attachment (A) [SST: KV40104100 ( )] to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer (B) [SST: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)]. NOTE: Circular clip installation position: Final drive side Remove propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View".
J
JSDIA0105ZZ
8.
JSDIA0015ZZ
9.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of the drive pinion. The matching mark (B) should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark (A) on the final drive companion flange (1) indicates the maximum vertical runout position.
JSDIA0016ZZ
DLN-237
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 10. Remove drive pinion lock nut using the flange wrench. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
JSDIA0021ZZ
11. Remove companion flange using pullers.
JSDIA0022ZZ
PDIA0980E
INSTALLATION
1. 2. Apply multi-purpose grease to front oil seal lips. Install front oil seal using the drift (A) [SST: ST30720000 (J25405)] as shown in figure. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. Never incline oil seal when installing.
PDIA0752J
DLN-238
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 3. Align the matching mark (B) of drive pinion with the matching mark (A) of companion flange (1), and then install the companion flange (1). [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
JSDIA0016ZZ
DLN
4.
5.
Total preload torque
: A value that add 0.1 0.4Nm (0.01 0.04 kg-m) to the measured value when removing.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque.
JSDIA0023ZZ
6. 7.
Set a dial indicator (A) vertically to the tip of the drive pinion. Rotate drive pinion to check for runout.
L
Limit Drive pinion runout
: Refer to DLN-293, "Drive Pinion Runout (A/T Models)".
8.
9.
If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible causes are be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of JSDIA0043ZZ pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary. Make a stamping for identification of front oil seal replacement frequency. Refer to Identification stamp of replacement frequency of front oil seal. CAUTION: Make a stamping after replacing front oil seal. Install propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View".
DLN-239
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 10. Install side flange with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
11. 12. 13. 14.
JSDIA0110ZZ
DLN-240
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

A
INFOID:0000000004257185
SIDE OIL SEAL

M/T
M/T : Exploded View
DLN
JPDID0234ZZ
1. A.
2.
Side oil seal
3.
Side flange

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004257186
Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Install attachment (A) [SST: KV40104100 ( )] to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer (B) [SST: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)]. NOTE: Circular clip installation position: Final drive side
O
JSDIA0105ZZ
DLN-241
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 5. Remove side oil seal, using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SDIA1584E
INSTALLATION
1. 2. Apply multi-purpose grease to side oil seal lips. Install side oil seal until it becomes flush with the case end, using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)]. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal.
SDIA1585E
3. a. b.
Install side flange with the following procedure. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
4. 5. 6. 7.
JSDIA0109ZZ
A/T
DLN-242
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

INFOID:0000000004257187
A/T : Exploded View
DLN
JPDID0233ZZ
1. A.
2.
Side oil seal
3.
Side flange

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004257188
Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View" Install attachment (A) [SST: KV40104100 ( )] to side flange, and then pull out the side flange with the sliding hammer (B) [SST: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)]. NOTE: Circular clip installation position: Final drive side
N
JSDIA0105ZZ
5.
Remove side oil seal, using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Never damage gear carrier.
SDIA1584E
DLN-243
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > INSTALLATION 1. Apply multi-purpose grease to side oil seal lips. 2. Install side oil seal until it becomes flush with the case end, using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)]. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SDIA1585E
3. a. b.
Install side flange with the following procedure. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
4. 5. 6. 7.
JSDIA0110ZZ
DLN-244
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A

M/T
M/T : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257189
DLN
H
JPDID0128GB
1. 4.
2.
Upper stopper
3.
Lower stopper
J
INFOID:0000000004257190

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear stabilizer bar with a power tool. Refer to RSU-21, "Exploded View". Remove propeller shaft from the final drive. Refer to DLN-90, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Remove breather hose from the final drive. Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View".
SDIA1094E
DLN-245
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 7. Set a suitable jack to rear final drive assembly. CAUTION: Never place a jack on the rear cover (aluminum case). 8. Remove the mounting bolts and nuts connecting to the suspension member, and remove rear final drive assembly with a power tool. CAUTION: Secure rear final drive assembly to a suitable jack while removing it. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
JSDIA0132ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. Install the breather hose (1) to breather connector until dimension (A) shown as follows. A: Final drive side Suspension member side : 20 mm (0.79 in) : 20.5 mm (0.807 in)
: Vehicle front
JPDID0020ZZ
PDIA0754E
A/T
DLN-246
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
INFOID:0000000004257191
A/T : Exploded View
DLN
F
JPDID0127GB
1. 4.
2.
Upper stopper
3.
Lower stopper

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove center muffler with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Remove rear stabilizer bar with a power tool. Refer to RSU-21, "Exploded View". Remove propeller shaft from the final drive. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View". Remove drive shaft from final drive with a power tool. Then suspend it by wire, etc. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View". Remove breather hose from the final drive. Remove rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004257192
N
SDIA1094E
7.
8.
Set a suitable jack to rear final drive assembly. CAUTION: Never place a jack on the rear cover (aluminum case). Remove the mounting bolts and nuts connecting to the suspension member, and remove rear final drive assembly with a power tool. CAUTION: Secure rear final drive assembly to a suitable jack while removing it.
JSDIA0026ZZ
INSTALLATION
DLN-247
2009 G37 Coupe

[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V] < UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Note the following, and installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. Install the breather hose (1) to breather connector until dimension (A) shown as follows.
A: Final drive side Suspension member side : 20 mm (0.79 in) : 20.5 mm (0.807 in)
: Vehicle front
JPDID0020ZZ
PDIA0754E
DLN-248
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A

M/T
M/T : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257193
DLN
K
JSDIA0037GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
10. Pinion height adjusting washer 13. Side bearing 16. Side gear thrust washer 19. Pinion mate shaft 22. Viscous coupling 25. Filler plug 28. Drain plug A. Oil seal lip
11. Drive pinion 14. Drive gear 17. Circular clip 20. Pinion mate thrust washer 23. Differential case A 26. Gasket B. Screw hole
12. Side bearing adjusting washer 15. Differential case B 18. Side gear 21. Pinion mate gear 24. Bearing cap 27. Rear cover
O
C. After tightening the bolts to the specified torque, tighten the bolts additionally by turning the bolts 31 to 36 degrees.
: : :
Apply gear oil. Apply anti-corrosion oil. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
DLN-249
2009 G37 Coupe
:
Apply Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
M/T : Disassembly
1. 2. 3. 4. Drain gear oil, if necessary. Remove side flange. Remove rear cover mounting bolts. Remove rear cover to insert the seal cutter (A) [SST: KV10111100 (J-37228)] between gear carrier and rear cover. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface. Never insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this may damage the mating surface.
INFOID:0000000004257194
PDIA0756J
5.
Using two 45 mm (1.77 in) spacers, mount carrier on the attachment (A) [SST: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)].
JSDIA0041ZZ
6.
PDIA0069E
7.
S-PD343
DLN-250
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Lift differential case assembly out with a suitable tool. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
PDIA0547E
DLN
Keep side bearing outer races together with inner race. Do not mix them up. Also, keep side bearing adjusting washers together with bearings.
G
SPD919
9.
N
JSDIA0044ZZ
PDIA0496E
DLN-251
2009 G37 Coupe
13. Put matching marks with paint.
PDIA0640E
14. Loosen screws on differential cases A and B.
SDIA0189J
15. Separate differential case A and B, then remove viscous coupling, pinion mate gear, pinion mate thrust washer, side gear, pinion mate shaft, circular clip and side gear thrust washer from differential cases.
PDIA0642E
M/T : Assembly
1. Install side gear thrust washer with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the side gear.
INFOID:0000000004257195
SDIA0196J
DLN-252
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Install side gear and thrust washer into differential case B. CAUTION: Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gear. 3. Install pinion mate assembly (pinion mate shaft, pinion mate gears and pinion mate thrust washers) into differential case B. CAUTION: Install the pinion mate shaft groove side to side gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
SDIA0197J
DLN
4. 5.
Install viscous coupling into differential case B. Install side gear thrust washer with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the viscous coupling.
G
SDIA0198J
6.
Align the matching marks and install differential case A into differential case B.
PDIA0643E
7. a. b.
Measure side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washer. Place differential assembly so that right side gear is on the upper side. Measure the clearance between right side gear back and differential case using feeler gauge, while rotating right side gear with a suitable tool attached to splines. Standard Side gear back clearance
c.
CAUTION: Never place feeler gauge at groove side of differential PDIA0641E case. To prevent side gear from tilting, insert feeler gauges with the same thickness from both sides. If the back clearance is outside the specification, use a thicker/thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust. When the back clearance is large: When the back clearance is small: CAUTION: Use a thicker thrust washer. Use a thinner thrust washer.
DLN-253
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Adjust the clearance with the left side gear thrust washer only. Only one side gear thrust washer can be selected. 8. Align the matching mark of differential case with the mark of drive gear, then place drive gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SDIA2593E
9.
SDIA2594E
10. Install drive gear on the mounting bolts. CAUTION: Tighten bolts in a crisscross fashion. After tightening the bolts to the specified torque, tighten the bolts additionally by turning the bolts 31 to 36 degrees.
SDIA0247J
11. Press side bearing inner races to differential case, using the drift (A) [SST: KV38100300 (J-25523)] and the base (B) [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]. CAUTION: Never reuse side bearing inner race.
SPD353
DLN-254
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 12. Install differential case assembly with side bearing outer races into gear carrier. 13. Measure side bearing preload. If necessary, select the appropriate side bearing adjusting washers. Refer to DLN-256, "M/T : Adjustment". [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
SPD919
DLN
14. Insert selected left and right side bearing adjusting washers in place between side bearings and gear carrier. Refer to DLN256, "M/T : Adjustment".
G
SPD924
PDIA0069E
17. Using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)], drive side oil seals until it becomes flush with the case end. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal. 18. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN256, "M/T : Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. 19. Apply sealant to mating surface of rear cover. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to application and mounting surfaces. 20. Install rear cover on gear carrier and tighten mounting bolts.
N
SPD560
PDIA0961E
DLN-255
2009 G37 Coupe
21. Install side flange with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
JSDIA0109ZZ
M/T : Adjustment
INFOID:0000000004257196
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Secure final drive assembly onto an attachment [SST: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)]. 2. Remove side flanges. 3. Rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction. 4. Rotate drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearing. 5. Measure total preload with the preload gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Standard Total preload torque
NOTE: Total preload torque = Pinion bearing preload torque + Side JSDIA0042ZZ bearing preload torque If measured value is out of the specification, disassemble it to check and adjust each part. Adjust the pinion bearing preload and side bearing preload. Adjust the pinion bearing preload first, then adjust the side bearing preload. When the preload torque is large On pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer. On side bearings: Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side.
DLN-256
2009 G37 Coupe
A
When the preload is small On pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut. On side bearings: Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side.

Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly". 2. Make sure all parts are clean. Also, make sure the bearings are well lubricated with gear oil. 3. Place the differential case, with side bearings and bearing races installed, into gear carrier.
C
DLN
F
SPD919
4.
H
J
SPD924
5. 6.
Install bearing caps in their correct locations and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts. Turn the carrier several times to seat the bearings.
PDIA0069E
7.
Measure the turning torque of the carrier at the drive gear mounting bolts with a spring gauge [SST: (J-8129)].
O
Specification
SPD194A
DLN-257
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. If the turning torque is outside the specification, use a thicker/ thinner side bearing adjusting washer to adjust.
If the turning torque is less than the specified range: Use a thicker thrust washer. If the turning torque is greater than the specification: Use a thinner thrust washer. CAUTION: Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually. Record the total amount of washer thickness required for the correct carrier side bearing preload. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly". Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face. Rotate the drive gear to measure runout. Limit Drive gear runout
SPD772
9. 1. 2. 3.
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
SPD886
TOOTH CONTACT
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly". 2. Apply red lead to drive gear. CAUTION: Apply red lead to both the faces of 3 to 4 gears at 4 locations evenly spaced on drive gear.
SPD357
3.
SDIA0570E
DLN-258
2009 G37 Coupe
A
DLN
I
SDIA0207E
4.
If tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure below to adjust the pinion height (dimension X).
L
SDIA0517E
P
PDIA0440E
DLN-259
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > If the tooth contact is near the flank (flank contact), or near the toe (toe contact), thin pinion height adjusting washers to move drive pinion farther from drive gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PDIA0441E
BACKLASH
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly". 2. Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash. Standard Backlash
If the backlash is outside of the specified value, change the thickness of side bearing adjusting washer. When the backlash is large: Make drive gear back side adjusting washer thicker, and drive gear tooth side adjusting washer thinner by the same amount. When the backlash is small: Make drive gear back side adjusting washer thinner, and drive gear tooth side adjusting washer thicker by the same amount. CAUTION: Never change the total amount of washers as it changes the bearing preload.
SPD513
M/T : Inspection After Disassembly

INFOID:0000000004676129
BEARING


OIL SEAL
Whenever disassembled, replace.
DLN-260
2009 G37 Coupe
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > If wear, deterioration of adherence (sealing force lips), or damage is detected on the lips, replace them.
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
A/T
A/T : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257198
DLN
M
JSDIA0045GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
12. Side bearing adjusting washer 15. Differential case B 18. Side gear 21. Pinion mate gear 24. Bearing cap 27. Rear cover C. After tightening the bolts to the specified torque, tighten the bolts additionally by turning the bolts 31 to 36 degrees.
DLN-261
2009 G37 Coupe
: : : : Apply gear oil. Apply anti-corrosion oil. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Apply Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
A/T : Disassembly
1. 2. 3. 4. Drain gear oil, if necessary. Remove side flange. Remove rear cover mounting bolts. Remove rear cover to insert the seal cutter (A) [SST: KV10111100 (J-37228)] between gear carrier and rear cover. CAUTION: Never damage the mating surface. Never insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this may damage the mating surface.
INFOID:0000000004257199
JSDIA0029ZZ
5.
Using two 45 mm (1.77 in) spacers, mount carrier on the attachment (A) [SST: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)].
JSDIA0030ZZ
6.
PDIA0069E
DLN-262
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Remove bearing caps. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
S-PD343
DLN
8.
Lift differential case assembly out with a suitable tool.

E
G
PDIA0547E
Keep side bearing outer races together with inner race. Do not mix them up. Also, keep side bearing adjusting washers together with bearings.
SPD919
9.
JSDIA0044ZZ
DLN-263
2009 G37 Coupe
PDIA0496E
13. Put matching marks with paint.
PDIA0640E
14. Loosen screws on differential cases A and B.
SDIA0189J
15. Separate differential case A and B, then remove viscous coupling, pinion mate gear, pinion mate thrust washer, side gear, pinion mate shaft, circular clip and side gear thrust washer from differential cases.
PDIA0642E
DLN-264
2009 G37 Coupe
INFOID:0000000004257200
A/T : Assembly
1. Install side gear thrust washer with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the side gear.
DLN
SDIA0196J
2.
3.
Install side gear and thrust washer into differential case B. CAUTION: Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gear. Install pinion mate assembly (pinion mate shaft, pinion mate gears and pinion mate thrust washers) into differential case B. CAUTION: Install the pinion mate shaft groove side to side gear.
SDIA0197J
4. 5.
Install viscous coupling into differential case B. Install side gear thrust washer with the same thickness as the ones installed prior to disassembly or reinstall the old ones on the viscous coupling.
K
SDIA0198J
6.
Align the matching marks and install differential case A into differential case B.
O
PDIA0643E
7. a.
Measure side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washer. Place differential assembly so that right side gear is on the upper side.
DLN-265
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > b. Measure the clearance between right side gear back and differential case using feeler gauge, while rotating right side gear with a suitable tool attached to splines.
c.
CAUTION: Never place feeler gauge at groove side of differential PDIA0641E case. To prevent side gear from tilting, insert feeler gauges with the same thickness from both sides. If the back clearance is outside the specification, use a thicker/thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust. When the back clearance is large: When the back clearance is small: Use a thicker thrust washer. Use a thinner thrust washer.
8.
CAUTION: Adjust the clearance with the left side gear thrust washer only. Only one side gear thrust washer can be selected. Align the matching mark of differential case with the mark of drive gear, then place drive gear.
SDIA2593E
9.
SDIA2594E
10. Install drive gear on the mounting bolts. CAUTION: Tighten bolts in a crisscross fashion. After tightening the bolts to the specified torque, tighten the bolts additionally by turning the bolts 31 to 36 degrees.
SDIA0247J
DLN-266
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 11. Press side bearing inner races to differential case, using the drift (A) [SST: KV38100300 (J-25523)] and the base (B) [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]. CAUTION: Never reuse side bearing inner race. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
SPD353
DLN
12. Install differential case assembly with side bearing outer races into gear carrier. 13. Measure side bearing preload. If necessary, select the appropriate side bearing adjusting washers. Refer to DLN-268, "A/T : Adjustment".
G
SPD919
14. Insert selected left and right side bearing adjusting washers in place between side bearings and gear carrier.
SPD924
N
PDIA0069E
17. Using the drift [SST: KV38100200 (J-26233)], drive side oil seals until it becomes flush with the case end. CAUTION: Never reuse oil seal. When installing, never incline oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lips, and gear oil onto the circumference of oil seal. 18. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN268, "A/T : Adjustment".
SPD560
DLN-267
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. 19. Apply sealant to mating surface of rear cover. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to application and mounting surfaces. 20. Install rear cover on gear carrier and tighten mounting bolts. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PDIA0961E
21. Install side flange with the following procedure. a. Attach the protector [SST: KV38107900 (J-39352)] to side oil seal. b. After the side flange is inserted and the serrated part of side gear has engaged the serrated part of flange, remove the protector.
SDIA0822E
c.
d.
JSDIA0110ZZ
A/T : Adjustment
INFOID:0000000004257201
DLN-268
2009 G37 Coupe

A
NOTE: Total preload torque = Pinion bearing preload torque + Side JSDIA0031ZZ bearing preload torque DLN If measured value is out of the specification, disassemble it to check and adjust each part. Adjust the pinion bearing preload and side bearing preload. Adjust the pinion bearing preload first, then adjust the side bearing preload. E When the preload torque is large On pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer. On side bearings: Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side. When the preload is small On pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut. On side bearings: Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same amount to each side.

Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly". 2. Make sure all parts are clean. Also, make sure the bearings are well lubricated with gear oil. 3. Place the differential case, with side bearings and bearing races installed, into gear carrier.
SPD919
4.
P
SPD924
DLN-269
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Install bearing caps in their correct locations and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts. 6. Turn the carrier several times to seat the bearings. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PDIA0069E
7.
Measure the turning torque of the carrier at the drive gear mounting bolts with a spring gauge [SST: (J-8129)]. Specification : 34.2 39.2 N (3.5 4.0 kg, 7.7 8.8 lb) of pulling force at the drive gear bolt
SPD194A
8.
If the turning torque is outside the specification, use a thicker/ thinner side bearing adjusting washer to adjust. If the turning torque is less than the specified range: Use a thicker thrust washer. If the turning torque is greater than the specification: Use a thinner thrust washer. CAUTION: Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually. Record the total amount of washer thickness required for the correct carrier side bearing preload. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly". Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face. Rotate the drive gear to measure runout. Limit Drive gear runout
SPD772
9. 1. 2. 3.
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
SPD886
TOOTH CONTACT
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly".
DLN-270
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Apply red lead to drive gear. CAUTION: Apply red lead to both the faces of 3 to 4 gears at 4 locations evenly spaced on drive gear. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
SPD357
DLN
3.
G
SDIA0570E
P
SDIA0207E
DLN-271
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. If tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure below to adjust the pinion height (dimension X). [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SDIA0517E
PDIA0440E
PDIA0441E
BACKLASH
Before inspection and adjustment, drain gear oil. 1. Remove rear cover. Refer to DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly". 2. Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash. Standard Backlash
SPD513
DLN-272
2009 G37 Coupe
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > CAUTION: Never change the total amount of washers as it changes the bearing preload.
A/T : Inspection After Disassembly

INFOID:0000000004676130
BEARING
DLN Clean up the disassembled parts. If any chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted or scratched marks, or unusual noise from the bearing is observed, replace as a bearing assembly (as a new set). E

G
OIL SEAL
H
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
I
COMPANION FLANGE
J
DLN-273
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
DRIVE PINION
M/T
M/T : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257203
JSDIA0037GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
: : :
Apply gear oil. Apply anti-corrosion oil. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
DLN-274
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
:

A
Apply Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
M/T : Disassembly
1. 2. Remove differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-250, "M/T : Disassembly". Remove drive pinion lock nut with the flange wrench.
INFOID:0000000004257204
DLN
JSDIA0046ZZ
3.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of drive pinion. The matching mark should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark (A) on the final drive companion flange (1) indicates the maximum vertical runout position. When replacing companion flange, matching mark is not necessary. Remove companion flange using the suitable pullers.
I
JSDIA0038ZZ
4.
SDIA1132E
5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
P
PDIA0760J
DLN-275
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 10. Remove pinion rear bearing inner race and pinion height adjusting washer with the replacer (A) (commercial service tool). [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PDIA0801J
SDIA0817E
M/T : Assembly
A: Drift [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)] B: Drift [SST: KV40105230 ( )] C: Drift bar [SST: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)] D: Drift [SST: ST30613000 (J-25742-3)]
INFOID:0000000004257205
2.
CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to gear carrier. Never reuse pinion front and rear bearing outer race. Select drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-278, "M/T : Adjustment".
PDIA0761J
DLN-276
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Install selected drive pinion height adjusting washer (2) to drive pinion. Press pinion rear bearing inner race (1) to it, using drift (A) [SST: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)]. CAUTION: Be careful of the direction of pinion height adjusting washer. (Assemble as shown in the figure.) Never reuse pinion rear bearing inner race. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
PDIA0805J
DLN
4.
5. 6.
PDIA0492E
7.
Using a spacer (A) (commercial service tool), press the pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion as far as drive pinion nut can be tightened.
PDIA0762J
8.
N
PDIA0764J
9.
JSDIA0038ZZ
DLN-277
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
12.
13.
14. 15.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque. After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, JSDIA0047ZZ and other malfunctions. Install differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-276, "M/T : Assembly". CAUTION: Never install rear cover at the timing. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-256, "M/T : Adjustment" and DLN-278, "M/T : Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. Check total preload torque. Refer to DLN-278, "M/T : Adjustment". Install rear cover. Refer to DLN-276, "M/T : Assembly".
INFOID:0000000004257206
M/T : Adjustment
PINION GEAR HEIGHT
SPD769
DLN-278
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Pinion front bearing; make sure the J-34309-3 pinion front bearing seat is secured tightly against the J-34309-2 gauge anvil. Then turn the pinion front bearing pilot, J-34309-5, to secure the bearing in its proper position. Pinion rear bearing; the pinion rear bearing pilot, J-34309-8, is used to center the pinion rear bearing only. The pinion rear bearing locking seat, J-34309-4, is used to lock the bearing to the assembly. Installation of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16; place a suitable 2.5 mm (0.098 in) thick plain washer between J-34309-9 and J-34309-16. Both surfaces of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16 must be parallel with a clearance of 2.5 mm (0.098 in). 3. Install the pinion rear bearing inner race into gear carrier. Then place the pinion preload shim selector tool, J-34309-1, gauge screw assembly. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
SPD197A
DLN
G
SPD893
4.
SPD199A
5.

L
N
SPD770
6.
Measure the turning torque at the end of the J-34309-2 gauge anvil using preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Turning torque specification : 1.0 1.3 Nm (0.11 0.13 kg-m, 9 11 in-lb)
PDIA0566E
DLN-279
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Place the J-34309-11 R200A pinion height adapter onto the gauge plate and tighten it by hand. CAUTION: Make sure all machined surfaces are clean. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SPD208A
8.
Position the side bearing discs, J-25269-4, and arbor firmly into the side bearing bores. Install the bearing caps and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN249, "M/T : Exploded View".
SPD211A
9.
Select the correct standard pinion height adjusting washer thickness. Select by using a standard gauge of 3 mm (0.12 in) and J34309-101 feeler gauge. Measure the distance between the J34309-11 pinion height adapter including the standard gauge and the arbor.
SPD204A
SPD775
SPD542
DLN-280
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION

A
DLN
H
SPD205A

1. 2. Fit a dial indicator onto the companion flange face (inner side of the propeller shaft mounting bolt holes). Rotate the companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout

JSDIA0116ZZ
3. 4.
Fit a test indicator to the inner side of the companion flange (socket diameter). Rotate the companion flange to check for runout. Limit Companion flange runout
5. a. b.
c.
If the runout value is outside the repair limit, follow the procedure below to adjust. Check for runout while changing the phase between companion flange and drive pinion gear by 90 step, and search for the position where the runout is the minimum. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the phase has been changed, possible causes are an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary. If the runout value is still outside of the limit after the check and repair, replace companion flange.
DLN-281
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
INFOID:0000000004257207
M/T : Inspection After Disassembly

BEARING


OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
A/T
DLN-282
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
INFOID:0000000004257208
A/T : Exploded View
DLN
JSDIA0045GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
: : : :
Apply gear oil. Apply anti-corrosion oil. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Apply Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
DLN-283
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
INFOID:0000000004257209
A/T : Disassembly
1. 2. Remove differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-262, "A/T : Disassembly". Remove drive pinion lock nut with the flange wrench.
JSDIA0033ZZ
3.
Put matching mark (B) on the end of drive pinion. The matching mark should be in line with the matching mark (A) on companion flange (1). CAUTION: For matching mark, use paint. Never damage companion flange and drive pinion. NOTE: The matching mark (A) on the final drive companion flange (1) indicates the maximum vertical runout position. When replacing companion flange, matching mark is not necessary. Remove companion flange using the suitable pullers.
JSDIA0016ZZ
4.
JSDIA0034ZZ
5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
PDIA0760J
DLN-284
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 10. Remove pinion rear bearing inner race and pinion height adjusting washer with the replacer (A) (commercial service tool). [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
PDIA0801J
DLN
G
SDIA0817E
A/T : Assembly
INFOID:0000000004257210
I
A: Drift [SST: ST30720000 (J-25405)] B: Drift [SST: KV40105230 ( )] C: Drift bar [SST: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)] D: Drift [SST: ST30613000 (J-25742-3)]
2.
CAUTION: At first, using a hammer, tap bearing outer race until it becomes flat to gear carrier. Never reuse pinion front and rear bearing outer race. Select drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-287, "A/T : Adjustment".
PDIA0761J
DLN-285
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Install selected drive pinion height adjusting washer (2) to drive pinion. Press pinion rear bearing inner race (1) to it, using drift (A) [SST: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)]. CAUTION: Be careful of the direction of pinion height adjusting washer. (Assemble as shown in the figure.) Never reuse pinion rear bearing inner race. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
PDIA0805J
4.
5. 6.
PDIA0492E
7.
Using a spacer (A) (commercial service tool), press the pinion front bearing inner race to drive pinion as far as drive pinion nut can be tightened.
PDIA0762J
8.
PDIA0764J
9.
JSDIA0016ZZ
DLN-286
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION

A
DLN

E
12.
13.
14. 15.
CAUTION: Adjust to the lower limit of the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque first. If the preload torque exceeds the specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Never loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the preload torque. After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, JSDIA0035ZZ and other malfunctions. Install differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-285, "A/T : Assembly". CAUTION: Never install rear cover at the timing. Check and adjust drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-268, "A/T : Adjustment" and DLN-287, "A/T : Adjustment". Recheck above items. Readjust the above description, if necessary. Check total preload torque. Refer to DLN-287, "A/T : Adjustment". Install rear cover. Refer to DLN-285, "A/T : Assembly".
INFOID:0000000004257211
A/T : Adjustment
PINION GEAR HEIGHT
O
SPD769
DLN-287
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Pinion front bearing; make sure the J-34309-3 pinion front bearing seat is secured tightly against the J-34309-2 gauge anvil. Then turn the pinion front bearing pilot, J-34309-5, to secure the bearing in its proper position. Pinion rear bearing; the pinion rear bearing pilot, J-34309-8, is used to center the pinion rear bearing only. The pinion rear bearing locking seat, J-34309-4, is used to lock the bearing to the assembly. Installation of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16; place a suitable 2.5 mm (0.098 in) thick plain washer between J-34309-9 and J-34309-16. Both surfaces of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16 must be parallel with a clearance of 2.5 mm (0.098 in). 3. Install the pinion rear bearing inner race into gear carrier. Then place the pinion preload shim selector tool, J-34309-1, gauge screw assembly. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
SPD197A
SPD893
4.
SPD199A
5.
SPD770
6.
Measure the turning torque at the end of the J-34309-2 gauge anvil using preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Turning torque specification : 1.0 1.3 Nm (0.11 0.13 kg-m, 9 11 in-lb)
PDIA0566E
DLN-288
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Place the J-34309-11 R200A pinion height adapter onto the gauge plate and tighten it by hand. CAUTION: Make sure all machined surfaces are clean. [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
A
C
SPD208A
DLN
8.
Position the side bearing discs, J-25269-4, and arbor firmly into the side bearing bores. Install the bearing caps and tighten bearing cap mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN261, "A/T : Exploded View".
G
SPD211A
9.
Select the correct standard pinion height adjusting washer thickness. Select by using a standard gauge of 3 mm (0.12 in) and your J-34309-101 feeler gauge. Measure the distance between the J-34309-11 pinion height adapter including the standard gauge and the arbor.
SPD204A

L
N
SPD775
SPD542
DLN-289
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
SPD205A
DRIVE PINION RUNOUT

1. 2. Set a dial indicator (A) vertically to the tip of the drive pinion. Rotate drive pinion to check for runout. Limit Drive pinion runout
: Refer to DLN-293, "Drive Pinion Runout (A/T Models)".
3.
If the runout value is outside of the limit, possible causes are an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and pinion bearing and malfunction of pinion bearing. Check for these items and repair if necessary.
JSDIA0032ZZ
A/T : Inspection After Disassembly

INFOID:0000000004257212
BEARING

DLN-290
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVE PINION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V] < UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER Clean up the disassembled parts. If it is chipped (by friction), damaged, or unusually worn, replace.
OIL SEAL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION FLANGE
DLN
DLN-291
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]

General Specification
2WD Applied model M/T Final drive model Gear ratio Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion) Oil capacity (Approx.) Number of pinion gears Drive pinion adjustment spacer type (US pt, lmp pt) 3.692 48/13 1.4 (3, 2-1/2) 4 Collapsible
INFOID:0000000004257214 INFOID:0000000004257213
VQ37VHR A/T R200V (With LSD) 3.357 47/14
Drive Gear Runout

Item Drive gear back face runout limit 0.05 (0.0020)
Unit: mm (in)

INFOID:0000000004257215
Unit: mm (in)
INFOID:0000000004257216
Preload Torque
Backlash
INFOID:0000000004257217
Unit: mm (in)
Companion flange Runout (M/T Models)

Item Companion flange face runout Inner side of the companion flange runout Limit 0.08 (0.0031) 0.08 (0.0031)
INFOID:0000000004257218
Unit: mm (in)
DLN-292
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200V]
INFOID:0000000004257219
Drive Pinion Runout (A/T Models)

Item Tip of drive pinion runout Limit 0.8 (0.031)
A
Unit: mm (in)
DLN
DLN-293
2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
EC
CONTENTS
VQ37VHR BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 9 .
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......... 9 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 9 . Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 12 . ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING ................................................................18 . ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description ........................................18 . ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............18 . THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING ............................................................................18 . THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description ........................................18 . THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............18 . IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...............................19 . IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description ........19 . IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ...........................................................19 . VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ...............................................................20 . VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Description ..................................21 . VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement .......21 . MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR ......................................................................22 . MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description ...............................................22 . MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement ....................22 .
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ...................13 .

BASIC INSPECTION ................................................ 13 . BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 13 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) ............................................ 16 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description .................... 16 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 16 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) ....... 17 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Description ............................................................. 17 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement .................................. 17 . IDLE SPEED ............................................................. 17 . IDLE SPEED : Description ..................................... 17 . IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement .......... 17 . IGNITION TIMING ..................................................... 17 . IGNITION TIMING : Description ............................. 17 . IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement 17 .... VIN REGISTRATION ................................................ 18 . VIN REGISTRATION : Description ........................ 18 . VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 18 .
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................ 24 .

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 24
System Diagram ....................................................24 . System Description .................................................25 . Component Parts Location .....................................25 . Component Description ..........................................32 . P
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ....... 34

2009 G37 Coupe
EC-1
System Diagram ................................................... 34 . System Description ................................................ 34 . Component Parts Location .................................... 37 . Component Description ......................................... 44 .
Component Function Check ................................ 137 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 138 .
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 145 .

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 145 .
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ........................ 45 .

System Diagram ................................................... 45 . System Description ................................................ 45 . Component Parts Location .................................... 46 . Component Description ......................................... 53 .
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 148 .

Description ........................................................... 148 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 148 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 148 .
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............. 54 .

System Diagram .................................................... 54 . System Description ................................................ 54 . Component Parts Location .................................... 55 . Component Description ......................................... 62 .
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 149 .


AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) .............................................................. 63 .

System Diagram .................................................... 63 . System Description ................................................ 63 . Component Parts Location .................................... 65 . Component Description ........................................ 72 .

CAN COMMUNICATION .................................. 73 .

System Description ................................................ 73 .

COOLING FAN CONTROL .............................. 74 .

System Diagram .................................................... 74 . System Description ................................................ 74 . Component Parts Location .................................... 75 . Component Description ......................................... 82 .
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ......................... 155 .

DTC Logic ............................................................ 155 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 156 . Component Inspection ......................................... 157 .
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 83 .

System Diagram .................................................... 83 . System Description ................................................ 83 . Component Parts Location .................................... 86 . Component Description ........................................ 93 .
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .......................................................... 159 .

Description ........................................................... 159 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 159 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 160 . Component Inspection ......................................... 161 .
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................ 94 .

System Diagram .................................................... 94 . System Description ................................................ 94 . Component Parts Location .................................... 95 . Component Description ........................................102 .
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER .................................................................... 162 .

VVEL SYSTEM ............................................... 103 .

System Diagram ..................................................103 . System Description ...............................................103 . Component Parts Location ...................................104 . Component Description ........................................111 .
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 112 .

Diagnosis Description ...........................................112 . CONSULT-III Function .........................................125 . Diagnosis Tool Function .....................................134 .
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................................................. 165 .

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 137 .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................ 137 .
Description ............................................................137 .
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR ......................... 168 .

Description ........................................................... 168 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 168 . Component Function Check ................................ 170 .
EC-2
2009 G37 Coupe
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 170 . Component Inspection ......................................... 172 .
Component Function Check ................................. 207 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 207 .
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR 176 ..

P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 209

Description ............................................................ 209 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 209 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 210 . EC
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 212

Description ............................................................ 212 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 212 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 213 .
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR .......................................................... 182 .

P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 215

Description ............................................................ 215 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 215 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 217 . E
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 186 .

P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ..................................... 220

Description ............................................................ 220 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 220 . Component Function Check ................................. 221 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 222 . Component Inspection .......................................... 224 .
P0116 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 189 .

P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 226

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 191 .

P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 234

P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR .... 194 .

Description ........................................................... 194 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 194 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 195 . Component Inspection ......................................... 196 . Special Repair Requirement ................................ 196 .
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 240

DTC Logic ............................................................. 240 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 241 .
P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 198 .

P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 244

DTC Logic ............................................................. 244 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 245 . N
P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 201 .

P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 248

Description ............................................................ 248 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 248 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 249 . Component Inspection .......................................... 250 .
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 203 .

P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 251

P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 205 .

Description ........................................................... 205 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 205 .
EC-3
2009 G37 Coupe
P0196 EOT SENSOR ..................................... 254 .

Description ............................................................254 . DTC Logic .............................................................254 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................255 . Component Inspection ..........................................256 .
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 302 .
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 257 .

P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR ... 260 .

Description ............................................................260 . DTC Logic .............................................................260 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................261 . Component Inspection ..........................................262 . Special Repair Requirement .................................262 .
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ............................................................. 305 .

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE .............................................. 264 .
DTC Logic .............................................................264 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................265 .
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ............................................................. 309 .

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ................... 270 .

P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ............................................... 313 .

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 273 .


P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 277 .


P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION ...................................................... 281 .

DTC Logic .............................................................281 . Component Function Check .................................282 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................283 .
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 327 .


DTC Logic .............................................................286 . Component Function Check .................................287 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................288 .

DTC Logic ............................................................ 333 . Component Function Check ................................ 335 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 335 . Component Inspection ......................................... 339 .

DTC Logic .............................................................291 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................292 . Component Inspection ..........................................296 .
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 297 .
Description ............................................................297 .
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 340 .

EC-4
2009 G37 Coupe
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 368

DTC Logic ............................................................. 368 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 368 . A
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 342 .

Description ........................................................... 342 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 342 . Component Function Check ................................. 342 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 343 .
P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 371

Description ............................................................ 371 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 371 . Component Function Check ................................. 372 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 372 .
EC
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 344 .

P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM ....................... 375

DTC Logic ............................................................. 375 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 375 . Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR) ..................................................................... 377 . Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY) ......................................................... 377 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 378 . D
P0500 VSS ...................................................... 346 .

Description ........................................................... 346 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 346 . Component Function Check ................................. 347 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 347 .
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 348 .

P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM ........................ 379

DTC Logic ............................................................. 379 .
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 350 .

P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................. 380

Description ............................................................ 380 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 380 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 380 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 382 .
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 352 .

P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR .... 384

Description ............................................................ 384 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 384 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 384 . Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR) ..................................................................... 386 . Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY) ......................................................... 386 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 387 .
P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 355 .

P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................................. 358 .

P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY ... 388

P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .... 391

DTC Logic ............................................................. 391 .
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 363 .

P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 392

Description ............................................................ 392 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 392 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 392 . O
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 365 .

P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 393

Description ............................................................ 393 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 393 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 393 .
P0607 ECM ...................................................... 367 .

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 394

DTC Logic ............................................................. 394 . Component Function Check ................................. 394 .
EC-5
2009 G37 Coupe
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................395 .
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR ............................ 398 .

Description ............................................................398 . DTC Logic .............................................................398 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................398 . Special Repair Requirement .................................399 .
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ................................................................. 421 .

P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR ............................ 400 .

P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 424 .

P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ........................................... 402 .

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 427 .

Description ........................................................... 427 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 427 . Component Function Check ................................ 427 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 428 . Component Inspection ......................................... 429 .
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 431 .

P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ................................................................. 406 .

P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH ..................... 434 .

P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ......................................... 409 .

P1568 ICC FUNCTION .................................... 437 .

DTC Logic ............................................................ 437 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 437 .
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 438 .

Description ........................................................... 438 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 438 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 439 . Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ...... 443 . Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) ..... 444 . Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ......... 444 .
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR ............................ 411 .

P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .............................................. 414 .

Description ............................................................414 . DTC Logic .............................................................414 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................414 .
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ........................... 445 .

Description ........................................................... 445 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 445 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 446 . Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ......... 450 . Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) ......... 451 . Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ......... 451 . Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) .. 452 .
P1421 COLD START CONTROL ................... 416 .

Description ............................................................416 . DTC Logic .............................................................416 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................416 .
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 453 .

P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ......... 418 .

P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .......... 455 .

EC-6
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN ................................................ 490

Description ............................................................ 490 . Component Function Check ................................. 490 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 490 . Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 492 . Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ......... 493 . A
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ................. 457 .

EC
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ................. 459 .

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 494

Description ............................................................ 494 . Component Function Check ................................. 494 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 494 . C
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...... 461 .

DTC Logic ............................................................ 461 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 461 . Special Repair Requirement ................................ 462 .
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 496

Description ............................................................ 496 . Component Function Check ................................. 496 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 496 . Component Inspection .......................................... 498 .
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 464 .

Description ........................................................... 464 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 464 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 464 . Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ......... 465 .
FUEL PUMP .................................................... 499

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 467 .

ICC BRAKE SWITCH ...................................... 502

Description ............................................................ 502 . Component Function Check ................................. 502 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 502 . Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) .......... 505 . Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) ......... 505 . H
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 471 .

IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 507

Description ............................................................ 507 . Component Function Check ................................. 507 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 507 . Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) ............................................................ 510 . Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 511 . J
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 475 .

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............. 512

Description ............................................................ 512 . Component Function Check ................................. 512 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 512 .
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 480 .

ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) .................................................... 513

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 484 .

Description ........................................................... 484 . Component Function Check ................................. 484 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 484 . Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ...... 487 . Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) ..... 487 .
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 518

Description ............................................................ 518 . Component Inspection .......................................... 518 . P
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 489 .

Description ........................................................... 489 . Component Function Check ................................. 489 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 489 .
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 520

Description ............................................................ 520 . Component Function Check ................................. 520 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 520 .
SNOW MODE SWITCH ..................................

EC-7
2009 G37 Coupe
Description ............................................................522 . Component Function Check .................................522 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................522 . Component Inspection ..........................................524 .
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service .......... 607 . On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T ................................................................ 608 . General Precautions ............................................ 608 .
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 525 .

ECM ................................................................ 525 .
Reference Value ...................................................525 . Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..541 Fail safe ................................................................560 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................562 . DTC Index ............................................................564 . How to Set SRT Code .......................................569 . Test Value and Test Limit ..................................572 .
PREPARATION ......................................... 612

PREPARATION ............................................... 612 .
Special Service Tools .......................................... 612 . Commercial Service Tools ................................... 612 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 614

FUEL PRESSURE ........................................... 614 .
Inspection ............................................................. 614 .
VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................ 578 .

Reference Value ...................................................578 . Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..582
EVAP LEAK CHECK ....................................... 615 .

Inspection ............................................................. 615 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 617

EVAP CANISTER ............................................ 617 .
Exploded View ..................................................... 617 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 617 . Inspection ............................................................. 618 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 602 .

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .. 602 .
Symptom Table ....................................................602 .
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 606 .

Description ............................................................606 .

Idle Speed ............................................................ 619 . Ignition Timing ...................................................... 619 . Calculated Load Value ......................................... 619 . Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 619 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 607 .

PRECAUTIONS .............................................. 607 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ...............................................................607 . Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover 607 ..
EC-8
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW

< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ37VHR]
A
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004250592
EC
JMBIA1416GB
DETAILED FLOW
EC-9
2009 G37 Coupe

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the Diagnostic Work Sheet. (Refer to EC-12, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".) >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-602, "Symptom Table".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. 1. 2. -
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-606, "Description" and EC560, "Fail safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-606, "Description" and EC560, "Fail safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-562, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

Perform EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III?
EC-10
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. [VQ37VHR]
A
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE

With CONSULT-III EC Make sure that MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2, B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and A/F ALPHAB2 are within the SP value using CONSULT-III SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode. Refer to EC-137, "Component Function Check". C Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. D DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
E
8.
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-602, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-525, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. 2. 3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description". >> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-569, "How to Set SRT Code".
EC-11
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250593
Diagnostic Work Sheet

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017
EC-12
2009 G37 Coupe
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT

A
INFOID:0000000004250594

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement
EC
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leaks Air cleaner clogging Gasket Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge. Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
C
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. Are any DTCs detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure. >> GO TO 3
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED

1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P
EC-13
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. [VQ37VHR]
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the Following. Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection". Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. 2. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident, although this is rare.) Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Run engine at idle.
EC-14
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A :Timing indicator
[VQ37VHR]
A
For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 11.
JMBIA0054ZZ
EC

1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 12.

Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 13.

Perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 17. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A :Timing indicator
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

1. 2.
M
For procedure, refer to EC-17, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 16.
JMBIA0054ZZ
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
EC-15
2009 G37 Coupe


Check the following. Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection". Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. 2. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident, although this is rare.) Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM)

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description
INFOID:0000000004250595
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement
TION KEY IDS Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 2.
INFOID:0000000004250596
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI-
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION

Refer to EC-18, "VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 3.

Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4.

Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5.

Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
EC-16
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > >> END [VQ37VHR]
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE)

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Description
When replacing VVEL control module, the following procedure must be performed.
INFOID:0000000004250597
EC
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250598

Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END
E
IDLE SPEED
IDLE SPEED : Description
INFOID:0000000004250599
This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in BASIC INSPECTION.
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250600
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. With GST Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. >> INSPECTION END
I
IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING : Description
INFOID:0000000004250601
This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in BASIC INSPECTION.
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250602
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
N
JMBIA0846ZZ
1. A.
Loop wire Timing light B. Timing indicator
EC-17
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Check ignition timing.
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION : Description
INFOID:0000000004250603
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250604
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-23, "Information About Identification or Model Code". >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. Select VIN REGISTRATION in WORK SUPPORT mode. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. >> END
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description
INFOID:0000000004250605
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250606
1.START
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. >> END
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description
INFOID:0000000004250607
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement

INFOID:0000000004250608
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
EC-18
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
EC
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description
INFOID:0000000004250609
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions: Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. Each time VVEL actuator sub assembly or VVEL control module is replaced. Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250610
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105C (158 - 221F) PNP switch: ON (M/T models) Selector lever: P or N (A/T models) Electric load switch: OFF (Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not be illuminated. Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) Vehicle speed: Stopped Transmission: Warmed-up - A/T models With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until ATF TEMP SE 1 in DATA MONITOR mode of A/T system indicates less than 0.9V. Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. - M/T models Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III 1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode. 5. Touch START and wait 20 seconds. Is CMPLT displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5.

Without CONSULT-III NOTE: It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
EC-19
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < BASIC INSPECTION > It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-18, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and illuminates. 8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL illuminates. 9. Start engine and let it idle. 10. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING

1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Let it idle for 20 seconds. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed" and EC-619, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I

Check the following Check that throttle valve is fully closed. Check PCV valve operation. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II

Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. Refer to EC-137, "Description". If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning again: Engine stalls. Erroneous idle. >> INSPECTION END
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT

EC-20
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250611
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Description

A
VVEL control shaft position sensor adjustment is an operation to adjust the initial position angle that is the basis for the VVEL control shaft position sensor. EC It must be performed each time VVEL actuator sub assembly is replaced. CAUTION: It must be performed only on the replaced bank side. It must not be performed except when VVEL actuator sub assembly is replaced. If by any chance the C adjustment is performed, replace VVEL actuator sub assembly.
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250612
1.START
Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Touch Start and wait a few seconds. Make sure the CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Select VVEL POSITION SEN- B1 or VVEL POSITION SEN- B2 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt (1). Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor (2) right and left while monitoring the output voltage of VVEL POSITION SENB1 or VVEL POSITION SEN-B2 and adjust the output voltage to be within the standard value. Voltage 8. : 500 48 mV
G H
Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt. : 7.0 Nm (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb)
JMBIA0740ZZ
9.
Reconfirm that the output voltage of VVEL POSITION SEN- B1 or VVEL POSITION SEN- B2 is within the standard value. Voltage : 500 48 mV
10. 11. 12. 13.
NOTE: If it varies from the standard value after the bolt is tightened, perform steps 6 to 8 again. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END

1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-III Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn OFF.
EC-21
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 5. Install VVEL actuator motor relay. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 7. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt (1). 8. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor (2) right and left while monitoring the output voltage between the VVEL control module terminals with a tester and adjust the output voltage to be within the standard value. [VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0740ZZ
VVEL control module Bank 1 2 Connector + Terminal 3 5 Terminal 4 6 500 48 mV Voltage
E15
9.
Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt. : 7.0 Nm (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb)
10. Reconfirm that the output voltage of VVEL control shaft position sensor is within the standard value.
VVEL control module Bank 1 2 Connector + Terminal 3 5 Terminal 4 6 500 48 mV Voltage
E15
11. 12. 13. 14.
NOTE: If it varies from the standard value after the bolt is tightened, perform steps 7 to 9 again. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description
INFOID:0000000004250613
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in Diagnosis Procedure.
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement

INFOID:0000000004250614
1.START
1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-22
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching CLEAR. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
EC-23
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ37VHR]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004250615
JMBIA2007ZZ
1. 4. 7.
ECM
2.
Can communication EVAP service port EVAP canister
3. 6. 9.
VVEL control module EVAP canister vent control valve Battery current sensor
EVAP canister purge volume control 5. solenoid valve EVAP control system pressure sensor 8.
10. Battery 13. Fuel tank 16. Three way catalyst 2 19. Engine oil temperature sensor 22. PCV valve
11. Fuel tank temperature sensor 14. Fuel pressure regulator 17. Heated oxygen sensor 2 20. A/F sensor 1 23. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
12. Fuel level sensor 15. Fuel pump 18. Three way catalyst 1 21. Spark plug 24. VVEL actuator motor
EC-24
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
25. VVEL control shaft position sensor 28. Fuel damper 31. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 34. Cooling fan 37. Electric throttle control actuator 40. Brake booster pressure sensor 43. Accelerator pedal position sensor 46. PNP signal 26. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 29. Engine coolant temperature sensor 32. Muffler 35. Air cleaner 38. Throttle position sensor 41. MIL 44. Power steering pressure sensor
[VQ37VHR]
27. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
A
30. Knock sensor 33. Cooling fan control module 36. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 39. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor 42. Ignition switch 45. Refrigerant pressure sensor
EC
D
INFOID:0000000004250616
System Description
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
E
INFOID:0000000004250617
P
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. 4.
Battery current sensor Cooling fan relay
2. 5.
IPDM E/R VVEL actuator motor relay
3. 6.
VVEL control module Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1)
EC-25
2009 G37 Coupe

7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) 9. Cooling fan motor-2
[VQ37VHR]
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) 13. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) 16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 19. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) 22. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2) 25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) 31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1) 34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
11. Cooling fan control module 14. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) 17. Brake booster pressure sensor 20. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 23. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2) 26. Knock sensor
12. Cooling fan motor-1 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 2) 18. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 2) 21. Fuel injector (bank 2) 24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor 27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor solenoid valve (bank 1) 32. EVAP service port 35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) 33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1)
2.
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1)
2.
JMBIA0840ZZ
EC-26
2009 G37 Coupe

: Vehicle front 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
G
PBIB1907E
J
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0841ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector
EC-27
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA0018ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) harness connector 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) harness connector 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
JMBIA0850ZZ
1. 4.
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor VVEL control module
2.
Brake booster pressure sensor
3.
VVEL actuator motor relay
JMBIA0851ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. 4. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 1) VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2) 2. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) 3. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2)
EC-28
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA0842ZZ
D
1. 4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) harness connector 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) harness connector
H
JMBIA0843ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. tor) Fuel injector No.3 Fuel injector No.4 5. 8.
Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. tor) Fuel injector No.1 6. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. tor)
Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor) Fuel injector No.2 Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
10. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 11. Fuel injector No.6 tor) 13. Knock sensor (bank 1) 14. Knock sensor (bank 2)
12. Fuel injector No.5
N
JMBIA0844ZZ
O
: Vehicle front 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
EC-29
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
Battery current sensor
3.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0845ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. 4. EVAP service port EVAP canister vent control valve 2. 5. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. solenoid valve EVAP control system pressure sensor EVAP canister
JMBIA0019ZZ
EC-30
2009 G37 Coupe

: Vehicle front 1. 4. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
E
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
Accelerator pedal position sensor
2.
ECM
I
JMBIA1678ZZ
1.
Snow mode switch
M
JMBIA0016ZZ
1. 4.
ICC steering switch SET/COAST switch
2. 5.
CANCEL switch DISTANCE switch
3. 6.
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
EC-31
2009 G37 Coupe

1. 4. ASCD steering switch SET/COAST switch 2. 5. CANCEL switch MAIN switch 3.
[VQ37VHR]
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. ICC brake switch (ICC models) Clutch pedal
Brake pedal
ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Accelerator pedal position sensor ASCD brake switch ASCD steering switch Battery current sensor Brake booster pressure sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electric throttle control actuator Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel injector Fuel level sensor Fuel pump Fuel tank temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater ICC brake switch ICC steering switch Ignition signal Intake air temperature sensor EC-205, "Description" EC-159, "Description" EC-467, "Description" EC-438, "Description" EC-431, "Description" EC-418, "Description" EC-358, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-409, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-254, "Description" EC-297, "Description" EC-305, "Description" EC-313, "Description" EC-496, "Description" EC-340, "Description" EC-499, "Description" EC-248, "Description" EC-220, "Description" EC-162, "Description" EC-445, "Description" EC-434, "Description" EC-507, "Description" EC-186, "Description" Reference
INFOID:0000000004250618
EC-32
2009 G37 Coupe

Component Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Knock sensor Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Mass air flow sensor PCV valve Power steering pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Stop lamp switch Throttle control motor Throttle control motor relay Throttle position sensor VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL control module VVEL control shaft position sensor EC-165, "Description" EC-270, "Description" EC-182, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-518, "Description" EC-355, "Description" EC-520, "Description" EC-464, "Description" EC-406, "Description" EC-414, "Description" EC-194, "Description" EC-384, "Description" EC-388, "Description" EC-457, "Description" EC-380, "Description" Reference
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
EC-33
2009 G37 Coupe
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004250619
JMBIA2008GB
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Intake air temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) TCM (A/T models) Battery Knock sensor Power steering pressure sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 Unified meter and A/C amp. Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*3 Piston position Amount of intake air Intake air temperature Engine coolant temperature Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Gear position Battery voltage*3 Engine knocking condition Power steering operation Density of oxygen in exhaust gas VDC/TCS operation command Air conditioner operation*2 Vehicle speed*2 Fuel injection & mixture ratio control ECM function
INFOID:0000000004250620
Actuator
Fuel injector
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
EC-34
2009 G37 Coupe

*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line. *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
[VQ37VHR]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the EC ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. C
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION

In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models) High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

H
J
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst 1 can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-205, "Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2. Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. - Deceleration and acceleration - High-load, high-speed operation - Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit - Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature - High engine coolant temperature - During warm-up - After shifting from N to D (A/T models) - When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL

The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
EC-35
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim. Short-term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. Long-term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used. Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
EC-36
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004609725
EC
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
1. 4. 7. Battery current sensor Cooling fan relay Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. 5. 8. IPDM E/R VVEL actuator motor relay Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) 3. 6. 9. VVEL control module Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1) Cooling fan motor-2
10. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) 13. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) 16. ICC brake hold relay (ICC models) 19. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) 22. VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2) 25. Engine coolant temperature sensor 28. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1)
12. Cooling fan motor-1 15. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 2) 18. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 2) 21. Fuel injector (bank 2)
P
24. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor 27. Fuel injector (bank 1)
29. EVAP canister purge volume control 30. VVEL control shaft position sensor solenoid valve (bank 1)
EC-37
2009 G37 Coupe

31. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (bank 1) 34. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 32. EVAP service port 35. Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) 33. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0840ZZ
EC-38
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
E
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-39
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0850ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
JMBIA0851ZZ
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
2.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) harness connector
3.
EC-40
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
1. 4. 7. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. tor) Fuel injector No.3 Fuel injector No.4 5. 8. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. tor) Fuel injector No.1 6. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 9. tor) Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor) Fuel injector No.2 Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
JMBIA0844ZZ
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-41
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-42
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA1678ZZ
D
1. Snow mode switch
G
JMBIA0016ZZ
H
1. 4. ICC steering switch SET/COAST switch 2. 5. CANCEL switch DISTANCE switch 3. 6. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
ASCD steering switch SET/COAST switch
2. 5.
CANCEL switch MAIN switch
3.
P
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-43
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250622
Component A/F sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 2 Intake air temperature sensor Knock sensor Mass air flow sensor Power steering pressure sensor Throttle position sensor EC-205, "Description" EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-496, "Description" EC-220, "Description" EC-186, "Description" EC-270, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-355, "Description" EC-194, "Description" Reference
EC-44
2009 G37 Coupe
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004250623

System Diagram
EC
F
JMBIA1838GB
System Description
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) TCM (A/T models) Battery Knock sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*2 Piston position Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Gear position Battery voltage*2 Engine knocking Vehicle speed*1 Ignition timing control ECM function
INFOID:0000000004250624
H
Actuator
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. At starting During warm-up At idle At low battery voltage During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
EC-45
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
INFOID:0000000004609726
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Battery current sensor Cooling fan relay Refrigerant pressure sensor
2. 5. 8.
IPDM E/R VVEL actuator motor relay Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
3. 6. 9.
VVEL control module Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1) Cooling fan motor-2
EC-46
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
I
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
M
JMBIA0840ZZ
N
EC-47
2009 G37 Coupe

PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-48
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
E
JMBIA0850ZZ
F
1. 4. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor VVEL control module 2. Brake booster pressure sensor 3. VVEL actuator motor relay
J
JMBIA0851ZZ
O
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-49
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA0843ZZ
1. 4. 7.
JMBIA0844ZZ
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-50
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-51
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA1678ZZ
1.
Snow mode switch
JMBIA0016ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3. 6.
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-52
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250626
Component Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Ignition signal Knock sensor Mass air flow sensor Throttle position sensor EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-507, "Description" EC-270, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-194, "Description" Reference
EC
EC-53
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004250627
JMBIA1528GB
System Description
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Battery Refrigerant pressure sensor Power steering pressure sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature Accelerator pedal position Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure Power steering operation Air conditioner ON signal*1 Vehicle speed*1 Air conditioner cut control ECM function
INFOID:0000000004250628
Actuator
IPDM E/R A/C relay Compressor
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. When cranking the engine. At high engine speeds. When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. When engine speed is excessively low. When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
EC-54
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004609727
EC
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
P
EC-55
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0840ZZ
EC-56
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
E
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-57
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0850ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
JMBIA0851ZZ
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-58
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
JMBIA0844ZZ
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-59
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-60
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA1678ZZ
D
1. Snow mode switch
G
JMBIA0016ZZ
H
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
P
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-61
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250630
Component Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Power steering pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-355, "Description" EC-520, "Description" Reference
EC-62
2009 G37 Coupe
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

A
INFOID:0000000004250631

System Diagram
EC
F
JMBIA1839GB
System Description
Sensor ASCD brake switch Stop lamp switch ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) ASCD steering switch Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) Unified meter and A/C amp. TCM (A/T models) Input signal to ECM Brake pedal operation Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation ASCD steering switch operation Gear position Vehicle speed* Gear position Powertrain revolution* ASCD vehicle speed control ECM function
INFOID:0000000004250632
H
Actuator
J
Electric throttle control actuator
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
EC-63
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. [VQ37VHR]
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. CANCEL switch is pressed More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) Brake pedal is depressed Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position. (M/T models) Selector lever is in the N, P, R position (A/T models) Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed TCS system is operated When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. Brake pedal is released Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) A/T selector lever is in the P and N positions (A/T models) Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
EC-64
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004609729
EC
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
P
EC-65
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0840ZZ
EC-66
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
E
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-67
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0850ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
JMBIA0851ZZ
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-68
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
JMBIA0844ZZ
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-69
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-70
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA1678ZZ
D
1. Snow mode switch
G
JMBIA0016ZZ
H
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
P
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-71
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250634
Component ASCD brake switch ASCD indicator ASCD steering switch Electric throttle control actuator Stop lamp switch EC-438, "Description" EC-489, "Description" EC-431, "Description" EC-414, "Description" EC-438, "Description" Reference
EC-72
2009 G37 Coupe
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
INFOID:0000000004250635
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. Refer to LAN-10, "CAN Communication Control Circuit", about CAN communication for detail.. D
EC-73
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

COOLING FAN CONTROL

System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004250636
JMBIA1529GB
System Description
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Battery Input signal to ECM Engine speed*1 Engine coolant temperature Refrigerant pressure Battery voltage*1 Vehicle speed* Unified meter and A/C amp.
2
INFOID:0000000004250637
ECM function
Actuator
Cooling fan control
Air conditioner ON signal*2 A/C evaporator temperature*2 Target A/C evaporator temperature*2
IPDM E/R Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air conditioner ON signal, refrigerant pressure, target A/C evaporator temperature and A/C evaporator temperature. Cooling fan control signal is sent to IPDM E/R from ECM by CAN communication line. Then, IPDM E/R sends ON/OFF pulse duty signal to cooling fan control module. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module gives cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motors. Cooling fan speed is controlled by duty cycle of cooling fan motor operating voltage sent from cooling fan control module.
EC-74
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

INFOID:0000000004609730
EC
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
P
EC-75
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0840ZZ
EC-76
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

A
EC
E
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-77
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0850ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
JMBIA0851ZZ
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-78
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
JMBIA0844ZZ
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-79
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-80
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

A
EC
C
JMBIA1678ZZ
D
1. Snow mode switch
G
JMBIA0016ZZ
H
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
P
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-81
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN CONTROL

INFOID:0000000004250639
Component Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-277, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-490, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-520, "Description" Reference
EC-82
2009 G37 Coupe
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004250640

System Diagram
EC
F
JMBIA1530GB
System Description
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Battery Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel tank temperature sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. Input signal to ECM Engine speed*1 Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage*1 Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel temperature in fuel tank Pressure in purge line Vehicle speed*2 EVAP canister purge flow control ECM function
INFOID:0000000004250641
H
Actuator
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
EC-83
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > SYSTEM DESCRIPTION [VQ37VHR]
PBIB1631E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
JMBIA0859ZZ
EC-84
2009 G37 Coupe

1. Intake manifold collector : From next figure 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. solenoid valve EVAP service port
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
L
JMBIA0847ZZ
: Vehicle front 1. EVAP canister : To previous figure 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP control system pressure sensor
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
EC-85
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004609731
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
EC-86
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
I
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
M
JMBIA0840ZZ
N
EC-87
2009 G37 Coupe

PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-88
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
E
JMBIA0850ZZ
F
J
JMBIA0851ZZ
O
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-89
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA0843ZZ
1. 4. 7.
JMBIA0844ZZ
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-90
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-91
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA1678ZZ
1.
Snow mode switch
JMBIA0016ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3. 6.
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-92
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250643
Component A/F sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel tank temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor Throttle position sensor EC-205, "Description" EC-467, "Description" EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-297, "Description" EC-313, "Description" EC-248, "Description" EC-168, "Description" EC-194, "Description" Reference
EC
EC-93
2009 G37 Coupe
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004250644
JMBIA1532GB
System Description
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine oil temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. Input signal to ECM Engine speed and piston position Engine oil temperature Engine coolant temperature Vehicle speed* Intake valve timing control ECM function
INFOID:0000000004250645
Actuator
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA0060GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EC-94
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004609732
EC
K
JMBIA0837ZZ
L
P
EC-95
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
JMBIA0840ZZ
EC-96
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
E
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
M
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-97
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0850ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
JMBIA0851ZZ
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-98
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA0843ZZ
D
JMBIA0844ZZ
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-99
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-100
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
C
JMBIA1678ZZ
D
1. Snow mode switch
G
JMBIA0016ZZ
H
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
P
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-101
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250647
Component Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-277, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-191, "Description" EC-254, "Description" EC-165, "Description" Reference
EC-102
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
A
INFOID:0000000004250648
VVEL SYSTEM
System Diagram
EC
D
JMBIA1803GB
System Description
INFOID:0000000004250649
F
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Accelerator pedal position sensor VVEL control shaft position sensor Input signal to ECM Engine speed and piston position Accelerator pedal position Control shaft actual angle* VVEL control ECM function Actuator VVEL control module VVEL actuator sub assembly
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
I
JMBIA0739GB
1. 4. 7.
VVEL actuator motor Ball screw shaft Control shaft
2. 5. 8.
VVEL control shaft position sensor Rocker arm Eccentric cam
3. 6. 9.
Ball screw nut Link A Drive shaft
10. Valve lifter 13. Output cam
11. Intake valve
12. Link B
VVEL (Variable Valve Event & Lift) is a system that controls valve event and valve lift continuously. Rotational movement of the drive shaft equipped with eccentric cam is transmitted to output cam via the rocker arm and two kinds of links to depress the intake valve. ECM decides the target valve lift according to the driving condition and sends the command signal to the VVEL control module. The VVEL control module controls the rotation of the control shaft using the VVEL actuator motor and changes the movement of the output cam by shifting the link supporting point. As a result, valve lift changes continuously to improve engine output and response.
EC-103
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000004609733
JMBIA0837ZZ
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
EC-104
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
JMBIA0838ZZ
1.
2.
I
JMBIA0839ZZ
1.
2.
M
JMBIA0840ZZ
N
EC-105
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
JMBIA0841ZZ
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-106
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
E
JMBIA0850ZZ
F
J
JMBIA0851ZZ
O
JMBIA0842ZZ
1. 4.
2.
3.
EC-107
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
JMBIA0843ZZ
1. 4. 7.
JMBIA0844ZZ
JMBIA0013ZZ
1.
IPDM E/R
2.
3.
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-108
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
JMBIA0845ZZ
JMBIA0019ZZ
JMBIA0015ZZ
1.
2.
ECM
EC-109
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
JMBIA1678ZZ
1.
Snow mode switch
JMBIA0016ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3. 6.
JMBIA0017ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. 4.
Stop lamp switch
2.
Brake pedal
EC-110
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000004250651
Component Accelerator pedal position sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL control module VVEL control shaft position sensor EC-467, "Description" EC-273, "Description" EC-384, "Description" EC-388, "Description" EC-457, "Description" EC-380, "Description" Reference
EC
EC-111
2009 G37 Coupe
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


Diagnosis Description
INTRODUCTION
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Freeze Frame data System Readiness Test (SRT) code 1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) 1st Trip Freeze Frame data Test values and Test limits Calibration ID Diagnostic service Service $03 of SAE J1979 Service $02 of SAE J1979 Service $01 of SAE J1979 Service $07 of SAE J1979 Service $06 of SAE J1979 Service $09 of SAE J1979
: Applicable
INFOID:0000000004250652
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Not applicable
DTC CONSULT-III GST ECM
1st trip DTC *
Freeze Frame data
1st trip Freeze Frame data
SRT code
SRT status
Test value
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-560, "Fail safe".)
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
: Applicable : Not applicable
MIL Items 1st trip Blinking Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 - P0306 is being detected Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 - P0306 is being detected One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".) Except above Illuminated 2nd trip Blinking Illuminated
DTC 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying
1st trip DTC 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

DTC and 1st Trip DTC
EC-112
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC A will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required EC driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other words, the DTC is saved in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is saved and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st C and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in HOW TO D ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION. For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS. These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compoE nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. F When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-9, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, G the item requires repair.
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is saved in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority 1 2 3 Freeze frame data Items Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0306 Fuel Injection System Function DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items) 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in HOW TO ERASE EMISSIONRELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III With GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
EC-113
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) No Tools The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-564), skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Select ENGINE with CONSULT-III. 3. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS. 4. Touch ERASE. (DTC in ECM will be erased.) With GST NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). No Tools NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to CMPLT. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate CMPLT for each application system. Once set as CMPLT, the SRT status remains CMPLT until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items. NOTE:
EC-114
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. A If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates INCMP for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. EC NOTE: If MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. C
SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT. D
SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) CATALYST EVAP SYSTEM Performance Priority* 2 2 1 2 HO2S 2 Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT Three way catalyst function EVAP control system purge flow monitoring EVAP control system EVAP control system Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Corresponding DTC No. P0420, P0430 P0441 P0442 P0456 P0133, P0153 P0137, P0157 P0138, P0158 P0139, P0159
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing SRT is set as CMPLT after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below.
Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Diagnosis P0400 P0402 P1402 SRT of EGR Case 2 P0400 P0402 P1402 SRT of EGR NG exists Case 3 P0400 P0402 P1402 (1st trip) DTC SRT of EGR OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. : Self-diagnosis is not carried out. ON OK (1) OK (1) OK (1) CMPLT OK (1) (0) OK (1) INCMP OK NG Ignition cycle OFF ON OFF ON OFF (1) (1) OK (2) CMPLT (1) (0) OK (2) INCMP OK OK (2) (1) (2) CMPLT (1) OK (1) (2) CMPLT NG ON (2) OK (2) (2) CMPLT (1) (1) (2) CMPLT NG (Consecutive NG) DTC (= MIL ON) CMPLT
1st trip DTC INCMP
INCMP
1st trip DTC INCMP
EC-115
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate CMPLT. Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is the number one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. When, During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT and the selfdiagnosis memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP. NOTE: SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC-116
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
L
JMBIA1574GB
How to Display SRT Status WITH CONSULT-III Selecting SRT STATUS in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set, CMPLT is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, INCMP is displayed. NOTE: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, HO2S HTR is not SRT item. WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously.
EC-117
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds. [VQ37VHR]
JMBIA1515GB
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)

Description The MIL is located on the combination meter. 1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not illuminate, chekc MIL circuit. Refer to EC512, "Component Function Check". 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains illuminating, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
On Board Diagnostic System Function The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
EC-118
2009 G37 Coupe

Diagnostic Test Mode Mode I KEY and ENG. Status Ignition switch in ON position Function BULB CHECK Explanation of Function This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not illuminate, check MIL circuit.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Engine stopped
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION WARNING When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illuminate to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) One trip detection diagnoses This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
Mode II
Ignition switch in ON position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Engine stopped
I Diagnostic Test Mode I Bulb Check In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC512, "Component Function Check". Diagnostic Test Mode I Malfunction Warning
MIL ON OFF When the malfunction is detected. No malfunction. Condition
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
Diagnostic Test Mode II Self-diagnostic Results In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
EC-119
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number Flashes 0 10 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A 11 B 12 C 13 D 14 E 15 F 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-564, "DTC Index")
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode NOTE: It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. ECM always returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after the ignition switch is turned OFF. HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. NOTE: Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
EC-120
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > 4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). NOTE: Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
D
PBIB0092E
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. 3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be cleared from the backup memory within 24 hours. Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART

Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will illuminate. The MIL will turn off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. A drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. Summary Chart
Items MIL (turns off) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) Fuel Injection System 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 1 (pattern C), *1 *1, *2 Misfire 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 1 (pattern C), *1 *1, *2 Other 3 (pattern B) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern B) 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM. For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM. *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>,
EC-121
2009 G37 Coupe

Fuel Injection System
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for freeze frame data will be cleared at the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the will not be displayed any longer after the moment OK is detected. 1st trip freeze frame data will be vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) stored in ECM. without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>, Fuel Injection System <Driving Pattern B> Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following:
EC-122
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. A The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART) <Driving Pattern C> EC Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following: The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) 375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (10.1) [%] C Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F). When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or equal to D 70C (158F). Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following: E Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F) To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C (158F) F The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction. The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is G stored in ECM.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>, Fuel Injection System H
EC-123
2009 G37 Coupe

JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate.
*2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM.
EC-124
2009 G37 Coupe

*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared.
[VQ37VHR]
*5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehithe first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
EC
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>, Fuel Injection System <Driving Pattern A> D
JMBIA1920GB
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. <Driving Pattern B> Driving pattern B means operating vehicle as per the following: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function
FUNCTION
INFOID:0000000004250653
M
Diagnostic test mode Work support Self-diagnostic results Data monitor CAN diagnostic support monitor Active test DTC & SRT confirmation Function test ECU part number Diagnostic trouble codes Function This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III unit. Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed. This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle requires periodic maintenance. ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
EC-125
2009 G37 Coupe

1st trip diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data 1st trip freeze frame data System readiness test (SRT) codes Test values
[VQ37VHR]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Item WORK SUPPORT FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION ACTIVE TEST SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT
DTC*1
DATA MONITOR
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Vehicle speed signal Accelerator pedal position sensor Throttle position sensor Fuel tank temperature sensor ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS EVAP control system pressure sensor Intake air temperature sensor Knock sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor INPUT Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) Air conditioner switch Park/neutral position (PNP) signal Stop lamp switch Power steering pressure sensor Battery voltage Load signal Fuel level sensor Battery current sensor ICC steering switch ASCD steering switch ICC brake switch ASCD brake switch VVEL control shaft position sensor Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Brake booster pressure sensor
EC-126
2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Item WORK SUPPORT FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION ACTIVE TEST SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT
[VQ37VHR]
A
DTC*1
DATA MONITOR
EC
Fuel injector Power transistor (Ignition timing) Throttle control motor relay ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Throttle control motor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Air conditioner relay Fuel pump relay OUTPUT Cooling fan control module Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EVAP canister vent control valve Intake valve timing control solenoid valve VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL actuator motor Alternator Calculated load value : Applicable *1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
E
*
3
F
*3
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description". *3: Always CMPLT is displayed.
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item L
EC-127
2009 G37 Coupe

WORK ITEM IDLE AIR VOL LEARN CONDITION THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. IGN SW ON ENGINE NOT RUNNING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0C (32F). NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0C (32F). WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY, EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY. FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. IDLE CONDITION IDLE CONDITION IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. USE THIS ITEM ONLY WHEN REPLACING VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY. IGNITION ON AND ENGINE STOPPED.
[VQ37VHR]
USAGE When learning the idle air volume
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
When detecting EVAP vapor leak in the EVAP system
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line When clearing mixture ratio selflearning value When setting target idle speed When adjusting target ignition timing When registering VIN in ECM When adjusting VVEL control shaft position sensor
SELF-LEARNING CONT TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* VIN REGISTRATION VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".) Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] CAL/LD VALUE [%] COOLANT TEMP [C] or [F] L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] Description The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index".) The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Long-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. Short-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule.
EC-128
2009 G37 Coupe

Freeze frame data item* ENGINE SPEED [rpm] VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] ABSOL THP/S [%] B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] INT/A TEMP SE [C] or [F] FUEL SYS-B1 Description The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. One of the following mode is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
FUEL SYS-B2
INT MANI PRES [kPa] COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
: Applicable
Monitored item
Unit
Description Indicates the engine speed computed from the signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
Remarks Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. When engine is running, specification range is indicated in SPEC. When engine is running, specification range is indicated in SPEC. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control. When engine is running, specification range is indicated in SPEC. When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.
ENG SPEED
rpm
MAS A/F SE-B1 MAS A/F SE-B2 V The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
B/FUEL SCHDL A/F ALPHA-B1
msec
A/F ALPHA-B2
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
COOLAN TEMP/S
C or F
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed. The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large.
A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B2) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
RICH/LEAN
When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.
EC-129
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitored item VHCL SPEED SE BATTERY VOLT ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 FUEL T/TMP SE V V Unit km/h or mph V Description The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed. The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed. The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed. Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal. [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal voltage of the power steering pressure sensor signal) is indicated. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. Always a certain value is displayed. This item is not efficient for CV36 models. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width When the engine is stopped, a certain compensated by ECM according to the input sigcomputed value is indicated. nals. Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. Calculated load value indicates the value of the current air flow divided by peak air flow. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. Remarks
[VQ37VHR]
C or F
INT/A TEMP SE
C or F
EVAP SYS PRES FUEL LEVEL SE
V V
START SIGNAL
ON/OFF
CLSD THL POS
ON/OFF
AIR COND SIG
ON/OFF
P/N POSI SW
ON/OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
ON/OFF
LOAD SIGNAL
ON/OFF
IGNITION SW HEATER FAN SW BOOST VCUM SW BRAKE SW INJ PULSE-B1 INJ PULSE-B2 IGN TIMING CAL/LD VALUE
ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF
msec
BTDC %
EC-130
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitored item MASS AIRFLOW Unit gm/s Description Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. The opening becomes larger as the value increases. Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft advance angle. The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases. The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the engine speed computed from the input speed sensor signal. The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from snow mode switch signal. The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is displayed. Distance traveled while MIL is activated. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. TP SEN 2-B2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. Remarks
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
PURG VOL C/V
INT/V TIM (B1) INT/V TIM (B2) INT/V SOL (B1) INT/V SOL (B2) TP SEN 1-B2 TP SEN 2-B2 AIR COND RLY
CA
ON/OFF
FUEL PUMP RLY
ON/OFF
VENT CONT/V
ON/OFF
THRTL RELAY HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B2) I/P PULLY SPD VEHICLE SPEED
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
rpm km/h or mph
IDL A/V LEARN
YET/CMPLT
SNOW MODE SW
ON/OFF
ENG OIL TEMP TRVL AFTER MIL A/F S1 HTR (B1) A/F S1 HTR (B2) AC PRESS SEN
C or F km or mile
EC-131
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitored item VHCL SPEED SE Unit km/h or mph Description The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from DISTANCE switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. The signal voltage of battery current sensor is displayed. The control condition of the power generation voltage variable control (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Power generation voltage variable control is active. OFF: Power generation voltage variable control is inactive. Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal. Indicates a command value for cooling fan. The value is calculated by ECM based on input signals. Indicates A/C evaporator temperature sent from unified meter and A/C amp.. Indicates target A/C evaporator temperature sent from unified meter and A/C amp.. Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM based on the battery current sensor signal. Always a certain value is displayed. This item is not efficient for CV36 models. Always a certain value is displayed. This item is not efficient for CV36 models. Remarks
[VQ37VHR]
MAIN SW CANCEL SW RESUME/ACC SW SET SW BRAKE SW1 BRAKE SW2 DIST SW
ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF
CRUISE LAMP
ON/OFF
BAT CUR SEN
mV
ALT DUTY SIG
ON/OFF
A/F ADJ-B1 A/F ADJ-B2
FAN DUTY
AC EVA TEMP AC EVA TARGET
C or F C or F
ALTDUTY
ATOM PRES SEN BRAKE BST PRES SE VVEL SEN LEARNB1 VVEL SEN LEARNB2
mV mV
Indicates the VVEL learning value.
EC-132
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitored item VVEL POSITION SEN-B1 VVEL POSITION SEN-B2 VVEL TIM-B1 VVEL TIM-B2 Unit Description The VVEL control shaft position sensor signal voltage is displayed. Remarks
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
deg Indicates [deg] of VVEL control shaft angle.
C
YET/DONE Display the condition of VVEL learning YET: VVEL learning has not been performed yet. DONE: VVEL learning has already been performed successfully.
VVEL LEARN
NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
F
TEST ITEM CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF with the CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
VENT CONTROL/V
Solenoid valve makes an operating sound.
Harness and connectors Solenoid valve
ENG COOLANT TEMP
If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.
Harness and connectors Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injector Harness and connectors Fuel injector Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
FUEL INJECTION FUEL/T TEMP SEN
Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Turn the fuel pump relay ON and OFF using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Timing light: Set Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. Ignition switch: ON Change duty ratio using CONSULT-III.
K
Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. Harness and connectors Solenoid valve
PURG VOL CONT/V
M
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. Harness and connectors Fuel pump relay
FUEL PUMP RELAY
N
IGNITION TIMING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
FAN DUTY CONTROL*
Cooling fan speed changes.
Harness and connectors Cooling fan motor Cooling fan relay Cooling fan control module IPDM E/R
EC-133
2009 G37 Coupe

TEST ITEM ALTERNATOR DUTY CONDITION Engine: Idle Change duty ratio using CONSULT-III. Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. A/C switch OFF Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Cut off each injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-III. JUDGEMENT Battery voltage changes.
[VQ37VHR]
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) Harness and connectors IPDM E/R Alternator Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil
POWER BALANCE
Engine runs rough or dies.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description". SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode Test item EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* PURG VOL CN/V P1444 PURG FLOW P0441 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 A/F SEN1 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 HO2S2 (B2) P1166 HO2S2 (B2) P1167 HO2S2 (B2) P0159 Corresponding DTC No. P0442 P0455 P0456 P0443 P0441 P0133 P0130 P0153 P0150 P0138 P0137 P0139 P0158 P0157 P0159 Reference page EC-291 EC-327 EC-333 EC-297 EC-286 EC-215 EC-205 EC-215 EC-205 EC-226 EC-220 EC-234 EC-226 EC-220 EC-234
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to CV36 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.
Diagnosis Tool Function

DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has several functions explained below. ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
INFOID:0000000004250654
SEF139P
EC-134
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > FUNCTION
Diagnostic Service Service $01 Service $02 Service $03 READINESS TESTS (FREEZE DATA) DTCs Function This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function. Low ambient temperature Low battery voltage Engine running Ignition switch OFF Low fuel temperature Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Service $04
CLEAR DIAG INFO
Service $06
(ON BOARD TESTS)
Service $07
(ON BOARD TESTS)
Service $08
Service $09
(CALIBRATION ID)
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect GST to data link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel near the hood opener handle.
JMBIA0055ZZ
EC-135
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) [VQ37VHR]
SEF398S
5.
Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker.
SEF416S
EC-136
2009 G37 Coupe
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ37VHR]
A
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
Description
INFOID:0000000004250655
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
INFOID:0000000004250656
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. TESTING CONDITION Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F) Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F) Transmission: Warmed-up - For A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until ATF TEMP 1 (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). - For M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive for 5 minutes. Electrical load: Not applied - Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. Engine speed: Idle >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE

With CONSULT-III NOTE: Perform SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-137
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250657
Diagnosis Procedure
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA1468GB
EC-138
2009 G37 Coupe

A
EC
O
JMBIA0056GB
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-137, "Component Function Check". Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
EC-139
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Check A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 17. NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2. NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL

Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.

Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.

Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6. 1. 2. 3. 4.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL

1. 2. Stop the engine. Change engine oil. NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving conditions. >> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-614, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly and then GO TO 8. NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.

Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly and then GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.

EC-140
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine. 2. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that A each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END EC NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode. 2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 10.
C D

Check the following bellow. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-507, "Component Function Check".) Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-496, "Component Function Check".) Intake air leakage Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-23, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.

Start engine. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 12. 1. 2.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1. For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-205, "DTC Logic". For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-209, "DTC Logic". For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-212, "DTC Logic". For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-215, "DTC Logic". For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-480, "DTC Logic". Are any DTCs detected? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 15.
K
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

Perform Diagnosis Procedure according to corresponding DTC. >> GO TO 14.
N O

Start engine. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 15. 1. 2.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR

1. Stop the engine.
EC-141
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.

Start engine. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-602, "Symptom Table". 1. 2.

Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.

1. 2. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, AND B/FUEL SCHDL

Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, and B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> B/FUEL SCHDL is more, A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 are less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR

1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. >> GO TO 22.
EC-142
2009 G37 Coupe


1. 2.
A Start engine. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. EC Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". Then GO TO 29. C NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2

Select MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 24. NO >> More than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
D
24.REPLACE ECM
1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 29.

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element Uneven dirt in air cleaner element Improper specification in intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 27. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.

Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2

Select MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 28. NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.

Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct Looseness of oil filler cap Disconnection of oil level gauge Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
EC-143
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
[VQ37VHR]
29.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, AND B/FUEL SCHDL

Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, and B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-602, "Symptom Table".

Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and then make sure that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-602, "Symptom Table".
EC-144
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004460708

Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
EC
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM Connector F101 Terminal 8 123 M107 124 127 128 Ground Existed
Ground
Continuity
3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.

Check the following. Harness connectors F103, M116 Harness for open or short between ECM and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM + Connector F102 Terminal 53 Connector M107 Terminal 128 Battery voltage Voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 10 A fuse (No. 44) Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
EC-145
2009 G37 Coupe

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
[VQ37VHR]
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM Connector + Terminal 125 Terminal 128 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then dropto approximately 0 V. Voltage
M107
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 53
Ground Ground
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". >> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM Connector F101 Terminal 24 IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 69
Continuity Existed
EC-146
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. [VQ37VHR]
A

Check the following. Harness or connectors E3, F1 Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
12.CHECK 15 A FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 50) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15 A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
E
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM Connector M107 Terminal 125 IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 49
Continuity
I
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 14.

Check the following. Harness or connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-147
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004609926
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
INFOID:0000000004609927
Possible cause CAN communication line between TCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
U0101

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
Go to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
INFOID:0000000004609928
EC-148
2009 G37 Coupe
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004250659

Description
DTC Logic
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and VVEL control module are connected with two communication lines (CAN H line and CAN L line) and transmit/ receive data. ECM shares information and links with the VVEL control module during operation. C
INFOID:0000000004250660
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: If DTC U0113 or U1003 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition CAN communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) is not received VVEL control module and ECM for 2 seconds or more. CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) is not received between VVEL control module and ECM for 2 seconds or more. Possible cause
F
Harness or connectors (VVEL CAN communication line is open or shorted) ECM VVEL control module
U0113 Lost communication with VVEL control module U1003
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
M
INFOID:0000000004250661
1.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
ECM Connector F102 Terminal 54 55 VVEL control module Connector E15 Terminal 24 11
Continuity
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3.
EC-149
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 2. [VQ37VHR]

Check the following. Harness connector E3, F1 Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace.
4.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE

1. 2. Replace VVEL control module. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5.

1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-149, "DTC Logic". 5. Check DTC. Is the DTC U0113 or U1003 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> INSPECTION END Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
6.REPLACE ECM
1. 2.
EC-150
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004609929

Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004609930
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with Unified meter and A/C amp. DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) with Unified meter and A/C amp. for 2 seconds or more. Possible cause CAN communication line between Unified meter and A/C amp. and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
U0164

H I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004609931
EC-151
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004250662
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
INFOID:0000000004250663
Possible cause Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
U1001

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250664
EC-152
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250671

Description
DTC Logic
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and VVEL control module are connected with two communication lines (CAN H line and CAN L line) and transmit/ receive data. ECM shares information and links with the VVEL control module during operation. C
INFOID:0000000004250672
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: If DTC U1024 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition When VVEL control module cannot transmit/receive can communication signal from ECM. When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of VVEL control module. Possible cause Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) ECM VVEL control module
U1024
VVEL CAN communication
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.

Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000004250673
1.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
ECM Connector F102 Terminal 54 55 VVEL control module Connector E15 Terminal 24 11
Continuity
Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-153
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. Harness connector E3, F1 Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
>> Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
[VQ37VHR]



1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-153, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC U1024 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> INSPECTION END
6.REPLACE ECM
1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
EC-154
2009 G37 Coupe
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL

A
INFOID:0000000004250674

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-165, "DTC Logic". If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0524, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0524. Refer to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control performance (bank 1) Intake valve timing control performance (bank 2) There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. Detecting condition Possible cause Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft Timing chain installation Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
EC
P0011
P0021
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.
H I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph) 1,200 - 2,000 rpm More than 60C (140F) More than 7.3 msec D position (A/T) 5th position (M/T)
M
VHCL SPEED SE ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever
CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II

EC-155
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S Selector lever Driving location 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) More than 70C (158F) 1st or 2nd position Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.)
[VQ37VHR]
CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250675
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? YES >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-157, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

Check the following.
EC-156
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft front end Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft front end or replace camshaft. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0962ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Perform Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove. Refer to EM-104, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END
I
INFOID:0000000004250676
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
Terminals 1 and 2 1 or 2 and ground Resistance () 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20C (68F)] (Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II

1. 2. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal?
O
JMBIA0079ZZ
EC-157
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. [VQ37VHR]
EC-158
2009 G37 Coupe
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

A
INFOID:0000000004250677

Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Mass air flow sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Amount of intake air ECM function Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Actuator
EC
C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 1) control circuit low Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 1) control circuit high Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 2) control circuit low Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 2) control circuit high DTC detecting condition The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
INFOID:0000000004250678
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1 heater Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.) A/F sensor 1 heater Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1 heater Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.) A/F sensor 1 heater
P0031
P0032
P0051
P0052
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure". NG >> INSPECTION END
P
EC-159
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250679
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
A/F sensor 1 Bank 1 2 Connector F3 F20 Terminal 4 4
DTC P0031, P0032 P0051, P0052
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 15 A fuse (No. 46) Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 Bank 1 2 Connector F3 F20 Terminal 3 3 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 1 5
DTC P0031, P0032 P0051, P0052
Continuity
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION:
EC-160
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
EC

Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> Repair or replace.
D
INFOID:0000000004250680
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Terminal 3 and 4 3 and 1, 2 4 and 1, 2 Resistance () 1.8 - 2.44 [at 25C (77F)] (Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.

Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END
M J K
EC-161
2009 G37 Coupe
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor Input signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature Amount of intake air Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater ECM function Actuator
INFOID:0000000004250681
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Above 3,600 Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater OFF
ON
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1) control circuit low Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1) control circuit high Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2) control circuit low Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2) control circuit high DTC detecting condition The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
INFOID:0000000004250682
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037
P0038
P0057
P0058
1.PRECONDITIONING
EC-162
2009 G37 Coupe
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

A 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. C Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". D NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004250683
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
HO2S2 Bank 1 2 Connector F54 F53 Terminal 2 2
I
Ground Voltage
DTC P0037, P0038 P0057, P0058
Ground
Battery voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 15 A fuse (No. 46) Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L M
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 Bank 1 2 Connector F54 F53 Terminal 3 3 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 17 33
P
Continuity
DTC P0037, P0038 P0057, P0058
Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal?
EC-163
2009 G37 Coupe
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END

INFOID:0000000004250684
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal 2 and 3 1 and 2, 3, 4 4 and 1, 2, 3 Resistance () 3.4 - 4.4 [at 25C (77F)] (Continuity should not exist)

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END
EC-164
2009 G37 Coupe
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

A
INFOID:0000000004250685

Description
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position.
PBIB1842E
EC
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0075 P0081 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) circuit Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) circuit DTC detecting condition An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
INFOID:0000000004250686
F
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
N
INFOID:0000000004250687
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
IVT control solenoid valve Bank 1 2 Connector F28 F29 Terminal 2 2
DTC P0075 P0081
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage
EC-165
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. [VQ37VHR]

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IVT control solenoid valve Bank 1 2 Connector F28 F29 Terminal 1 1 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 18 29
DTC P0075 P0081
Continuity
Existed


INFOID:0000000004250688

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
EC-166
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0079ZZ
EC-167
2009 G37 Coupe
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR


Description
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J INFOID:0000000004250689
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004250690
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air leaks Mass air flow sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Intake air temperature sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air leaks Mass air flow sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Intake air temperature sensor
A)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition.
P0101
Mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit range/ performance B) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.
A)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition.
P010B
Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) circuit range/ performance B) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.
1.PRECONDITIONING
EC-168
2009 G37 Coupe

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A

1.
A Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. NOTE: If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) EC instead of running engine at idle speed. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. C Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. D NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR FUNCTION

Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure". 3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check the voltage of MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 with DATA MONITOR. 5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm. 6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2.
E
L
PBIB3457E
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
More than 1,400 rpm*1 More than 2,000 rpm*2 More than 2 V More than 2 V More than 2 V More than 2 V Suitable position Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. ENG SPEED TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 TP SEN 1-B2 TP SEN 2-B2 Selector lever Driving location
*1: ECM part number is follows. 23710 1ND4A 23710 1ND5A
EC-169
2009 G37 Coupe

23710 1ND6A 23710 1ND7A 23710 1ND8A 23710 1ND9A 23710 JU70A 23710 JU71A *2: ECM part number is follows. 23710 1ND4B 23710 1ND5B 23710 1ND6B 23710 1ND7B 23710 1ND8B 23710 1ND9B 23710 JU70B 23710 JU71B
[VQ37VHR]
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st rip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-170, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004250691

With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 4.
SEF534P
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250692
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-168, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2.
EC-170
2009 G37 Coupe

A

Check the following for connection. Air duct Vacuum hoses Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts.
EC

D
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor Bank 1 2 Connector F31 F42 Terminal 5 5
G
DTC P0101 P010B Ground Voltage
H
Ground Battery voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness connectors M116, F103 Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor Bank 1 2 Connector F31 F42 Terminal 4 4 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 68 94
DTC P0101 P010B
Continuity
Existed
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-171
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
DTC P0101 P010B
Continuity
Existed
8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

INFOID:0000000004460711
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
Monitor item Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 MAS A/F SE-B2 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Indication (V) Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-172
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
A
ECM Connector + Terminal Terminal Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 Condition Voltage (V)
EC
68
D
0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
F102
94
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II

1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC-173
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM Connector + Terminal Terminal Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Condition Voltage (V)
[VQ37VHR]
68
F102
94
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC-174
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM Connector + Terminal Terminal Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 Condition Voltage (V)
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
68
C
1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
F102
94
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
EC-175
2009 G37 Coupe
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR


Description
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J INFOID:0000000004250694
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit low input Mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit high input Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) circuit low input Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) circuit high input DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004250695
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air leaks Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air leaks Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor
P0102
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0103
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P010C
P010D
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Which DTC is detected? P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2. P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 AND P010C

1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 AND P010D-I

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Check DTC.
EC-176
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. [VQ37VHR]
A
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 AND P010D-II

1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250696
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2. P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.
E F

Check the following for connection. Air duct Vacuum hoses Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts.
G

4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor Bank 1 2 Connector F31 F42 Terminal 5 5
M
Ground Voltage
DTC P0102, P0103 P010C, P010D
Ground
Battery voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness connectors M116, F103 Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-177
2009 G37 Coupe

6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC P0102, P0103 P010C, P010D
Continuity
Existed
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor Bank 1 2 Connector F31 F42 Terminal 3 3 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 77 79 DTC P0102, P0103 P010C, P010D Continuity
Existed

Refer to EC-178, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

INFOID:0000000004460893
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
EC-178
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
A
1. 2. 3. 4.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
EC
C
Terminal Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
+ Terminal
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal]
68
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
E
1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2
F102
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal]
94
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm
G
1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
J K
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II

1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-179
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM Connector + Terminal Terminal Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Condition Voltage (V)
68
F102
94
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC-180
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM Connector + Terminal Terminal Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 Condition Voltage (V)
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
68
C
1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* Approx. 0.4 0.7 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.7 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
F102
94
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
EC-181
2009 G37 Coupe
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


Description
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is placed at intake manifold collector. It detects intake manifold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
INFOID:0000000004250698
JMBIA0877ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P010A is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
INFOID:0000000004250699
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
P010A
Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250700

2.CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
EC-182
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between MAP sensor harness connector and ground.
MAP sensor Connector F50 Terminal 1
[VQ37VHR]
A
Ground Ground
Voltage (V) Approx. 5
EC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between MAP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAP sensor Connector F50 Terminal 3 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 96
Continuity Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MAP SENSOR INTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAP sensor Connector F50 Terminal 2 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 38 Continuity
J
Existed
5.CHECK MAP SENSOR

Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace MAP sensor.

O
INFOID:0000000004250701
1.CHECK MAP SENSOR-I

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
EC-183
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM + Connector F101 Terminal 38 Connector F102 Terminal 96
[VQ37VHR]
5.
NOTE: To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine is stopped. Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric pressure and altitude. Measure the atmospheric pressure. NOTE: As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the pressure with the following chart.
Altitude (m) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 Compensated pressure (hPa) 0 -24 -47 -70 -92 -114 -168 -218
6.
Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.
Atmospheric pressure (hPa) 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 Voltage (V) 3.1 3.7 3.3 3.9 3.5 4.1 3.8 4.3 4.0 4.6 4.2 4.8
JMBIA0870GB
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
2.CHECK MAP SENSOR-II

1. 2. 3. Start engine and let it idle. Check intake manifold vacuum. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
4.
Confirm the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and at idling is within the values shown in the following chart.
EC-184
2009 G37 Coupe

Intake manifold vacuum -40kPa (-300mmHg) -53.3kPa (-400mmHg) -66.7kPa (-500mmHg) -80kPa (-600mmHg) Voltage difference (V) 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.6 2.6 3.2 3.2 3.8
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
EC-185
2009 G37 Coupe
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


Description
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
INFOID:0000000004250702
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature [C (F)] 25 (77) 80 (176) Voltage* (V) 3.3 1.2 Resistance (k) 1.800 - 2.200 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 67 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 68 (Sensor ground).
SEF012P
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0112 P0113 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
INFOID:0000000004250703
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air temperature sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-186
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250704
Diagnosis Procedure

EC
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor (bank 1) Connector F31 Terminal 2
E
Ground Ground Voltage (V) Approx. 5
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor (bank 1) Connector F31 Terminal 1 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 68
Continuity
J
Existed

Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).

INFOID:0000000004250705

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) terminals as follows.
EC-187
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [C (F)] 25 (77) Resistance (k) 1.800 - 2.200
[VQ37VHR]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
EC-188
2009 G37 Coupe
P0116 ECT SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004609922
P0116 ECT SENSOR

Description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
SEF594K
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature [C (F)] 10 (14) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Voltage* (V) 4.4 3.5 2.2 0.9 Resistance (k) 7.0 - 11.4 2.37 - 2.63 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 71 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
I
INFOID:0000000004609923
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118. Refer to EC-191, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition. Possible cause Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit) Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0116
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TEST CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. >> GO TO 2.
N O

1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine.
EC-189
2009 G37 Coupe
P0116 ECT SENSOR

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) terminals 4 and 5. 5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) terminals 4 and 5 becomes 0.5 k higher than the value measured before soaking. CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking. NOTE: Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. 6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004609924
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

INFOID:0000000004609925

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals Condition 20 (68) 1 and 2 Temperature [C (F)] 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance (k) 2.37 - 2.63 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
JMBIA0080ZZ
EC-190
2009 G37 Coupe
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250706

Description
EC
SEF594K
<Reference data>
F
SEF012P
I
INFOID:0000000004250707
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input DTC Detecting Condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause
K
Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0117
P0118
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following proceudre before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. >> GO TO 2.
N O

EC-191
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250708
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
ECT sensor Connector F17 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Harness connectors F106, F107 Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECT sensor Connector F17 Terminal 2 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 84
Continuity Existed

Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC-192
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250709

Condition 20 (68) 1 and 2 Temperature C (F) 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance (k) 2.37 - 2.63 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
EC
Terminals
E
JMBIA0080ZZ
EC-193
2009 G37 Coupe
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004250710
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250711
NOTE: If DTC P0122, P0123, P0227 or P0228 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0122 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit low input Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit high input Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit low input Throttle position sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause
P0123
P0227
Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2)
P0228
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-194
2009 G37 Coupe
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

INFOID:0000000004250712
Diagnosis Procedure

EC
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
Electric throttle control actuator Bank 1 2 Connector F6 F27 Terminal 6 1
E
DTC P0122, P0123 P0227, P0228 Ground Voltage (V)
F
Ground Approx. 5
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Electric throttle control actuator Bank 1 2 Connector F6 F27 Terminal 3 4 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 40 48
DTC P0122, P0123 P0227, P0228
Continuity
Existed
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
DTC P0122, P0123 P0227, P0228 Electric throttle control actuator Bank 1 2 Connector F6 F27 Terminal 5 3 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 34 35 Continuity
O
Existed
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
EC-195
2009 G37 Coupe
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. 2. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-196, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END

INFOID:0000000004250713

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM Connector + Terminal 30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] Terminal 40 Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Accelerator pedal 34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)] 40 Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Condition Voltage (V)
31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)] F101
48
35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)]
48

Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004250714

Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2.

EC-196
2009 G37 Coupe
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
EC
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC-197
2009 G37 Coupe
P0125 ECT SENSOR

P0125 ECT SENSOR

Description
INFOID:0000000004250715
SEF594K
<Reference data>
SEF012P
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250716
NOTE: If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-191, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control DTC detecting condition Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. Possible cause Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) Engine coolant temperature sensor Thermostat
P0125
1.PRECONDITIONING
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S is above 10C (50F). Is the temperature above 10C (50F)?
EC-198
2009 G37 Coupe
P0125 ECT SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. [VQ37VHR]
A

1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. If COOLAN TEMP/S increases to more than 10C (50F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because EC the test result will be OK. CAUTION: Be careful not to overheat engine. C 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? D YES >> EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004250717
Diagnosis Procedure

F

H
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION

When the engine is cold [lower than 70C (158F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Removal and Installation".
J

L M
INFOID:0000000004250718

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC-199
2009 G37 Coupe
P0125 ECT SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
[VQ37VHR]
JMBIA0080ZZ
EC-200
2009 G37 Coupe
P0127 IAT SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250719
P0127 IAT SENSOR

Description
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature [C (F)] 25 (77) 80 (176) Voltage* (V) 3.3 1.2 Resistance (k) 1.800 - 2.200 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 67 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 68 (Sensor ground).
SEF012P
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0127 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor.
I
INFOID:0000000004250720
J
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Intake air temperature sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. >> GO TO 2.
M

1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90C (194F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90C (194F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine.
EC-201
2009 G37 Coupe
P0127 IAT SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90C (194F). 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Start engine. 5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250721


Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).

INFOID:0000000004250722

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) terminals as follows.
Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [C (F)] 25 (77) Resistance (k) 1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1) (with intake air temperature sensor).
EC-202
2009 G37 Coupe
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION

A
INFOID:0000000004250723

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, first perform the trouble diagnosis for P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306. Refer to EC-264. Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. Possible cause Thermostat Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat Engine coolant temperature sensor
EC
P0128
Thermostat function
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For best results, perform at ambient temperature of 10C (14F) or higher. For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10C (14F) to 56C (133F). Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. >> GO TO 2.
G H

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn A/C switch OFF. Turn blower fan switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check the indication of COOLAN TEMP/S. If it is below 56C (133F), go to the next steps. If it is above 56C (133F), cool engine down to less than 56C (133F). Then go to next step. Start engine. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following condition.
More than 50 km/h (35 mph)
VHCL SPEED SE
If COOLAN TEMP/S increases to more than 75C (167F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at safe speed. 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250724

EC-203
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. [VQ37VHR]
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace thermostat.
INFOID:0000000004250725

Condition 20 (68) 1 and 2 Temperature [C (F)] 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance (k) 2.37 - 2.63 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
Terminals
JMBIA0080ZZ
EC-204
2009 G37 Coupe
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

A
INFOID:0000000004250726

Description
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
EC
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800C (1,472F).
H
PBIB3354E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250727
To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) DTC detecting condition The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other than approx. 2.2 V. The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other than approx. 2.2 V. The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1 Possible Cause
P0130
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit
B)
P0150
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit
A)
B)
1.PRECONDITIONING
EC-205
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) indication. Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I

1. 2. 3. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 (for DTC P0130) or A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 (for DTC P0150) of A/F SEN1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Touch START. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
1,100 - 3,200 rpm More than 64 km/h (40 mph) 1.0 - 8.0 msec D position (A/T) 5th position (M/T)
ENG SPEED VHCL SPEED SE B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever
If TESTING is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Is TESTING displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II

Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. Which does TESTING change to? COMPLETED>>GO TO 6. OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III

Touch SELF-DIAG RESULT. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-207, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal?
EC-206
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure". [VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004250728
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Shift the selector lever to D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 8. Restart engine. 9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. 11. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3.
EC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250729


1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
M
DTC P0130 P0150 Ground Voltage
N

EC-207
2009 G37 Coupe

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
A/F sensor 1 Bank 1 Connector F3 Terminal 1 2 1 2 F102 ECM Connector Terminal 57 61 65 66 Existed
DTC
Continuity
P0130
P0150
F20
4.
Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
A/F sensor 1 Bank 1 Connector F3 Terminal 1 2 1 2 Ground Not existed
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0130
P0150
F20
DTC
ECM Bank 1 F102 Connector Terminal 57 61 65 66
Ground
Continuity
P0130
Ground
Not existed
P0150
5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace.

Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END
EC-208
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250730

Description
JMBIA0112GB
EC
H
PBIB3354E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250731
To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC No. P0131 P0151 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit low voltage Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) indication. Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
EC-209
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. [VQ37VHR]

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
1,000 - 3,200 rpm More than 40 km/h (25 mph) 1.5 - 9.0 msec Suitable position
NOTE: Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising. If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 1. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004460712


DTC P0130 P0150
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 15 A fuse (No. 46) Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
EC-210
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
DTC
Continuity
P0130
P0150
F20
4.
F
Ground Continuity
DTC
P0130
P0150
F20
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0130
J
Ground Not existed
P0150


O P
EC-211
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
JMBIA0112GB INFOID:0000000004250733
PBIB3354E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250734
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No. P0132 P0152 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit high voltage Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) indication. Is the indication constantly approx. 5V?
EC-212
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Go to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. [VQ37VHR]
A

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
1,000 - 3,200 rpm More than 40 km/h (25 mph) 1.5 - 9.0 msec Suitable position
EC
NOTE: Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising. If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 1. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004460713

J

M
DTC P0130 P0150 Ground Voltage
N

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 15 A fuse (No. 46) Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
EC-213
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
DTC
Continuity
P0130
P0150
F20
4.
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0130
P0150
F20
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0130
Ground
Not existed
P0150


EC-214
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250736

Description
JMBIA0112GB
EC
H
PBIB3354E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250737
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No. P0133 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit slow response The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks Exhaust gas leaks PCV Mass air flow sensor
P0153
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit slow response
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. Do you have CONSULT-III?
P
EC-215
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. [VQ37VHR]

With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279 (for DTC P0133) or A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289 (for DTC P0153) of A/F SEN1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. 8. Touch START. Is COMPLETED displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 3 NO >> GO TO 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Touch SELF-DIAG RESULT. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".

1. After perform the following procedure, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds. If TESTING is not displayed after 10 seconds, go to EC-137, "Component Function Check". 2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that TESTING is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Make sure that TESTING changes to COMPLETED. If TESTING changed to OUT OF CONDITION, go to EC-137, "Component Function Check". 4. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULT. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Calculate the total value of Short term fuel trim and Long term fuel trim indications. Is the total percentage within 15%? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.

Check the following. Intake air leaks Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Fuel injector Incorrect PCV hose connection PCV valve Mass air flow sensor
EC-216
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. [VQ37VHR]
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. C 7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute. 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? D YES >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004250738

F G
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
J
M
PBIB1922E
Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 5.
O P
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
EC-217
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic" or EC-244, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 6.

DTC P0133 P0153
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage

DTC
Continuity
P0133
P0153
F20
4.
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0133
P0153
F20
EC-218
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM Bank 1 F102 P0153 2 Connector Terminal 57 61 65 66 Ground Not existed
[VQ37VHR]
A
Ground Continuity
DTC
P0133
EC
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER


Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2). Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-518, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.


Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END
P M N
EC-219
2009 G37 Coupe
P0137, P0157 HO2S2

P0137, P0157 HO2S2

Description
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.
SEF327R INFOID:0000000004250739
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
INFOID:0000000004250740
SEF259VA
DTC No. P0137
Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit low voltage Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit low voltage
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks
The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified voltage.
P0157
1.INSPECTION START
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F). >> GO TO 3.
EC-220
2009 G37 Coupe
P0137, P0157 HO2S2

A With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. EC 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C 7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 8. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches 70C (158F). D 9. Open engine hood. 10. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1147 (for DTC P0137) or HO2S2 (B2) P1167 (for DTC P0157) of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. E 11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until COMPLETED is displayed. 12. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. F Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure". G CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. >> GO TO 3.
H I

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-221, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
INFOID:0000000004460714
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0137 P0157
F102
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-221
2009 G37 Coupe
P0137, P0157 HO2S2

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0137 P0157
F102
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0137 P0157
F102
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250742


1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 Bank 1 2 Connector F54 F53 Terminal 1 1 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 84
DTC P0137 P0157
Continuity
Existed
EC-222
2009 G37 Coupe
P0137, P0157 HO2S2

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
A
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC P0137 P0157 HO2S2 Bank 1 2 Connector F54 F53 Terminal 4 4 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 76 80 Continuity
EC
D
Existed
2.
Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness conector and ground.
DTC P0137 P0157
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed
DTC P0137 P0157
ECM Bank 1 2 Connector F102 Terminal 76 80
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2



EC-223
2009 G37 Coupe
P0137, P0157 HO2S2

INFOID:0000000004460715
1.INSPECTION START

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. 7. Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
PBIB3458E
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.68 V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.18 V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I

ECM Connector + Terminal 76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)] 80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)] Terminal The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
F102
84
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II

EC-224
2009 G37 Coupe
P0137, P0157 HO2S2

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
F102
84
Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III

F102
84
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T)

N K
EC-225
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

P0138, P0158 HO2S2

Description
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.
SEF327R INFOID:0000000004250744
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250745
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. MALFUNCTION A To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
PBIB2376E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name A)
DTC detecting condition An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector
P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit high voltage
B)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.
EC-226
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) P0158 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
[VQ37VHR]
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector
EC
B)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procudure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 6. Let engine idle for 2 minuites. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.

NOTE: For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 C (32 to 86 F). 1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 8. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches 70C (158F). 9. Open engine hood. 10. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1146 (for DTC P0138) or HO2S2 (B2) P1166 (for DTC P0158) of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. 11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until COMPLETED is displayed. 12. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
K L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
EC-227
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
[VQ37VHR]

INFOID:0000000004460716

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0138 P0158
F102

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0138 P0158
F102

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0138 P0158
F102
EC-228
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". [VQ37VHR]
A
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250747
EC
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-226, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 2 B >> GO TO 9.
C


1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
DTC P0138 P0158 Continuity
I
Existed

M
Existed
2.
Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
O
Ground Continuity
DTC P0138 P0158
Ground
Not existed
DTC P0138 P0158
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed
EC-229
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.





1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-244, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 11.

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-230
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

[VQ37VHR]
A
Continuity
DTC P0138 P0158
Existed
EC

Existed
2.
Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S2 Bank 1 2 Connector F54 F53 Terminal 4 4 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 76 80
DTC P0138 P0158
Ground
Continuity
H
Ground Not existed

Refer to EC-228, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 14.
K

M

INFOID:0000000004460717
1.INSPECTION START
EC-231
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. [VQ37VHR]

PBIB3458E

F102
84

EC-232
2009 G37 Coupe
P0138, P0158 HO2S2

[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
F102
84

F102
84

N K
EC-233
2009 G37 Coupe
P0139, P0159 HO2S2

P0139, P0159 HO2S2

Description
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconi a generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.
SEF327R INFOID:0000000004250749
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
INFOID:0000000004250750
SEF302U
DTC No. P0139
Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit slow response Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit slow response
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks
It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time.
P0159
1.INSPECTION START
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F). >> GO TO 3.
EC-234
2009 G37 Coupe
P0139, P0159 HO2S2

A With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. EC 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C 7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 8. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F). D 9. Open engine hood. 10. Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 or HO2S2 (B2) P0159 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. E 11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until COMPLETED is displayed. 12. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. F Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure". G CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. >> GO TO 3.
H I

J
INFOID:0000000004460718

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times A change of voltage should be more than 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0139 P0159
F102

EC-235
2009 G37 Coupe
P0139, P0159 HO2S2


ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes A change of voltage should be more than 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0139 P0159
F102

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 80 Terminal 84 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) A change of voltage should be more than 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure. Condition Voltage
P0139 P0159
F102
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250752


1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic" or EC-244, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3.

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-236
2009 G37 Coupe
P0139, P0159 HO2S2

[VQ37VHR]
A
Continuity
DTC P0139 P0159
Existed
EC

Existed
2.
Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC P0139 P0159
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed
DTC P0139 P0159
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed


O P

EC-237
2009 G37 Coupe
P0139, P0159 HO2S2

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004460719
1.INSPECTION START

PBIB3458E

F102
84

EC-238
2009 G37 Coupe
P0139, P0159 HO2S2

A

EC
F102
84

F102
84

O L M
EC-239
2009 G37 Coupe
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor A/F sensor 1 Input signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator Fuel injector
INFOID:0000000004250754
DTC No. P0171
Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too lean (bank 1)
Possible cause Intake air leaks A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection
P0174
Fuel injection system too lean (bank 2)
Fuel injection system does not operate properly. The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

1. 2. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC-240
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. [VQ37VHR]
A
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pdal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
EC
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
F
INFOID:0000000004250755

J
PBIB1922E

1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
Continuity
DTC
P0171
P0174
F20
EC-241
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and ground.
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0171
P0174
F20
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0171
Ground
Not existed
P0174

1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. NO >> Repair or replace.

With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

1. With CONSULT-III Start engine.
EC-242
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking sound should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1. For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 1. For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 2. Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
K
PBIB1726E

EC-243
2009 G37 Coupe


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor A/F sensor 1 Input signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator Fuel injector
INFOID:0000000004250756
DTC No. P0172 P0175
Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too rich (bank 1) Fuel injection system too rich (bank 2)
DTC detecting condition Fuel injection system does not operate properly. The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
Possible cause A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4)or more, hte control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.

1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5.
EC-244
2009 G37 Coupe

A

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
EC
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
E
INFOID:0000000004250757

I
PBIB1922E


A/F sensor 1 Bank 1 Connector F3 Terminal 1 2 1 2 F102 ECM Connector Terminal 57 61 65 66
DTC
Continuity
P0172
P
Existed
P0175
F20
5.
EC-245
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0172
P0175
F20
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P0172
Ground
Not existed
P0175

1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly.

With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle.
EC-246
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking sound should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
[VQ37VHR]
A
C
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUELINJECTOR
Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. 3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. 4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. 6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure fuel that does not drip from fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 1.

EC-247
2009 G37 Coupe
P0181 FTT SENSOR

P0181 FTT SENSOR

Description
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. <Reference data>
Fluid temperature [C (F)] 20 (68) 50 (122) Voltage* (V) 3.5 2.2 Resistance (k) 2.3 - 2.7 0.79 - 0.90
SEF012P INFOID:0000000004250758
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 128 (ECM ground).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
INFOID:0000000004250759
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0181
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

1. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR with CONSULT-III. 2. Check COOLAN TEMP/S value. COOLAN TEMP/S less than 60C (140F)? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.

1. 2. Cool engine down until COOLAN TEMP/S is less than 60C (140F). Wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-248
2009 G37 Coupe
P0181 FTT SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
A
Diagnosis Procedure
EC
INFOID:0000000004250760

2.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.

Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to MWI-53, "Component Function Check".
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector B22 Terminal 4
I

Check the following. Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
L
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M67 Terminal 58 Existed
Continuity
EC-249
2009 G37 Coupe
P0181 FTT SENSOR


Check the following. Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and unified meter and A/C amp. >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.

INFOID:0000000004250761

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Condition Temperature [C (F)] 20 (68) 50 (122) Resistance (k) 2.3 - 2.7 0.79 - 0.90
Terminals 4 and 5
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
JMBIA0167ZZ
EC-250
2009 G37 Coupe
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250762

Description
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. <Reference data>
Fluid temperature [C (F)] 20 (68) 50 (122) Voltage* (V) 3.5 2.2 Resistance (k) 2.3 - 2.7 0.79 - 0.90
SEF012P
EC
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 128 (ECM ground).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0182 P0183 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
INFOID:0000000004250763
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel tank temperature sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING

Diagnosis Procedure
O
INFOID:0000000004250764


EC-251
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to MWI-53, "Component Function Check". [VQ37VHR]
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
Ground Ground

Check the following. Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M67 Terminal 58 Existed
Continuity

Check the following. Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and unified meter and A/C amp. >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.

Refer to EC-253, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.

EC-252
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004250765
EC

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Condition Temperature [C (F)] 20 (68) 50 (122) Resistance (k) 2.3 - 2.7 0.79 - 0.90
Terminals 4 and 5
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
JMBIA0167ZZ
EC-253
2009 G37 Coupe
P0196 EOT SENSOR

P0196 EOT SENSOR

Description
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
INFOID:0000000004250766
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature [C (F)] 10 (14) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) 110 (230) Voltage* (V) 4.4 3.5 2.2 0.9 0.6 Resistance (k) 7.0 - 11.4 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 78 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250767
NOTE: If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or P0198. Refer to EC-257, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Engine oil temperature sensor range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Engine oil temperature sensor
P0196
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-254
2009 G37 Coupe
P0196 EOT SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC

1. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates above 80C (176F). If it is above 80C (176F), go to the following steps. If it is below 80C (176F), warm engine up until COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 80C (176F). Then perform the following steps. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. NOTE: Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 10. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check the following.
Below 40C (104F) Below 40C (104F) Within 6C (11F)
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
COOLAN TEMP/S INT/A TEMP SE Difference between COOLAN TEMP/S and INT/A TEMP SE
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps. If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the following steps. NOTE: Do not turn ignition switch OFF. If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery. 9. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250768

2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-256, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.

EC-255
2009 G37 Coupe
P0196 EOT SENSOR

INFOID:0000000004250769

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
JMBIA0080ZZ
EC-256
2009 G37 Coupe
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250770

Description
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
SEF594K
<Reference data>
F
Engine oil temperature [C (F)] 10 (14) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) 110 (230) Voltage* (V) 4.4 3.5 2.2 0.9 0.6 Resistance (k) 7.0 - 11.4 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 78 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
I
INFOID:0000000004250771
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low input Engine oil temperature sensor circuit high input DTC Detecting Condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause
P0197
P0198
Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Engine oil temperature sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
EC-257
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Go to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250772

2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
EOT sensor Connector F38 Terminal 1
Ground Ground
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor Connector F38 Terminal 2 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 84
Continuity Existed

Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.

INFOID:0000000004250773

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
EC-258
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals Condition 20 (68) 1 and 2 Temperature C (F)] 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance (k) 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0080ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.
EC-259
2009 G37 Coupe
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004250774
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250775
NOTE: If DTC P0222, P0223, P2132 or P2133 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0222 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit low input Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit high input Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit low input Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. Possible cause
P0223
P2132
Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1)
P2133
1.PRECONDITIONING

EC-260
2009 G37 Coupe
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

INFOID:0000000004250776
Diagnosis Procedure

EC
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

E
DTC P0222, P0223 P2132, P2133 Ground Voltage (V)
F
Ground Approx. 5
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
DTC P0222, P0223 P2132, P2133
Continuity
Existed
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
N
DTC P0222, P0223 P2132, P2133 Electric throttle control actuator Bank 1 2 Connector F6 F27 Terminal 4 2 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 30 31 Continuity
O
Existed

EC-261
2009 G37 Coupe
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR



INFOID:0000000004250777

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM Connector + Terminal 30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] 40 Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Accelerator pedal 34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)] 40 Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Condition Voltage (V)
48
48

INFOID:0000000004250778


EC-262
2009 G37 Coupe
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
EC
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC-263
2009 G37 Coupe
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Engine speed ECM function On board diagnosis of misfire
INFOID:0000000004250779
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain illuminating. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only illuminate when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
DTC No. P0300 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 Trouble diagnosis name Multiple cylinder misfires detected No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 5 cylinder misfire detected No. 6 cylinder misfire detected DTC detecting condition Multiple cylinders misfire. No. 1 cylinder misfires. No. 2 cylinder misfires. No. 3 cylinder misfires. No. 4 cylinder misfires. No. 5 cylinder misfires. No. 6 cylinder misfires. Possible cause Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Signal plate A/F sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC-264
2009 G37 Coupe
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE

A

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to the table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at the same time. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
Engine speed in the freeze frame data 400 rpm Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data 10 km/h (6 MPH) Base fuel schedule in the freeze frame data (1 0.1) When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F), T should be lower than 70 C (158 F). When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F), T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
EC
Engine speed Vehicle speed Base fuel schedule Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Around 1,000 rpm Around 2,000 rpm More than 3,000 rpm Time Approximately 10 minutes Approximately 5 minutes Approximately 3.5 minutes
5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000004250780
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

1. With CONSULT-III Start engine.
EC-265
2009 G37 Coupe
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 4. [VQ37VHR]
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I

1. 2. Start engine and let it idle. Listen to each fuel injector operation sound. Clicking sound should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. JMBIA0021ZZ 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6.
EC-266
2009 G37 Coupe
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. 2. 3.
A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and EC the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-17, "Inspection". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
G
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-17, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
L

1. 2. 3. Install all removed parts. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11.
N

Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-267
2009 G37 Coupe
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE


For procedure, refer to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed" and EC-619, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Follow the EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".

Continuity
F20
5.
A/F sensor 1
Bank 1
Connector F3
Terminal 1 2 1 2
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed
F20
ECM Bank 1 F102 2 Connector Terminal 57 61 65 66
Ground
Continuity
Ground
Not existed

Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1.

With CONSULT-III Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST
EC-268
2009 G37 Coupe
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-619, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". A Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or EC ground. Refer to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-602, "Symptom Table". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace.
C D
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description". >> GO TO 18.
E

EC-269
2009 G37 Coupe
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

Description
INFOID:0000000004250781
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Trouble diagnosis name Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit low input Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit high input Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit low input Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit high input DTC detected condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause
INFOID:0000000004250782
Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Knock sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250783

2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-270
2009 G37 Coupe
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

Knock sensor Bank 1 2 Connector F203 F202 Terminal 2 2 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 72
[VQ37VHR]
A
Continuity
DTC P0327, P0328 P0332, P0333
Existed
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors F9, F201 Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC P0327, P0328 P0332, P0333 Knock sensor Bank 1 2 Connector F203 F202 Terminal 1 1 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 73 69 Continuity
H
Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F9, F201 Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Refer to EC-271, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
M N

O
P
INFOID:0000000004250784
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the following. NOTE:
EC-271
2009 G37 Coupe
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
Terminals 1 and 2 Resistance (k) Approx. 532 - 588 [at 20C (68F)]
[VQ37VHR]
CAUTION: Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
EC-272
2009 G37 Coupe
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

A
INFOID:0000000004250785

Description
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
EC
JMBIA0062ZZ
H
JMBIA0001GB
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250786
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Accelerator pedal position sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Brake booster pressure sensor. Signal plate
P0335
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
P
EC-273
2009 G37 Coupe

>> GO TO 2.
[VQ37VHR]

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250787

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
CKP sensor (POS) Connector F2 Terminal 1
Ground Ground
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS) Connector F2 Terminal 1 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 46
Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Connector F101 Terminal 45 46 Name Brake booster pressure sensor CKP sensor (POS) Sensor Connector E48 F2 Terminal 1
EC-274
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM Connector Terminal 103 M107 107 APP sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Name Sensor Connector E112 B30 E77 Terminal 6 3 3
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".) Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR

G
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
I
8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
Continuity Existed
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Continuity Existed
EC-275
2009 G37 Coupe


11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace the signal plate.

INFOID:0000000004250788
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
JMBIA0063ZZ
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity) 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) 2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or [at 25C (77F)] Resistance ()
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC-276
2009 G37 Coupe
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

A
INFOID:0000000004250789

Description
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
EC
JMBIA0064ZZ
H
JMBIA0001GB
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
I
INFOID:0000000004250790
NOTE: If DTC P0340 or P0345 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is open or shorted.] Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) Camshaft (INT) Starter motor Starting system circuit Dead (Weak) battery Harness or connectors [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is open or shorted.] Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) Camshaft (INT) Starter motor Starting system circuit Dead (Weak) battery
P0340
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running. The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
P0345
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test.
EC-277
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 1.

1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250791
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to EC-9, "Work Flow".)

3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.
CMP sensor (PHASE) Bank 1 2 Connector F5 F18 Terminal 1 1
DTC P0340 P0345
Ground
Voltage (V)
Ground
Approx. 5
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-278
2009 G37 Coupe

CMP sensor (PHASE) Bank 1 2 Connector F5 F18 Terminal 2 2 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 96 92
[VQ37VHR]
A
Continuity
DTC P0340 P0345
Existed
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors F107, F106 Harness for open or short between CMP sensor (PHASE) and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
DTC P0340 P0345 CMP sensor (PHASE) Bank 1 2 Connector F5 F18 Terminal 3 3 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 59 63 Continuity
H
Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F107, F106 Harness for open or short between CMP sensor (PHASE) and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K

M N

Check the following. Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft front end or replace camshaft.
O
JMBIA0962ZZ
EC-279
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004250792
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity) 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) 2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or [at 25C (77F)] Resistance ()
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
EC-280
2009 G37 Coupe
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION

A
INFOID:0000000004250793

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst 1 with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst 1 malfunction is diagnosed.
EC
F
PBIB1923E
G
DTC No. P0420 Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold (bank 1) Catalyst system efficiency below threshold (bank 2) DTC detecting condition Possible cause Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing
P0430
Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity.
1.INSPECTION START
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. >> GO TO 3.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
P
EC-281
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 8. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches 70C (158F). 9. Open engine hood. 10. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. 11. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely. 12. Check the indication of CATALYST. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? CMPLT >> GO TO 6. INCMP >> GO TO 4.

1. 2. Wait 5 seconds at idle. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and maintain it until INCMP of CATALYST changes to CMPLT (It will take approximately 5 minutes). Does the indication change to CMPLT? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.

1. 2. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70C (158F). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. >> GO TO 3.

Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-282, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004460720

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Open engine hood. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
EC-282
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM DTC Connector + Terminal 76 [HO2S2 (bank 1)] 80 [HO2S2 (bank 2)] Terminal Condition Voltage
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more than 5 seconds. 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 0 - 0.3 0.6 - 1.0
P0420 F102 P0430
84
Diagnosis Procedure
E
INFOID:0000000004250795
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace.

1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 1.
K
PBIB1922E
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK


For procedure, refer to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-619, "Idle Speed" and EC-619, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Follow the EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS

1. 2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
EC-283
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM + Connector Terminal 81 82 F102 85 86 89 90 M107 128 Battery voltage Connector Terminal Voltage
[VQ37VHR]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Perform EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. JMBIA0021ZZ 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-284
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. 3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-17, "Inspection". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.
D
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation".

Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector. Does fuel drip from fuel injector? YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. NO >> GO TO 11. 1. 2.
K L

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result nomal? YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
O P
EC-285
2009 G37 Coupe
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
INFOID:0000000004250796
PBIB1026E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
Possible cause EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube Blocked rubber tube Cracked EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor Blocked purge port EVAP canister vent control valve
P0441
EVAP control system incorrect purge flow
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
1.INSPECTION START
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-286
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
>> GO TO 3.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC

With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. 6. Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Touch START. Is COMPLETED displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
C D

When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
H
Selector lever VHCL SPEED SE ENG SPEED B/FUEL SCHDL COOLAN TEMP/S Suitable position 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph) 500 - 3,000 rpm 1.3 - 9.0 msec More than 0C (32F)
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Is COMPLETED displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.

Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-287, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004250797

1. Without CONSULT-III Lift up drive wheels.
EC-287
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. 7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector M107 + Terminal 102 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) Terminal 112
[VQ37VHR]
8. 9.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
ON ON ON Approx. 3,000 rpm Any position other than P, N or R
Air conditioner switch Headlamp switch Rear window defogger switch Engine speed Gear position
10. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 8) for at least 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250798
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister.
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW

1. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Touch Qd and Qu on CONSULT-III screen to adjust PURG VOL C/V opening and check vacuum existence.
PURG VOL C/V 100% 0% Vacuum Existed Not existed
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW

Without CONSULT-III
EC-288
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Stop engine. A 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". EC 4. Start engine and let it idle. Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine.
C
Vacuum should not exist. 6. Revving engine up to 2,000rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4.
E D
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

Turn ignition switch OFF. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair it. 1. 2.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT

1. 2. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
O
SEF368U
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? YES >> GO TO 8. 1. 2.
EC-289
2009 G37 Coupe


Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

Refer to EC-316, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-321, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0453. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace it.
13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 14.

EC-290
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250799

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P0456, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. Refer to EC-333, "DTC Logic". This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
EC
PBIB1026E
DTC No.
Possible cause Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel level sensor and the circuit Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks
P0442
EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure)
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
CAUTION: Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
EC-291
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. [VQ37VHR]
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F). NOTE: Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30C (32 - 86F) 5. Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 4.

With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern in EC-569, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC displayed? YES-1 >> P0441: Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250800
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN

EC-292
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK

Refer to EC-615, "Inspection". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6.

Check the following. EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-617, "Removal and Installation". EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
EC-293
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
[VQ37VHR]
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
PBIB2731E

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9.

Check the following. EVAP canister for damage EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

1. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. 4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-III screen to increase PURG VOL C/V opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.

1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
EC-294
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. [VQ37VHR]
A

EC

Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
D E

F

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
H

J
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE

Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-513, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE

Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
P
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Refer to MWI-54, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-295
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. [VQ37VHR]

INFOID:0000000004250801
1.CHECK FUEL TANL VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
4.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) 6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm2, 0.87 to 0.48 psi)

SEF943S
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP

Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. >> INSPECTION END
EC-296
2009 G37 Coupe
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

A

Description
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
INFOID:0000000004250802
EC
JMBIA0069ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250803
F
Possible cause EVAP control system pressure sensor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.) EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP canister Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.)
P0443
The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more. Do you have CONSULT-III YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select PURG VOL CN/V P1444 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Touch START. 8. Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-III changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 10 seconds.) If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. 9. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
EC-297
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure". [VQ37VHR]

With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC displayed? YES >> Go to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004250804
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector F7 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness connectors M116, F103 Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector F7 Terminal 2 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 21
Continuity Existed

EC-298
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
EC

C

Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 1. 2. 3. 4.
H


1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
M N


1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
EC-299
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
[VQ37VHR]
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 14.
PBIB2731E

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13.


INFOID:0000000004250805

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Touch Qd and Qu on CONSULT-III screen to adjust PURG VOL C/V opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) 100% 0% Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Existed Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
1. 2. 3.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-300
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Existed Not existed
EC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC-301
2009 G37 Coupe
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Description
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
INFOID:0000000004250806
JMBIA0069ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004250807
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0444
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
P0445
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.
INFOID:0000000004250808
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC-302
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector F7 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage
Ground
Voltage
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness connectors M116, F103 Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector F7 Terminal 2 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 21 Existed
I
Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 4.

Check the following. Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M

With CONSULT-III 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 2. Start engine. 3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6.
O P

EC-303
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. [VQ37VHR]

INFOID:0000000004250809

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Touch Qd and Qu on CONSULT-III screen to adjust PURG VOL C/V opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) 100% 0% Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Existed Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
1. 2. 3. 4.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Existed Not existed
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC-304
2009 G37 Coupe
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

A
INFOID:0000000004250810

Description
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP Control System diagnosis.
EC
PBIB1263E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P0447 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control valve.
INFOID:0000000004250811
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) EVAP canister vent control valve
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
N
INFOID:0000000004250812
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Select VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-305
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Touch ON/OFF on CONSULT-III screen. 4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking sound should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3.
[VQ37VHR]
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground.
EVAP canister vent control valve Connector B31 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness connectors F103, M116 Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EVAP canister vent control valve Connector B31 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 121 Existed
Continuity

Check the following. Harness connectors B1, M7 Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

1. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
EC-306
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. [VQ37VHR]
A

EC

D E
INFOID:0000000004250813
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. Is it rusted? YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. NO >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0168ZZ
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II

1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONT/V ON OFF Operation takes less than 1 second. Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed
1. 2.
Without CONSULT-III Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ
P
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-307
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. [VQ37VHR]
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
1.
Without CONSULT-III Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Operation takes less than 1 second. Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
EC-308
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250814

Description
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP Control System diagnosis.
EC
PBIB1263E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250815
Possible cause EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP canister is saturated with water
P0448
EVAP canister vent control valve close
EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions.
1.PRECONDITIONING
J K

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. 4. Repeat next procedures five times. Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes. Do not exceed 2 minutes. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds. 5. Repeat next procedure 27 times. Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to 30 seconds.
M
EC-309
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds. [VQ37VHR]
JMBIA1516GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250816
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.


1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1). Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2731E


Check the following. EVAP canister for damage EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
EC-310
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. [VQ37VHR]
A

EC


G
INFOID:0000000004250817
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. Is it rusted? YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. NO >> GO TO 2.
L
JMBIA0168ZZ
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II

1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
JMBIA0169ZZ
EC-311
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
JMBIA0169ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
EC-312
2009 G37 Coupe
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250818

Description
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
EC
PBIB3370E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250819
F
Possible cause Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) EVAP control system pressure sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Accelerator pedal position sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Brake booster pressure sensor
P0451
EVAP control system pressure sensor performance
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
L M

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-313, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250820

EC-313
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. [VQ37VHR]
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER

1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector B30 Terminal 3 Ground Approx. 5
Ground
Voltage (V)

ECM Connector F101 Terminal 45 46 103 M107 107 Name Brake booster pressure sensor CKP sensor (POS) APP sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Sensor Connector E48 F2 E112 B30 E77 Terminal 1 1 6 3 3
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9.
EC-314
2009 G37 Coupe

A

1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
EC


F
INFOID:0000000004250821

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM Connector + Terminal 102 Terminal 112 Not applied -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 1.8 - 4.8 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage (V)
M107
CAUTION: Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC-315
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004250822
PBIB3370E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250823
Possible cause Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) EVAP control system pressure sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Accelerator pedal position sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Brake booster pressure sensor
P0452
EVAP control system pressure sensor low input
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more. >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that FUEL T/TMP SE is more than 0C (32F). Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC-316
2009 G37 Coupe

1. 2. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector M107 + Terminal 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) Terminal 128 (ECM gound)
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-317, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250824

H
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
J K
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector B30 Terminal 3 Ground Approx. 5
N
Ground Voltage (V)
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-317
2009 G37 Coupe

EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector B30 Terminal 3 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 107 Existed
[VQ37VHR]
Continuity

Check the following. Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit.

7.CHECK COMPONENTS
8.CHECK APP SENSOR


10.CHECK
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-318
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
Continuity

Check the following. Harness connectors B1, M7 Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT 1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Continuity



INFOID:0000000004250825

EC-319
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. 3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
M107
CAUTION: Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC-320
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250826

Description
EC
PBIB3370E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250827
F
Possible cause Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) EVAP control system pressure sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Accelerator pedal position sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Brake booster pressure sensor EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP canister Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to vehicle frame
P0453
EVAP control system An excessively high voltage from the sensor is pressure sensor high insent to ECM. put
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more. >> GO TO 2.
M N

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-321
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Make sure that FUEL T/TMP SE is more than 0C (32F). 8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector M107 + Terminal 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) Terminal 128 (ECM ground)
[VQ37VHR]
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250828

2.CHECK CONNECTOR
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector B30 Terminal 3
Ground Ground
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC-322
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector B30 Terminal 3 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 107
Continuity Existed
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors M7, B1 Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit.

ECM Connector F101 Terminal 45 46 103 M107 107 111 Name Brake booster pressure sensor CKP sensor (POS) APP sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Sensor Connector E48 F2 E112 B30 E77 Terminal 1 1 6 3 3
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
8.CHECK APP SENSOR


10.CHECK
SHORT
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
EC-323
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Continuity Existed

12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT 1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Continuity Existed

14.CHECK RUBBER TUBE

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.


EC-324
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [VQ37VHR]
A

1. 2. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1).
EC
Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> GO TO 20.
PBIB2731E


I J

L
INFOID:0000000004250829

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
M107
CAUTION: Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
EC-325
2009 G37 Coupe

Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/ cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-326
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250830

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC
PBIB1026E
DTC No.
Possible cause Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks
P0455
EVAP control system gross leak detected
EVAP control system has a very large leak such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
CAUTION: Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
1.PRECONDITIONING
CAUTION:
EC-327
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. TESTING CONDITION: Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-III Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F) 6. Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
3.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0455 >> Go to EC-331, "Component Inspection". P0442 >> Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".

With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern in EC-569, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern. 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES-1 >> P0455: Go to EC-331, "Component Inspection". YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-3 >> P0441: Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-328
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250831
Diagnosis Procedure

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
EC
SEF915U

F

H I

J

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
L


P
EC-329
2009 G37 Coupe


Refer to EC-615, "Inspection". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.

1. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. 4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-III screen to increase PURG VOL C/V opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11.

1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 11.

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 12. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. 1. 2.

EC-330
2009 G37 Coupe

A

EC

C D

E



L
INFOID:0000000004250832

SEF445Y
EC-331
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) 6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm2, 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
[VQ37VHR]

SEF943S

EC-332
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250833

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0456 is displayed with DTC P0442, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis. If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
EC
I
PBIB1026E
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition EVAP system has a very small leak. EVAP system does not operate properly. Possible cause Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks Fuel level sensor and the circuit Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0456
Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check)
CAUTION: Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate.
EC-333
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. [VQ37VHR]
1.INSPECTION START
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly. TESTING CONDITION: Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. - Fuel is refilled or drained. - EVAP component part/parts is/are removed. Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that the following conditions are met. FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35C (32 - 95F) INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0C (32F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle), or refill/drain fuel until the output voltage condition of the FUEL LEVEL SE meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed on CONSULT-III. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-13, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2.

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-335, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-334
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure". [VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004250834
EC

With GST CAUTION: Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. Never start engine. Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve (close). 7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satisfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (0.028 kg/cm2, 0.39 psi) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (0.004 kg/cm2, 0.06 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
SEF462UI
2.RELEASE PRESSURE
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Disconnect GST. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF. NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual. >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250835

O P
EC-335
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. [VQ37VHR]
SEF915U




Refer to EC-615, "Inspection". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6.

EC-336
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1). Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
PBIB2731E

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9.


With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode. 4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-III screen to increase PURG VOL C/V opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. 1. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.

Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 12.
N

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
EC-337
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. [VQ37VHR]




Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.




21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Refer to MWI-54, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-338
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. [VQ37VHR]
A

EC
INFOID:0000000004250836

D E
G
SEF445Y
4.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) 6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm2, 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
I

SEF943S

EC-339
2009 G37 Coupe
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004250837
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.. The unified meter and A/C amp. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250838
NOTE: If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic". When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Unified meter and A/C amp. Fuel level sensor
P0460
Fuel level sensor circuit noise
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-340, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250839


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-340
2009 G37 Coupe

>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
EC-341
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004250840
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250841
NOTE: If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic". Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Unified meter and A/C amp. Fuel level sensor
P0461
Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-342, "Component Function Check". Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004250842
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING: When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation". TESTING CONDITION: Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
(7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
EC-342
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-614, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON. 6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it. 8. Select FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. 10. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it. 11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it. 13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure". [VQ37VHR]
A
EC

Without CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. 7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. 8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250843

L

EC-343
2009 G37 Coupe
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004250844
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250845
NOTE: If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0462 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit low input Fuel level sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Unified meter and A/C amp. Fuel level sensor
P0463
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2.

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250846


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-344
2009 G37 Coupe

>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
EC-345
2009 G37 Coupe
P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
Description
INFOID:0000000004250847
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the unified meter and A/C amp. from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the CAN communication line. The unified meter and A/C amp. then sends a signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250848
NOTE: If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) Wheel sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor
The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle is being driven.
1.INSPECTION START
2.PRECONDITIONING
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). 2. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".

1. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
EC-346
2009 G37 Coupe
P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever PW/ST SIGNAL 1,800 - 6,000 rpm More than 70C (158F) 5.0 - 31.8 msec Except P or N position (A/T) Except Neutral position (M/T) OFF
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-347, "Component Function Check". Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F G
H
INFOID:0000000004250849

With GST 1. Lift up drive wheels. 2. Start engine. 3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250850
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace.

Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END
EC-347
2009 G37 Coupe
P0506 ISC SYSTEM

P0506 ISC SYSTEM

Description
INFOID:0000000004250851
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250852
NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
DTC No. P0506 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator Intake air leak
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. Always perform the test at a temperature above 10C(14F). >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250853

1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected?
EC-348
2009 G37 Coupe
P0506 ISC SYSTEM

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. [VQ37VHR]
A
2.REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Stop engine. EC Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". C >> INSPECTION END
D
EC-349
2009 G37 Coupe
P0507 ISC SYSTEM

P0507 ISC SYSTEM

Description
INFOID:0000000004250854
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250855
NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
DTC No. P0507 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator Intake air leak PCV system
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. Always perform the test at a temperature above 10C(14F). >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-350, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250856
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-350
2009 G37 Coupe
P0507 ISC SYSTEM

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace. [VQ37VHR]
A

1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 3.
EC
3.REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
EC-351
2009 G37 Coupe
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-165, "DTC Logic"
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause Engine oil pressure or level too low Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft Timing chain installation Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
INFOID:0000000004250857
P0524
Engine oil pressure too low
Engine oil pressure is low because there is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle.
1.PRECONDITIONING-I
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
Check oil level and oil pressure. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection".

1. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
More than 1,700 rpm More than 70C (158F) 1st or 2nd position Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.)
ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S Selector lever Driving location
CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-352
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004250858
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? YES >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2.
EC
PBIA8559J

F

H


Check the following. Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft front end or replace camshaft.
JMBIA0962ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Perform Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove. Refer to EM-104, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-353
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line. [VQ37VHR]

INFOID:0000000004250859

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

1. 2. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
JMBIA0079ZZ
EC-354
2009 G37 Coupe
P0550 PSP SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250860
P0550 PSP SENSOR

Description
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a EC power steering load. This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve C opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250861
NOTE: If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P0550 Trouble diagnosis name Power steering pressure sensor circuit DTC detecting condition An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) Power steering pressure sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING

K
L
INFOID:0000000004250862
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and ground.
PSP sensor Connector F35 Terminal 3
Ground Ground
EC-355
2009 G37 Coupe
P0550 PSP SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PSP sensor Connector F35 Terminal 1 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 96
Continuity Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PSP sensor Connector F35 Terminal 2 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 87 Continuity Existed
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR

Refer to EC-356, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace PSP sensor.

INFOID:0000000004250863
1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and let it idle. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM Connector + Terminal 87 Terminal 96 Steering wheel Being turned Not being turned 0.5 - 4.5 0.4 - 0.8 Condition Voltage (V)
F102

EC-356
2009 G37 Coupe
P0550 PSP SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
EC-357
2009 G37 Coupe
P0555 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR


Description
Brake booster pressure sensor is connected to brake booster by a hose. It detects brake booster pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
INFOID:0000000004250864
JMBIA0878ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250865
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) Brake booster pressure sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Accelerator pedal position sensor EVAP control system pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor
P0555
Brake booster pressure sensor circuit
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250866

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-358
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. [VQ37VHR]
A
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect brake booster pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Brake booster pressure sensor Connector E48 Terminal 1
EC
C
3.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between Brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Brake booster pressure sensor Connector E48 Terminal 1 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 45 Existed
G
Continuity

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open between ECM and brake booster pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit.

6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".)
EC-359
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. [VQ37VHR]
7.CHECK APP SENSOR


9.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Brake booster pressure sensor Connector E48 Terminal 3 Connector F101 ECM Terminal 36
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between brake booster pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM Connector F101 Terminal 39
Brake booster pressure sensor Connector E48 Terminal 2
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between brake booster pressure sensor and ECM
EC-360
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
A
13.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor.
EC

D
INFOID:0000000004250867
1.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-I

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector F101 + Terminal 39 Terminal 36
5.
NOTE: To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine is stopped. Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depends on atmospheric pressure and altitude. Measure the atmospheric pressure. NOTE: As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the pressure with the following chart.
Altitude (m) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 Compensated pressure (hPa) 0 -24 -47 -70 -92 -114 -168 -218
6.
Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.
P
EC-361
2009 G37 Coupe

Atmospheric pressure (hPa) 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 Voltage (V) 3.1 3.7 3.3 3.9 3.5 4.1 3.8 4.3 4.0 4.6 4.2 - 4.8
JMBIA0870GB
[VQ37VHR]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor.
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-II

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove brake booster pressure sensor with its harness connected. Connect the hose of vacuum pump (A) to brake booster pressure sensor (1). Turn ignition switch ON.
JMBIA0872ZZ
5.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
6.
Check that the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and that when negative pressure is applied with vacuum pump is within the following limits.
Vacuum -40kPa (-300mmHg) -53.3kPa (-400mmHg) -66.7kPa (-500mmHg) -80kPa (-600mmHg) Voltage difference (V) 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.6 2.6 3.2 3.2 3.8
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor.
EC-362
2009 G37 Coupe
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY

A
INFOID:0000000004250868

Description
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
EC
JMBIA0057ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit DTC detecting condition ECM back up RAM system does not function properly.
INFOID:0000000004250869
F
Possible cause Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or shorted.] ECM
P0603
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250870
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
P
EC-363
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 15 A fuse (No. 50) IPDM E/R harness connector E7 Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-363, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
1. 2.
EC-364
2009 G37 Coupe
P0605 ECM
A
INFOID:0000000004250871
P0605 ECM
Description
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
JMBIA0057ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) P0605 Engine control module B) C) DTC detecting condition ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. ECM
INFOID:0000000004250872
F
Possible cause
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
L M

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected?
EC-365
2009 G37 Coupe
P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250873
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-365, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. 2.
EC-366
2009 G37 Coupe
P0607 ECM
A
INFOID:0000000004250665
P0607 ECM
Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250666
E
DTC No. P0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM. ECM Possible cause

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250667
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-367, "DTC Logic". 4. Check DTC. Is the DTC P0607 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3.
2.REPLACE ECM
EC-367
2009 G37 Coupe
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is shorted.] [Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor circuit is shorted.] (PSP sensor circuit is shorted.) [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is shorted.] [Battery current sensor circuit is shorted/] Accelerator pedal position sensor Throttle position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Power steering pressure sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) Battery current sensor
INFOID:0000000004250874
P0643
Sensor power supply circuit short
ECM detects that the voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high.
1.PRECONDITIONING

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250875

2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
EC-368
2009 G37 Coupe

APP sensor Connector E112 Terminal 5
[VQ37VHR]
A
Ground Ground
EC
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

ECM Connector F101 Terminal 43 44 Name Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) 60 F102 64 M107 99 Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor PSP sensor CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) Battery current sensor APP sensor Sensor Connector F27 F6 F5 F50 F35 F18 E21 E112 Terminal 1 6 1 1 3 1 1 5
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) (Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection".) Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection".) Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-356, "Component Inspection".) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection".) Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-420, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK TP SENSOR

1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-196, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9.
EC-369
2009 G37 Coupe



EC-370
2009 G37 Coupe
P0850 PNP SWITCH

A
INFOID:0000000004250876
P0850 PNP SWITCH

Description
DTC Logic
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM.(A/ EC T models) When the selector lever position is Neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.(M/T models) ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. C
INFOID:0000000004250877
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.] Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) TCM (A/T models)
P0850
Park/neutral position switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal does not change during driving after the engine is started.
1.INSPECTION START
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following prcedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH SIGNAL

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever) N or P position (A/T) Neutral position (M/T) Except above position Known-good signal ON OFF
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".

1. 2. 3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
EC-371
2009 G37 Coupe
P0850 PNP SWITCH

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S B/FUEL SCHDL VHCL SPEED SE Selector lever 1,400 - 6,375 rpm More than 70C (158F) 2.0 - 31.8 msec More than 64 km/h (40 mph) Suitable position
[VQ37VHR]

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-372, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004250878

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM Connector + Terminal 109 Terminal 128 Selector lever P or N (A/T) Neutral (M/T) Except above Battery voltage Approx. 0 Condition Voltage (V)
M107
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250879
1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with. Which type of transmission? A/T >> GO TO 2. M/T >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START. Does starter motor operate?
EC-372
2009 G37 Coupe
P0850 PNP SWITCH

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-31, "SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)".
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/T assembly Connector F51 Terminal 9 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 109
EC
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground.
PNP switch Connector F55 Terminal 2
L
Ground Ground Voltage
M
Battery voltage

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 10 A fuse (No. 43) IPDM E/R harness connector E7 Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O P
9.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-373
2009 G37 Coupe
P0850 PNP SWITCH

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PNP switch Connector F55 Terminal 1 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 109
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F103, M116 Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to TM-9, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace PNP switch.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-374
2009 G37 Coupe
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004250880

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P100A or P100B is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1090 or P1093. Refer to EC-388, "DTC Logic".
EC
DTC No. P100A
Trouble diagnosis name VVEL response malfunction (bank 1)
Possible cause Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.) VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator sub assembly VVEL ladder assembly VVEL control module
P100B
VVEL response malfunction (bank 2)
Actual event response to target is poor.
1.PRECONDITIONING
G H

1. Start engine. 2. Depress the accelerator pedal rapidly half or more under no load conditions, and then release it. 3. Wait at idle for 5 seconds or more. 4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for three times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
M
INFOID:0000000004250881

2.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor harness connector.
EC-375
2009 G37 Coupe

VVEL control module Bank Connector Terminal 12 P100A 1 25 E15 2 P100B 2 15 F49 F48 VVEL actuator motor Connector Terminal 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
[VQ37VHR]
DTC No.
Continuity Existed Not existed Not existed Existed Existed Not existed Not existed Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor and VVEL control module >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR

Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY

1. 2. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END



1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-375, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P100A or P100B displayed again?
EC-376
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
A
9.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY

Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
EC

11.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY

Refer to EM-104, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE CYLINDER HEAD, VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY AND VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. 2. Replace cylinder head, VVEL ladder assembly and VVEL actuator sub assembly. Go to EC-378, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END

J
INFOID:0000000004250882
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as follows.
VVEL actuator motor Terminal 1 and 2
Resistance 16 or less

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)
INFOID:0000000004250883

EC-377
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Remove VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-95, "Disassembly and Assembly". 3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. [VQ37VHR]

INFOID:0000000004250884

Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 2.

EC-378
2009 G37 Coupe
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004250885
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1087 or P1088 is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093. Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1090 or P1093. Refer to EC-384, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1087 Trouble diagnosis name VVEL small event angle malfunction (bank 1) VVEL small event angle malfunction (bank 2) The event angle of VVEL control shaft is always small. DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.) VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator sub assembly VVEL ladder assembly VVEL control module
EC
P1088
EC-379
2009 G37 Coupe
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Description
VVEL control shaft position sensor (1) is placed on VVEL actuator sub assembly and detects the control shaft position angle. A magnet is pressed into the arm on the edge of control shaft. The magnetic field changes as the magnet rotates together with the arm resulting in the output voltage change of the sensor. VVEL control module detects the actual position angle through the voltage change and sends the signal to ECM.
INFOID:0000000004250886
JMBIA0835ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250887
DTC No. P1089 Trouble diagnosis name VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1092
VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2) circuit
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to VVEL control module. Harness or connectors An excessively high voltage from the (VVEL control shaft position sensor sensor is sent to VVEL control module. circuit is open or shorted.) Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control module compared with the signals from VVEL control shaft po- VVEL control module sition sensor 1 and VVEL control shaft position sensor 2.
1.PRECONDITIONING

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250888

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection".
EC-380
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. [VQ37VHR]
A
2.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
VVEL control shaft position sensor Bank 1 Connector F46 Terminal 3 6 3 6 Ground Approx. 5
EC
DTC No.
Ground
Voltage (V)
P1089
P1092
F47

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
VVEL control shaft position sensor Bank 1 Connector F46 Terminal 2 5 2 5 E15 VVEL control module Connector Terminal 4 17 6 19 Existed
K
Continuity
DTC No.
P1089
P1092
F47

6.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
EC-381
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
DTC No.
Continuity
P1089
P1092
F47




1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-380, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P1089 or P1092 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> INSPECTION END Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. Go to EC-382, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END

1. 2.
INFOID:0000000004250889

Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 2.
EC-382
2009 G37 Coupe

A

EC
EC-383
2009 G37 Coupe
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004250890
The VVEL actuator motor rotates the control shaft according to the control signal from the VVEL control module. The VVEL control module judges whether the VVEL actuator motor controls the angle properly by the VVEL control shaft position sensor signal.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250891
DTC No. P1090 Trouble diagnosis name VVEL system performance (bank 1) Event angle difference between the actual and the target is detected. Abnormal current is sent to VVEL actuator motor. DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.) VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator sub assembly VVEL ladder assembly VVEL control module
P1093
VVEL system performance (bank 2)
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 second. 2. Keep the engine speed at about 3,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds under no load. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250892

2.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor harness connector.
EC-384
2009 G37 Coupe

VVEL control module Bank Connector Terminal 12 P1090 1 25 E15 2 P1093 2 15 F49 F48 VVEL actuator motor Connector Terminal 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
[VQ37VHR]
A
DTC No.
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor and VVEL control module >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G

Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
I J

K

M


Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-384, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P1090 or P1093 displayed again?
1. 2. 3.
EC-385
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]

Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.

11.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY

Refer to EM-104, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE CYLINDER HEAD, VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY AND VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. 2. Replace cylinder head, VVEL ladder assembly and VVEL actuator sub assembly. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)
INFOID:0000000004250893

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as follows.
VVEL actuator motor Terminal 1 and 2
Resistance 16 or less

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)
INFOID:0000000004250894

EC-386
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Remove VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-95, "Disassembly and Assembly". 3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC

C
D
INFOID:0000000004250895

Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.

EC-387
2009 G37 Coupe
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY


Description
INFOID:0000000004250896
Power supply for the VVEL actuator motor is provided to the VVEL control module via VVEL actuator motor relay. VVEL actuator motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the VVEL control module. In addition, when the VVEL actuator motor relay cannot be controlled by the VVEL control module for some reason, it ON/OFF controlled by ECM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition VVEL control module detects the VVEL actuator motor relay is stuck OFF. VVEL control module detects the VVEL actuator motor relay is stuck ON.
INFOID:0000000004250897
Possible cause Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor relay circuit is open or shorted.) (Abort circuit is open or shorted.) VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL control module ECM
P1091
VVEL actuator motor relay circuit
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds. 4. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-388, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250898
1.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor relay. Check the voltage between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and ground.
VVEL actuator motor relay Connector E16 Terminal 1 5
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage

EC-388
2009 G37 Coupe

A

Check the following. 50 A fusible link (letter N) Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor relay and battery >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
3.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
VVEL control module Connector E15 Terminal 23 VVEL actuator motor relay Connector E16 Terminal 2
Continuity Existed
4.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
VVEL control module Bank 1 2 Connector E15 Terminal 13 1 VVEL actuator motor relay Connector E16 Terminal 3
Continuity
Existed
5.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY

Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay.
6.CHECK ABORT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and ECM harness connector.
VVEL control module Connector E15 Terminal 21 Connector F101 ECM Terminal 28
O
Continuity Existed
7.DTECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

EC-389
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness connector E3, F1 Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
[VQ37VHR]



1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-388, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P1091 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> INSPECTION END Replace ECM. Go to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
11.REPLACE ECM
1. 2.
INFOID:0000000004250899
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay terminals under the following conditions.
Terminal 3 and 5 Condition 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay.
JMBIA0876ZZ
EC-390
2009 G37 Coupe
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL

A
INFOID:0000000004250900
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
DTC No. P1148 Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function (bank 1) Closed loop control function (bank 2) DTC detecting condition The closed loop control function for bank 1 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. The closed loop control function for bank 2 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater
EC
P1168
EC-391
2009 G37 Coupe
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT

P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT

Description
INFOID:0000000004250901
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ECM. Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1211 Trouble diagnosis name TCS control unit DTC detecting condition ECM receives malfunction information from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INFOID:0000000004250902
Possible cause ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) TCS related parts
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
Go to BRC-4, "Work Flow".
INFOID:0000000004250903
EC-392
2009 G37 Coupe
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE

A
INFOID:0000000004250904
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE

Description
DTC Logic
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC signals are exchanged between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair. C
INFOID:0000000004250905
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic". Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition ECM cannot receive the information from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) continuously. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Dead (Weak) battery
P1212
TCS communication line
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. >> GO TO 2.
I

K
L
INFOID:0000000004250906
Diagnosis Procedure
Go to BRC-4, "Work Flow".
EC-393
2009 G37 Coupe
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic". If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) IPDM E/R Cooling fan control module Cooling fan motor Radiator hose Radiator Radiator cap Water pump Thermostat
INFOID:0000000004250907
P1217
Engine over temperature (Overheat)
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-7, "Draining" and CO-8, "Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Draining"and LU-8, "Refilling". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-394, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004250908

WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
EC-394
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the proper range? YES >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
SEF621W

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. Did customer fill the coolant? YES >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform FAN DUTY CONTROL in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage. Without CONSULT-III Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250909
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform FAN DUTY CONTROL in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage. Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Make sure that cooling fan operates. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-490, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I

Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-7, "Inspection". Is leakage detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
O
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II

Check the following for leak. Hose Radiator Water pump
EC-395
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. [VQ37VHR]
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-11, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace thermostat

7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.
Engine OFF Step 1 Inspection item Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper Equipment Visual Standard No blocking Reference page
2 3
Coolant mixture Coolant level
Coolant tester Visual
MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 107 kPa CO-7, "Inspection"
4 ON*2 ON*2 ON*1 OFF ON*3 5 6 7 8 9
Radiator cap Coolant leaks Thermostat Cooling fan Combustion gas leak Coolant temperature gauge Coolant overflow to reservoir tank
Pressure tester Visual Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses CONSULT-III Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Visual Visual Visual Straight gauge feeler gauge Visual
CO-11, "RADIATOR CAP (1.1 kg/cm2, 16 psi) (Limit) : Inspection" No leaks CO-7, "Inspection" CO-21, "Inspection" EC-490, "Component Function Check" CO-7, "Inspection" CO-7, "Inspection" EM-117, "Inspection" EM-131, "Inspection"
Both hoses should be hot Operating Negative Gauge less than 3/4 when driving No overflow during driving and idling Should be initial level in reservoir tank 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston
OFF*4 OFF
10 11 12
Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator Cylinder head Cylinder block and pistons
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
EC-396
2009 G37 Coupe

For more information, refer to CO-3, "Troubleshooting Chart".
[VQ37VHR]
A
>> INSPECTION END

EC
EC-397
2009 G37 Coupe
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR


Description
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004715382
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1225 P1234 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 1) Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 2) DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
INFOID:0000000004250911
Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250912
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct.
EC-398
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0025ZZ

INFOID:0000000004250913

G H

Refer to EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END
EC-399
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000004715383
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1226 P1235 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 1) Closed throttle position learning performance (bank 2) DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
INFOID:0000000004250915
Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250916

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct.
EC-400
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0025ZZ

INFOID:0000000004250917

G H

EC-401
2009 G37 Coupe
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


Description
INFOID:0000000004250918
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250919
NOTE: If DTC P1233 or P2101 is displayed with DTC P1238, P1290, P2100 or 2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1238, P2119 or P1290, P2100. Refer to EC-409, "DTC Logic" or EC-414, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1233 P2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance (bank 2) Electric throttle control performance (bank 1) DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) Electric throttle control actuator
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is running. >> GO TO 2.

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-402, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250920

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
EC-402
2009 G37 Coupe

ECM DTC Connector P1233 F102 + Terminal 52 M107 P2101 F101 3 128 Ignition switch Connector Terminal OFF ON OFF ON Approx. 0 Battery voltage Approx. 0 Battery voltage Condition Voltage (V)
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 70 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 25
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 54 ECM Connector F102 F101 Terminal 52 3 DTC P1233 P2101 Continuity
Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-403
2009 G37 Coupe

7.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15 A fuse for blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Electric throttle control actuator Bank Connector Terminal 5 P1233 2 F27 6 F102 ECM Connector Terminal 49 50 49 50 2 F101 2 4 2 4
DTC
1 P2101 1 F6
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace.

1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.
JMBIA0025ZZ
11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

EC-404
2009 G37 Coupe

A

EC

1. 2. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-405, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END
C D
INFOID:0000000004250921

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
Electric throttle control actuator Bank 1 2 Terminals 1 and 2 5 and 6
Resistance ()
Approx. 1 - 15 [at 25C (77F)]

J K
INFOID:0000000004250922


EC-405
2009 G37 Coupe
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004250923
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1236 P2118 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor (bank 2) circuit short Throttle control motor (bank 1) circuit short DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.
INFOID:0000000004250924
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
1.PRECONDITIONING

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250925

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-406
2009 G37 Coupe

Electric throttle control actuator Bank Connector Terminal 5 P1236 2 F27 6 F102 ECM Connector Terminal 49 50 49 50 2 F101 2 4 2 4
[VQ37VHR]
A
DTC
EC
1 P2118 1 F6
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.

G


L
INFOID:0000000004250926

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
Electric throttle control actuator Bank 1 2 Terminals 1 and 2 5 and 6
Resistance ()
O
Approx. 1 - 15 [at 25C (77F)]

1. 2. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-408, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC-407
2009 G37 Coupe

>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
INFOID:0000000004250927


EC-408
2009 G37 Coupe
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250928

Description
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve C opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) P1238 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open. Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
INFOID:0000000004250929
Possible cause
B) C) A)
Electric throttle control actuator
P2119
B) C)
1.PRECONDITIONING
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T). 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 6. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. 7. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T). 8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. 9. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3.
M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T). Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
EC-409
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 5. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250930

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.
JMBIA0025ZZ

INFOID:0000000004250931


EC-410
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004715384

Description
PBIB0145E
EC
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250933
DTC No. P1239 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor (bank 2) circuit range/ performance Throttle position sensor (bank 1) circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause
H
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2)
P2135
1.PRECONDITIONING
K

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250934

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-411
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. [VQ37VHR]
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

DTC P1239 P2135
Ground
Voltage (V)
Ground
Approx. 5
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
DTC P1239 P2135
Continuity
Existed
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Electric throttle control actuator Bank 2 Connector F27 Terminal 2 3 4 5 F101 ECM Connector Terminal 31 35 30 34 Existed
DTC
Continuity
P1239
P2135
F6


1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
EC-412
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. EC-413, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
[VQ37VHR]
A

EC
C
INFOID:0000000004250935

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector + Terminal 30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] Terminal 40 Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Accelerator pedal 34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)] 40 Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Less than 4.75 More than 0.36 Condition Voltage (V)
48
48

INFOID:0000000004250936

O P

EC-413
2009 G37 Coupe
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


Description
INFOID:0000000004250937
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ECM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1290 P2100 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor relay circuit open (bank 2) Throttle control motor relay circuit open (bank 1) Throttle control motor relay circuit short DTC detecting condition ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low.
INFOID:0000000004250938
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) Throttle control motor relay Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) Throttle control motor relay
P2103
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V. Which DTC is detected? P1290, P2100>>GO TO 2. P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1290 AND P2100

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250939
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC-414
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7. 4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 70 ECM Connector F101 Terminal 25
[VQ37VHR]
A
Continuity Existed
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector Terminal ECM Connector F102 E7 54 F101 F101 F102 Terminal 52 3 3 52 DTC P1290 P2100 P2103 Continuity
I
Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15 A fuse for blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace 15A fuse.

EC-415
2009 G37 Coupe
P1421 COLD START CONTROL


Description
INFOID:0000000004250940
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250941
NOTE: If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
DTC No. P1421 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition. Possible cause Lack of intake air volume Fuel injection system ECM
1.PRECONDITIONING

Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check the indication of COOLAN TEMP/S. If it is between 4C (39F) and 36C (97F), go to the following steps. If it is below 4C (39F), warm engine up to more than 4C (39F) and retry from step 1. If it is above 36C (97F), cool engine down to less than 36C (97F) and retry from step 1. 5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-416, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250942

Perform EC-19, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.

Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. Crushed intake air passage Intake air passage clogging
EC-416
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part [VQ37VHR]
A
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-240, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
EC

Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-416, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3.
D E
5.REPLACE ECM
G
EC-417
2009 G37 Coupe
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004250943
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the battery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8, "System Description". CAUTION: Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery discharge may occur.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250944
NOTE: If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Battery current sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition The output voltage of the battery current sensor remains within the specified range while engine is running. Possible cause Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Battery current sensor
P1550
1.PRECONDITIONING

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250945

EC-418
2009 G37 Coupe

A
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. 3. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
Battery current sensor Connector E21 Terminal 1
EC
Ground Ground
Voltage (V)
C
Approx. 5

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3
EC-419
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

Refer to EC-420, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

INFOID:0000000004250946

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
: To body ground
4. 5. 6.
Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and body ground. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
JMBIA0027ZZ
Connector F102
+ Terminal 91 (Battery current sensor signal)
Terminal 95
Voltage (V)
Approx. 2.5
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
EC-420
2009 G37 Coupe
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004460721

Description
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the EC engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the battery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power C generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8, "System Description". D CAUTION: Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery disE charge may occur.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250948
DTC No. P1551 P1552 Trouble diagnosis name Battery current sensor circuit low input Battery current sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause
H
Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Battery current sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition switch ON >> GO TO 2.

N O
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004460722

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-421
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. [VQ37VHR]

Ground Ground

Continuity Existed

ECM Connector F102 Terminal 91 Battery current sensor Connector E21 Terminal 3 Continuity Existed

EC-422
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A

EC

E
INFOID:0000000004460723

: To body ground
4. 5. 6.
ECM
JMBIA0027ZZ
J
+ Terminal 91 (Battery current sensor signal) Terminal 95 Approx. 2.5 Voltage (V)
Connector F102
EC-423
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004460724
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the battery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8, "System Description". CAUTION: Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery discharge may occur.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250952
NOTE: If DTC P1553 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for P0643. Refer to EC-368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Battery current sensor performance DTC detecting condition The signal voltage transmitted from the sensor to ECM is higher than the amount of the maximum power generation. Possible cause Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Battery current sensor
P1553
1.PRECONDITIONING

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004460725

EC-424
2009 G37 Coupe

A

EC
Ground Ground
Voltage (V)
C
Approx. 5

Continuity Existed

Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors F1, E3
EC-425
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]


INFOID:0000000004460726

: To body ground
4. 5. 6.
ECM
JMBIA0027ZZ
Connector F102
+ Terminal 91 (Battery current sensor signal)
Terminal 95
Voltage (V)
Approx. 2.5
EC-426
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004460727

Description
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the EC engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the battery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power C generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8, "System Description". D CAUTION: Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then battery disE charge may occur.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250956
NOTE: If DTC P1554 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC368, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Battery current sensor performance DTC detecting condition The output voltage of the battery current sensor is lower than the specified value while the battery voltage is high enough. Possible cause Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Battery current sensor
P1554

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-427, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004250957
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle. Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned OFF. >> GO TO 2.
N

With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Select BAT CUR SEN in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check BAT CUR SEN indication for 10 seconds. BAT CUR SEN should be above 2,300 mV at least once. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle.
EC-427
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector F102 + Terminal 91 (Battery current sensor signal) Terminal 95 Above 2.3 at least once Voltage (V)
[VQ37VHR]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004460728


Ground Ground

Continuity Existed

EC-428
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness connectors F1, E3 Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
A
Battery current sensor Connector E21 Terminal 3 ECM Connector F102 Terminal 91 Continuity Existed
EC



K
INFOID:0000000004460729

: To body ground
4. 5. 6.
ECM
JMBIA0027ZZ
P
Connector F102 + Terminal 91 (Battery current sensor signal) Terminal 95 Approx. 2.5 Voltage (V)
EC-429
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. [VQ37VHR]
EC-430
2009 G37 Coupe
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

A
INFOID:0000000004250960

Description
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250961
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Possible cause
P1564
ASCD steering switch
Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) ASCD steering switch ECM
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-431, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004250962
Diagnosis Procedure

P
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-III
EC-431
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select MAIN SW, CANCEL SW, RESUME/ACC SW and SET SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item MAIN SW Condition MAIN switch Pressed Released Pressed Released Pressed Released Pressed Released Indication ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
CANCEL SW
CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
1. 2.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
MAIN switch: Pressed CANCEL switch: Pressed M107 101 (ASCD steering switch signal) 108 SET/COAST switch: Pressed RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed All ASCD steering switches: Released
Approx. 0 Approx. 1 Approx. 2 Approx. 3 Approx. 4
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M303. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
ECM Connector M107 Terminal 108
Combination switch Terminal 16
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Combination switch (spiral cable) Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-432
2009 G37 Coupe

A
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
ECM Connector M107 Terminal 101 Combination switch Terminal 13 Continuity Existed
EC

E F
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

I J
INFOID:0000000004250963
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M303. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
Combination switch Connector Terminals
Condition MAIN switch: Pressed CANCEL switch: Pressed
Resistance () Approx. 0 Approx. 250 Approx. 660 Approx. 1,480 Approx. 4,000
M303
13 and 16
SET/COAST switch: Pressed RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed All ASCD steering switches: Released
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch
EC-433
2009 G37 Coupe
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004250964
ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for the ICC function.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250965
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition An excessively high voltage signal from the ICC steering switch is sent to ECM. ECM detects that input signal from the ICC steering switch is out of the specified range. ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is stuck ON. Possible cause
P1564
ICC steering switch
Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) ICC steering switch ECM
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-434, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250966

2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-III
EC-434
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select MAIN SW, CANCEL SW, RESUME/ACC SW, SET SW and DIST SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item MAIN SW Condition MAIN switch Pressed Released Pressed Released Pressed Released Pressed Released Pressed Released Indication ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
EC
CANCEL SW
CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
DIST SW
DISTANCE switch
1. 2.
ECM
H
Terminal MAIN switch: Pressed CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0 Approx. 1.3 Approx. 2.2 Approx. 3.0 Approx. 3.7 Approx. 4.3 Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
+ Terminal
M107
101 (ICC steering switch signal)
108
DISTANCE switch: Pressed SET/COAST switch: Pressed RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed All ICC steering switches: Released
3.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M303. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
Combination switch Terminal 16
Continuity
O
Existed

Check the following. Combination switch (spiral cable) Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
EC-435
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
5.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
ECM Connector M107 Terminal 101 Combination switch Terminal 13 Continuity Existed

7.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH

Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace ICC steering switch.

INFOID:0000000004250967
1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M303. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
Combination switch Connector Terminals
Condition MAIN switch: Pressed CANCEL switch: Pressed
Resistance () Approx. 0 Approx. 310 Approx. 740 Approx. 1,400 Approx. 2,600 Approx. 5,500
M303
13 and 16
DISTANCE switch: Pressed SET/COAST switch: Pressed RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed All ICC steering switches: Released
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC steering switch
EC-436
2009 G37 Coupe
P1568 ICC FUNCTION

A
INFOID:0000000004250968
P1568 ICC FUNCTION

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-365, "DTC Logic". If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) ICC sensor integrated unit ECM
EC
P1568
ICC function
ECM detects a difference between signals from ICC sensor integrated unit is out of specified range.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: Step 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Press MAIN switch on ICC steering switch. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Press SET/COAST switch. 5. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
K L
N
INFOID:0000000004250969
Diagnosis Procedure
1.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT

1. 2. 3. Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Perform CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode)". Check DTC of ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-37, "Diagnosis Description". >> INSPECTION END
EC-437
2009 G37 Coupe
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004250970
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250971
NOTE: If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-365, "DTC Logic". This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time. ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) Stop lamp switch ASCD brake switch Incorrect stop lamp switch installation Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation ECM
A) P1572 ASCD brake switch B)
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected. >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. 3. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Suitable position
Vehicle speed Selector lever
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
EC-438
2009 G37 Coupe

A

1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Suitable position Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
EC
D
Vehicle speed Selector lever Driving location
G
INFOID:0000000004250972
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select BRAKE SW1 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check BRAKE SW1 indication under the following conditions.
Condition Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T) Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T) Slightly depressed Fully released Indication OFF ON
J
Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
1. 2.
ECM
M
+ Terminal 126 (ASCD brake switch signal) Terminal Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T) Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T) Slightly depressed Fully released Approx. 0 Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
M107
128
O
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> A/T models: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> M/T models: GO TO 8.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-III Select BRAKE SW2 and check indication under the following conditions.
EC-439
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal Condition Slightly depressed Fully released Indication ON OFF
[VQ37VHR]
Without CONSULT-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector + Terminal 122 (Stop lamp switch signal) Terminal 128 Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Battery voltage Approx. 0 Condition Voltage (V)
M107
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
ASCD brake switch Connector E109 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ASCD brake switch Connector E109 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 126
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6
EC-440
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
[VQ37VHR]
A
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
EC
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

Ground
Condition Slightly depressed Fully released
Voltage (V) Approx. 0 Battery voltage
Ground
Brake pedal

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 Terminal 1
J
K
Battery voltage

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
M N
11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ASCD brake switch harness connector.
ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 Terminal 2 ASCD brake switch Connector E109 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
3.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
EC-441
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
12.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-444, "Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
13.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10A fuse (No. 7) Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-442
2009 G37 Coupe

A
18.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 122 Continuity Existed

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connectors E103, M2 Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
20.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-444, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

J
INFOID:0000000004250973
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2

EC-443
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. [VQ37VHR]
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)
INFOID:0000000004250974
1.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Condition Clutch pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)
INFOID:0000000004250975
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
EC-444
2009 G37 Coupe
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH

A
INFOID:0000000004250976

Description
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM EC detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for the ICC function.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250977
NOTE: If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-365, "DTC Logic". This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) DTC detecting condition ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ICC brake switch are sent to ECM at the same time. Possible cause Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) Harness or connectors (The ICC brake switch circuit is shorted.) Stop lamp switch ICC brake switch ICC brake hold relay Incorrect stop lamp switch installation Incorrect ICC brake switch installation ECM
P1572
ICC brake switch B)
ICC brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected. >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. 3. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Suitable position
Vehicle speed Selector lever
4.
Check 1st trip DTC.
EC-445
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Suitable position Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
Vehicle speed Selector lever Driving location
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250978
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
1. 2.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condtions.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal 126 (ICC brake switch signal)
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
M107
128
Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T) Brake pedal (A/T) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T)
Slightly depressed Fully released
Approx. 0 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> A/T models: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> M/T models: GO TO 8.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-III Select BRAKE SW2 and check indication under the following conditions.
EC-446
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal Condition Slightly depressed Fully released Indication ON OFF
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Without CONSULT-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
C
ECM Connector + Terminal 122 (Stop lamp switch signal) Terminal 128 Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Battery voltage Approx. 0 Condition Voltage (V)
M107
3.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 126
O
Continuity Existed

EC-447
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
[VQ37VHR]
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
8.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

Ground
Ground
Brake pedal

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 1
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ICC clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ICC brake switch harness connector.
ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 2 ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
EC-448
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
A
12.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-451, "Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
EC
13.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I

K

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ICC brake hold relay harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
N
O
Battery voltage
5.
Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
P
ICC brake hold relay
Connector E51
Terminal 3
Ground Ground

EC-449
2009 G37 Coupe


Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 7) Harness for open or short between battery and stop lamp switch Harness for open or short between battery and ICC brake hold relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 122
Continuity Existed
3.
Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay ECM Connector M107 Terminal 122
Connector E51
Terminal 5
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103, M2 Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch Harness for open or short between ECM and ICC brake hold relay >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Refer to EC-451, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
21.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY

Refer to EC-452, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.

Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)
INFOID:0000000004250979
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-I

EC-450
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2 Brake pedal Condition Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)
INFOID:0000000004250980
1.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
J
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust ICC clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
P
INFOID:0000000004250981

EC-451
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed
[VQ37VHR]

Terminals 1 and 2
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)
INFOID:0000000004250982
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove ICC brake hold relay. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Existed Not existed
Terminals 3 and 5
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay
JMBIA0848ZZ
EC-452
2009 G37 Coupe
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250983

Description
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from unified meter EC and A/C amp., and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for ASCD functions.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250984
NOTE: If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-346, "DTC Logic". If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-365, "DTC Logic". If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) Unified meter and A/C amp. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor TCM ECM
P1574
ASCD vehicle speed sensor
The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-453, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004250985
Diagnosis Procedure

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-453
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. [VQ37VHR]

Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END
EC-454
2009 G37 Coupe
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004250986

Description
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from unified meter and EC A/C amp., and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC control. Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004250987
NOTE: If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-346, "DTC Logic". If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-365, "DTC Logic". If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-367, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) Unified meter and A/C amp. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor TCM ECM
P1574
ICC vehicle speed sensor
The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004250988
Diagnosis Procedure

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-455
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. [VQ37VHR]

Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END
EC-456
2009 G37 Coupe
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
INFOID:0000000004250989

Description
The VVEL control module consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The VVEL control module controls VVEL system.
EC
JMBIA0879ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition VVEL control module calculation function is malfunctioning. VVEL EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
INFOID:0000000004250990
F
Possible cause
G
VVEL control module
P1606
VVEL control module
1.PRECONDITIONING

N
INFOID:0000000004250991
Diagnosis Procedure

Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-457, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P1606 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3.

1. Replace VVEL control module.
EC-457
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
EC-458
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004250992

Description
The VVEL control module consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The VVEL control module controls VVEL system.
EC
JMBIA0879ZZ
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1607 Trouble diagnosis name VVEL control module circuit DTC detecting condition The internal circuit of the VVEL control module is malfunctioning.
INFOID:0000000004250993
F
Possible cause
G
VVEL control module
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-459, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
L M
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004250994

Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-459, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P1607 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3.
O

1. Replace VVEL control module.
EC-459
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement".
>> INSPECTION END
EC-460
2009 G37 Coupe
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

A
INFOID:0000000004250995

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition VVEL control module detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. Possible cause Harness or connectors (VVEL control shaft position sensor power supply circuit is open or shorted.) VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control module
EC
P1608
VVEL sensor power supply circuit
1.PRECONDITIONING

J
INFOID:0000000004250996
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
VVEL control shaft position sensor Bank 1 Connector F46 Terminal 3 6 3 6 Ground Approx. 5
O
Ground Voltage (V)
F47

EC-461
2009 G37 Coupe

3.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
Continuity
F47



1. 2. Replace VVEL control module. Go to EC-17, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END


INFOID:0000000004250997

EC-462
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-21, "VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.

EC
EC-463
2009 G37 Coupe
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004251001
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven.
INFOID:0000000004251002
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) Stop lamp switch
P1805
Brake switch

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. 3. Erase the DTC. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-464, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251003
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Stop lamp Not illuminated Illuminated

1. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 7)
EC-464
2009 G37 Coupe
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
[VQ37VHR]
A
1. 2. 3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 122
EC
Continuity
D
Existed

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103, M2 Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Refer to EC-465, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
I

INFOID:0000000004251004

N
Terminals 1 and 2

EC-465
2009 G37 Coupe
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed
[VQ37VHR]
EC-466
2009 G37 Coupe
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004251005

Description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
EC
PBIB1741E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004251006
DTC No. P2122 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
P2123
1.PRECONDITIONING
K L

Diagnosis Procedure
P
INFOID:0000000004251007

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-467
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. [VQ37VHR]
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Ground Ground

Check the following. Harness connectors M6, E106 Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor Connector E112 Terminal 4 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 100
Continuity Existed

6.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor Connector E112 Terminal 3 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 97 Continuity Existed

EC-468
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. Harness connectors M6, E106 Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
8.CHECK APP SENSOR

C


INFOID:0000000004251008
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector + Terminal 97 (APP sensor 1) M107 98 (APP sensor 2) 104 Terminal 100 Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed 0.45 - 1.0 4.2 - 4.8 0.22 - 0.50 2.1 - 2.5 Condition Voltage (V)

P
INFOID:0000000004251009

EC-469
2009 G37 Coupe



EC-470
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004251010

Description
EC
PBIB1741E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P2127 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
INFOID:0000000004251011
Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EVAP control system pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Brake booster pressure sensor
P2128
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
1.PRECONDITIONING

P
EC-471
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004251012
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

Ground Ground
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors M6, E106 Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor >> Repair open circuit.

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6.

EC-472
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
A
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".) Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
EC
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity Existed

I
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Continuity Existed

O
11.CHECK APP SENSOR

EC-473
2009 G37 Coupe



INFOID:0000000004460730


INFOID:0000000004251014



EC-474
2009 G37 Coupe
P2138 APP SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004251015
P2138 APP SENSOR

Description
EC
PBIB1741E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004251016
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is shorted) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EVAP control system pressure sensor Brake booster pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor
P2138
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.
1.PRECONDITIONING

EC-475
2009 G37 Coupe
P2138 APP SENSOR

INFOID:0000000004251017
Diagnosis Procedure

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Ground Ground

4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
Ground Ground
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors M6, E106
EC-476
2009 G37 Coupe
P2138 APP SENSOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit.
[VQ37VHR]
A

EC
8.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".) Brake booster pressure sensor (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".) EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-315, "Component Inspection".) Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

APP sensor Connector E112 Terminal 4 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 100 104
Continuity
Existed

O P
11.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-477
2009 G37 Coupe
P2138 APP SENSOR

APP sensor Connector E112 Terminal 3 1 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 97 98
[VQ37VHR]
Continuity
Existed

13.CHECK APP SENSOR



INFOID:0000000004460731

EC-478
2009 G37 Coupe
P2138 APP SENSOR

A

1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-469, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC
>> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004251019

D


G H
EC-479
2009 G37 Coupe
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1


Description
JMBIA0112GB INFOID:0000000004251020
PBIB3354E
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004251021
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not it will shift to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No. P2A00 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit range/performance Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for a specified period. The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for a specified period. Possible Cause A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks
P2A03
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-480
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A 5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. EC 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-481, "Diagnosis Procedure". C NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251022

2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

1. Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3.
G

1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4.

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure" or EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check harness connector for water. Water should not exit. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

1. 2. 3.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
EC-481
2009 G37 Coupe

[VQ37VHR]
DTC P2A00 P2A03
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage

DTC
Continuity
P2A00
P2A03
F20
4.
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P2A00
P2A03
F20
DTC
Ground
Continuity
P2A00
Ground
Not existed
P2A03

EC-482
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. [VQ37VHR]
A

EC

Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service tool). Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13.
12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select A/F ADJ-B1 and A/F ADJ-B2 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that 0.000 is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Is 0.000 displayed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 13.
H I

Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-22, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> INSPECTION END
K
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select A/F ADJ-B1 and A/F ADJ-B2 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that 0.000 is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. >> INSPECTION END
O M N
EC-483
2009 G37 Coupe
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004251023
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
INFOID:0000000004251024
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION

Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
1. 2.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal 126 (ASCD brake switch signal)
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
M107
128
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251025
1.INSPECTION START

Ground Ground

EC-484
2009 G37 Coupe
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. [VQ37VHR]
A

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
EC
Continuity
F
Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Refer to EC-487, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
K
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

N
Ground Condition Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage (V) Approx. 0 Battery voltage
Ground
Brake pedal

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-485
2009 G37 Coupe
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 Terminal 1
[VQ37VHR]
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ASCD brake switch harness connector.
ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 Terminal 2 ASCD brake switch Connector E109 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
11.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-487, "Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
EC-486
2009 G37 Coupe
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [VQ37VHR]
A

Refer to EC-487, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
EC

D
INFOID:0000000004251026
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)
INFOID:0000000004251027
1.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH-II

1. Adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".
EC-487
2009 G37 Coupe
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

[VQ37VHR] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Clutch pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
EC-488
2009 G37 Coupe
ASCD INDICATOR
A
INFOID:0000000004251028
ASCD INDICATOR
Description
ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET) and CRUISE lamp in combination EC meter. CRUISE indicator is displayed to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON. C SET indicator is displayed when the following conditions are met. CRUISE indicator is displayed. SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the ASCD setting. D SET indicator is displayed during ASCD control. Refer to EC-63, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
INFOID:0000000004251029
1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: ON When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) CONDITION MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time ASCD: Operating ASCD: Not operating SPECIFICATION
G
ON OFF ON OFF
SET LAMP
J
INFOID:0000000004251030
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.

Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-489
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
Description
COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE
Cooling fan control module receives ON/OFF pulse duty signal from IPDM E/R. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module sends cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motor. The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
INFOID:0000000004251031
COOLING FAN MOTOR

Cooling fan motor receives cooling fan motor operating voltage from cooling fan control module. The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
INFOID:0000000004251032
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform FAN DUTY CONTROL in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage. Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Make sure that cooling fan operates. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-490, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251033
1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector E37. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan control module Connector E37 Terminal 3
Ground Ground
2.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan control module Connector E37 Terminal 1
Ground Ground
Continuity Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-490
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN
A
3.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E5, E6. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
EC
IPDM E/R Connector E5 E6 Terminal 12 41 Ground Continuity
C
Ground Existed
4.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E9. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan control module harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E9 Terminal 97 Cooling fan control module Connector E37 Terminal 2
G
Continuity Existed
5.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors E301, E302. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
J K
Cooling fan control module Connector Terminal 4 6
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace cooling fan control module.
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS -1 AND -2

Refer to EC-492, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relay. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay harness connector and ground.
EC-491
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN
Cooling fan relay Connector E17 Terminal 1 3
[VQ37VHR]
Ground
Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage

Check the following. 10A fuse (No. 42) IPDM E/R harness connector E7 50A fusible link (letter F) Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fuse Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and battery >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E6. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Cooling fan relay Connector E17 Terminal 2 IPDM E/R Connector E6 Terminal 42
Continuity Existed
4.
Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and cooling fan control module harness connector.
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan control module Connector E37 Terminal 3
Connector E17
Terminal 5
Continuity Existed
10.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

Refer to EC-493, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.

Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness connectors.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)
INFOID:0000000004251034
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

EC-492
2009 G37 Coupe
COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors E301, E302. 3. Supply cooling fan control module terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Cooling fan control module Motor 1 2 Connector E301 E302 Terminal (+) 4 6 () 5 7 Cooling fan operates. Operation
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)
INFOID:0000000004251035
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove cooling fan relay. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under the following conditions.
Conditions 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Existed Not existed
G
Terminals 3 and 5
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
JMBIA0876ZZ
EC-493
2009 G37 Coupe
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


Description
INFOID:0000000004251036
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via the CAN communication line.
INFOID:0000000004251037
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. Select LOAD SIGNAL and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Rear window defogger switch ON OFF Indication ON OFF
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION

Check LOAD SIGNAL indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Lighting switch ON at 2nd position OFF Indication ON OFF
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION

Select HEATER FAN SW and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item HEATER FAN SW Condition Heater fan control switch ON OFF Indication ON OFF
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251038
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-494, "Component Function Check". Which circuit is related to the incident? Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2. Headlamp>>GO TO 3. Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM

Refer to DEF-3, "Work Flow".
EC-494
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END [VQ37VHR]
A
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM

Refer to EXL-5, "Work Flow". >> INSPECTION END
EC
4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM

Refer to HAC-4, "Work Flow". >> INSPECTION END
C D
EC-495
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
Description
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
INFOID:0000000004251039
SEF375Z
INFOID:0000000004251040
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. Are any cylinders ignited? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. Clicking sound should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-496, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251041
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
EC-496
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injector Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connector F121 F122 F123 F124 F125 F126 Terminal 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ground Battery voltage
[VQ37VHR]
A
Ground
Voltage
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness connectors F10, F120 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 10 A fuse (No. 44) Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel injector Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connector F121 F122 F123 F124 F125 F126 Terminal 2 2 2 2 2 2 F102 ECM Connector Terminal 89 85 81 90 86 82 Existed
J
Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4

Check the following. Harness connectors F106, F107 Harness connectors F10, F120 Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O P

Refer to EC-498, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal?
EC-497
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. [VQ37VHR]

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
INFOID:0000000004251042

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.
Resistance () 11.1 - 14.3 [at 10 - 60C (60 - 140F)]
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
EC-498
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL PUMP
A
INFOID:0000000004251043
FUEL PUMP
Description
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Battery Input signal to ECM Engine speed* Battery voltage* ECM Function Fuel pump control
EC
Actuator Fuel pump relay Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Ignition switch is turned to ON. Engine running and cranking When engine is stopped Except as shown above Fuel pump operation Operates for 1 second. Operates. Stops in 1.5 seconds. Stops.
H
INFOID:0000000004251044
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> EC-499, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
JMBIA0849ZZ
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251045
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
Ground Ground
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

EC-499
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 77
[VQ37VHR]
Ground Ground

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
Ground
Voltage Battery voltage should exist for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Ground
5.CHECK 15A FUSE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 41) from IPDM E/R. 3. Check 15 A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace fuse.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E5. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 13 Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector B22 Terminal 1 Existed
Continuity
EC-500
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL PUMP
A

Check the following. Harness connectors E104, B4 IPDM E/R harness connector E5 Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
Ground Ground
Continuity Existed
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-501, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace fuel pump.
H I

J
K
INFOID:0000000004251046
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals as follows.
Resistance () 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25C (77F)]
Terminals 1 and 3
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
EC-501
2009 G37 Coupe
ICC BRAKE SWITCH

ICC BRAKE SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004251047
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to CCS-17, "System Description" for the ICC function.
INFOID:0000000004251048
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION

Monitor item
BRAKE SW1
1. 2.
ECM
Connector
+ Terminal 126 (ICC brake switch signal)
Terminal
Condition
Voltage (V)
M107
128
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251049
1.INSPECTION START

Ground Ground
EC-502
2009 G37 Coupe
ICC BRAKE SWITCH

A

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
EC
4.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

Ground
Ground
Brake pedal

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector.
EC-503
2009 G37 Coupe
ICC BRAKE SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 1
[VQ37VHR]
Ground Ground

Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 10 A fuse (No. 3) Harness for open or short between ICC clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ICC brake switch harness connector.
ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 2 ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
11.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
12.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
Continuity Existed

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
EC-504
2009 G37 Coupe
ICC BRAKE SWITCH

[VQ37VHR]
A

EC

Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)
INFOID:0000000004251050
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
G
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-II

1. 2. Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
M
INFOID:0000000004251051
Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)
1.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2
2.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH-II

EC-505
2009 G37 Coupe
ICC BRAKE SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Adjust ICC clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Clutch pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed
[VQ37VHR]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
EC-506
2009 G37 Coupe
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
INFOID:0000000004251052
IGNITION SIGNAL
Description
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns EC ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
INFOID:0000000004251053
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Does the engine start? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. No >> Go to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D E
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III 1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION

1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions with an oscilloscope.
ECM + Connector Terminal 11 12 15 F101 16 19 20 NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
JMBIA0035GB
J
Connector Terminal Voltage signal
L
M107 128
O
INFOID:0000000004251054
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
EC-507
2009 G37 Coupe
IGNITION SIGNAL
ECM Connector M107 + Terminal 125 Terminal 128 Battery voltage Voltage
[VQ37VHR]
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser Connector F8 Terminal 1
Ground Ground
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E7 Terminal 53 Condenser Connector F8 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-507, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4.

Check the following. Harness connectors E3, F1 Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser Connector F8 Terminal 2
Ground Ground
Continuity Existed
EC-508
2009 G37 Coupe
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-511, "Component Inspection (Condenser)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace condenser.
EC
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connector F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 Terminal 3 3 3 3 3 3 Ground Battery voltage
Ground
Voltage

Check the following. Harness connector F1 Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F1 >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connector F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 Terminal 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ground
Continuity
N
Ground Existed
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-509
2009 G37 Coupe
IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connector F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 Terminal 1 1 1 1 1 1 F101 ECM Connector Terminal 20 16 12 11 15 19 Existed
[VQ37VHR]
Continuity

Check the following. Harness connectors F104, F105 Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-510, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.

Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)
INFOID:0000000004251055
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.
Terminals 1 and 2 1 and 3 2 and 3 Resistance () [at 25C (77F)] Except 0 or Except 0
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II

CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
EC-510
2009 G37 Coupe
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 4. Start engine. 5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated. CAUTION: Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0021ZZ
Component Inspection (Condenser)
INFOID:0000000004251056
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.
Resistance (M) Above 1 [at 25C (77F)]
Terminals 1 and 2
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace condenser.
EC-511
2009 G37 Coupe
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

Description
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination meter. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".
INFOID:0000000004251057
SEF217U
INFOID:0000000004251058
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Make sure that MIL illuminates. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-512, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251059
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.

Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace.

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-512
2009 G37 Coupe
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)

A
INFOID:0000000004251060

Description
EC
F
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving. WARNING: When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in workshop. Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. CAUTION: Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: - Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely. - Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". - Disconnect battery ground cable. Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections. Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
INFOID:0000000004251061
1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION

Check whether the following symptoms are present. Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong. Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. Are any symptoms present? YES >> Go to EC-513, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
P
INFOID:0000000004251062
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present. A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
EC-513
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. Which symptom is present? A >> GO TO 2. B >> GO TO 7. [VQ37VHR]

Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 1.

Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1). 2 : EVAP canister vennt control valve Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2731E
4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 5.

Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose.

Refer to EC-516, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 9. 1.
EC-514
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
[VQ37VHR]
A
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 11.
EC
C
PBIB2731E
9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 10.

Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
F G
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE

Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
J

14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel filler tube.
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I

Check one-way valve for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II

1. 2. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
EC-515
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. [VQ37VHR]
SEF665U
INFOID:0000000004251063
1.INSPECTION START

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation". Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container. Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. 5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Turn fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [13.3 kPa (0.136 kg/cm3, 1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1035E

EC-516
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. [VQ37VHR]
A

1. 2. 3. 4.
Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. EC Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation". Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel gauge retainer. C Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. D 5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. E Always replace O-ring with new one. Turn fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [13.3 kPa (0.136 kg/cm3, 1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. F
K
PBIB1035E
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-517
2009 G37 Coupe
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION


Description
INFOID:0000000004251064
JMBIA0858ZZ
1. A.
PCV valve Normal condition : Fresh air : Blow-by air
2. B.
Electric throttle control actuator Hi-load condition
3.
Mass air flow sensor
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.
PBIB1588E
INFOID:0000000004251065
1.CHECK PCV VALVE
EC-518
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace PCV valve. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
PBIB1589E
EC-519
2009 G37 Coupe
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004251066
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
PBIB2657E
INFOID:0000000004251067
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM Connector M107 + Terminal 105 (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal) Terminal 112 1.0 - 4.0 Voltage (V)
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004251068

1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Refrigerant pressure sensor Connector E77 Terminal 3
Ground Ground

EC-520
2009 G37 Coupe

A

Check the following. Harness connectors M6, E106 Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Refrigerant pressure sensor Connector E77 Terminal 1
E
Continuity Existed

H I
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
Refrigerant pressure sensor Connector E77 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 105 Continuity Existed


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-521
2009 G37 Coupe
SNOW MODE SWITCH

SNOW MODE SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004609739
The snow mode switch signal is sent to the unified meter and A/C amp. from the snow mode switch. The unified meter and A/C amp. then sends the signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. The snow mode is used for driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas. If the snow mode is activated, the vehicle speed will not accelerats as quickly as normal to avoid vehicle slip. In other words, ECM controls rapid engine torque change by controlling the electric throttle control actuator operating speed.
INFOID:0000000004609740
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH FUNCTION

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select SNOW MODE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Check SNOW MODE SW indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item SNOW MODE SW Condition Snow mode switch ON OFF Indication ON OFF
2.CHECK SNOW MODE INDICATOR FUNCTION

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the snow mode indicator in the snow mode switch under the following condition.
Condition Snow mode switch ON OFF Snow mode indicator ON OFF
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004609741
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH OVERALL FUNCTION

Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (snow mode switch or snow mode indicator). Refer to EC-522, "Component Function Check". Which circuit is related to the incident? Snow mode switch>>GO TO 2. Snow mode indicator>>GO TO 6.

Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to MWI-4, "Work flow".
3.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect snow mode switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between snow mode switch harness connector and ground.
EC-522
2009 G37 Coupe
SNOW MODE SWITCH

Snow mode switch Connector M139 Terminal 1
[VQ37VHR]
A
Ground Ground
EC

Check the following. Harness connectors E106, M6 IPDM E/R harness connector E7 10 A fuse (No. 43) Harness for open or short between snow mode switch and fuse. >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. Check the continuity between snow mode switch harness connector and unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector.
Snow mode switch Connector M139 Terminal 4 Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M66 Terminal 23
H
Continuity Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.

7.CHECK SNOW MODE INDICATOR LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between snow mode switch harness connector and ground.
Snow mode switch Connector M139 Terminal 2 Ground Ground Continuity Existed
8.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH

Refer to EC-524, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace snow mode switch.
EC-523
2009 G37 Coupe
SNOW MODE SWITCH


INFOID:0000000004609742
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH-I

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect snow mode switch harness connector. Check the continuity between snow mode switch terminals under the following conditions.
Condition Snow mode switch ON OFF Continuity Existed Not Existed
Terminals 1 and 4
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace snow mode switch.
2.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH-II

Check the continuity between snow mode switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals (Polarity) 2 (+) - 4 () 4 (+) - 2 () Continuity Existed Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace snow mode switch.
EC-524
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ37VHR]
A
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
NOTE: Specification data are reference values. Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
INFOID:0000000004251069
EC
Monitor Item ENG SPEED MAS A/F SE-B1 MAS A/F SE-B2 B/FUEL SCHDL A/F ALPHA-B1 A/F ALPHA-B2 COOLAN TEMP/S A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2)
Condition Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. See EC-137, "Description". See EC-137, "Description". See EC-137, "Description". See EC-137, "Description". See EC-137, "Description". Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
Values/Status Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication
H
Indicates engine coolant temperature Fluctuates around 2.2 V Fluctuates around 2.2 V
HO2S2 (B1)
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
J
0 - 0.3 V Approx. 0.6 1.0 V
HO2S2 (B2)
0 - 0.3 V Approx. 0.6 1.0 V
M
LEAN RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
LEAN RICH
VHCL SPEED SE BATTERY VOLT ACCEL SEN 1
Almost the same speed as speedometer indication 11 - 14 V 0.45 - 1.00 V 4.4 - 4.8 V 0.45 - 1.00 V 4.3 - 4.8 V
ACCEL SEN 2*1
EC-525
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Monitor Item TP SEN 1-B1 Condition Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON START ON Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Selector lever: Except above Steering wheel: Not being turned Steering wheel: Being turned Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF IGNITION SW HEATER FAN SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Heater fan switch: ON Heater fan switch: OFF Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,500 rpm Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[VQ37VHR]
Values/Status More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V Indicates fuel tank temperature Indicates intake air temperature Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V Depending on fuel level of fuel tank OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON
TP SEN 2-B1*1
FUEL T/TMP SE INT/A TEMP SE EVAP SYS PRES FUEL LEVEL SE START SIGNAL CLSD THL POS
AIR COND SIG
P/N POSI SW
Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
Ignition switch: ON
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 2.0 - 3.0 msec 1.9 - 2.9 msec 2.0 - 3.0 msec 1.9 - 2.9 msec 7 BTDC 25 - 45 BTDC 5% - 35% 5% - 35%
BRAKE SW
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
IGN TIMING
CAL/LD VALUE
EC-526
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Monitor Item Condition Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Idle 2,500 rpm Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting.) 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
[VQ37VHR]
Values/Status 2.0 - 6.0 gm/s 7.0 - 20.0 gm/s
MASS AIRFLOW
EC
0% 5 - 5CA Approx. 0 - 30CA
PURG VOL C/V
INT/V TIM (B1)
E
5 - 5CA Approx. 0 - 30CA 0 - 2% Approx. 0 - 50%
INT/V TIM (B2)
INT/V SOL (B1)
H
0 - 2% Approx. 0 - 50% More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
INT/V SOL (B2)
TP SEN 1-B2
TP SEN 2-B2*1
AIR COND RLY
FUEL PUMP RLY VENT CONT/V THRTL RELAY
For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON Engine running or cranking Except above Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
ON
OFF
P
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
OFF Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication
I/P PULLY SPD
Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
EC-527
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Monitor Item VEHICLE SPEED Condition Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. Snow mode switch: Pressed Snow mode switch: Released
[VQ37VHR]
Values/Status Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication YET CMPLT ON OFF More than 70C (158F) Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illuminated. 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 miles) 4 - 100% 4 - 100% 1.0 - 4.0 V Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication The preset vehicle speed is displayed ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF
IDL A/V LEARN
Engine: Running
SNOW MODE SW ENG OIL TEMP TRVL AFTER MIL A/F S1 HTR (B1) A/F S1 HTR (B2) AC PRESS SEN VHCL SPEED SE SET VHCL SPD MAIN SW
Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up Ignition switch: ON
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) Engine: Idle Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Engine: Running Ignition switch: ON ASCD: Operating MAIN switch: Pressed MAIN switch: Released CANCEL switch: Pressed CANCEL switch: Released RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released SET/COAST switch: Pressed SET/COAST switch: Released Brake pedal: Fully released Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed DISTANCE switch: Pressed DISTANCE switch: Released MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time
CANCEL SW
Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW
Ignition switch: ON
SET SW BRAKE SW1 (ICC/ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) DIST SW CRUISE LAMP
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Engine speed: Idle
BAT CUR SEN
Battery: Fully charged*2 Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load
Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
ALT DUTY ATOM PRES SEN BRAKE BST PRES SE
Engine: Idle This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model. This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.
0 - 80%
EC-528
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Monitor Item Condition Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Ignition switch: OFF ON (After warming up) Idle When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly Idle When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly Idle When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly Idle When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly VVEL learning has not been performed yet. VVEL learning has already been performed successfully.
[VQ37VHR]
Values/Status Approx. 0.25 - 1.40 V Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V Approx. 0.25 - 1.40 V
VVEL POSITION SEN-B1
EC
VVEL POSITION SEN-B2
C
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V Approx. 0 - 20 deg Approx. 0 - 90 deg
VVEL TIM-B1
E
Approx. 0 - 20 deg Approx. 0 - 90 deg
VVEL TIM-B2
YET DONE
VVEL LEARN
H
Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V 0.330 - 0.330 0.330 - 0.330 0 - 100% ON OFF
VVEL SEN LEARNB1 VVEL SEN LEARNB2 A/F ADJ-B1 A/F ADJ-B2 FAN DUTY ALT DUTY SIG
VVEL learning has already been performed successfully VVEL learning has already been performed successfully Engine: Running Engine: Running Engine: Running Power generation voltage variable control: Operating Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. *2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
TERMINAL LAYOUT
M
O
JMBIA0070ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE: ECM is located behind the instrument assist lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instrument lower panel. Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
EC-529
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Terminal No. (Wire color) + - Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
2.9 - 8.8 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
JMBIA0030GB
1 (W)
128 (B)
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1)
Output
0 - 14 V [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 2 (G) 128 (B) Throttle control motor (Open) (bank 1)
JMBIA0031GB
Output 0 - 14 V [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0032GB
3 (R)
128 (B)
Throttle control motor power supply (bank 1)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 14 V
4 (BR)
128 (B)
Throttle control motor (Close) (bank 1)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing operation
JMBIA0033GB
2.9 - 8.8 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
JMBIA0030GB
5 (GR)
128 (B)
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 2)
Output
8 (B)
ECM ground
EC-530
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 11 (GR) 12 (L) 15 (V) 16 (G) 19 (SB) 20 (Y) 128 (B) - Description Signal name Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 3 [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
JMBIA0035GB
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
Input/ Output
Condition
0 - 0.2 V
EC
Ignition signal No. 5 Output Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 6
0.1 - 0.4 V
E
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Ignition signal No. 1

JMBIA0036GB
17 (P)
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 1)
Output
[Engine is running] Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: after warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped [Engine is running] Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed
10 V
JMBIA0037GB
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
18 (W)
128 (B)
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)
Output
L
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000rpm
M
JMBIA0038GB
EC-531
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] Idle speed Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting
21 (GR)
128 (B)
JMBIA0039GB
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine)
JMBIA0040GB
22 (R)
128 (B)
Fuel pump relay
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON] More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] A few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
0 - 1.5 V
0 - 1.5 V
24 (P)
128 (B)
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0V 0 - 1.0 V 0V
25 (O)
128 (B)
Throttle control motor relay
Output
[Ignition switch: ON OFF]
[Ignition switch: ON] 28 (BR) 128 (B) VVEL actuator motor relay abort signal [VVEL control module] Output [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
29 (G)
128 (B)
Output
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000rpm
JMBIA0038GB
EC-532
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
30 (Y)
40 (R)
Throttle position sensor 1 (bank 1)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Engine is running] Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: after warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped [Engine is running] Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
EC
More than 0.36 V
C
Less than 4.75 V
D
More than 0.36 V
31 (R)
48 (B)
Input
Less than 4.75 V
10 V
33 (SB)
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (bank 2)
Output
JMBIA0037GB
Less than 4.75 V
34 (B)
40 (R)
Input
More than 0.36 V
Less than 4.75 V
35 (W)
48 (B)
Input
N
More than 0.36 V
36 (O)
Sensor ground [Brake booster pressure sensor]
EC-533
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
4.0 - 5.0 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 37 (W) 128 (B) Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0041GB
Input 4.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running] Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0042GB
38 (O)
96 (P)
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
Input
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000 rpm [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Brake pedal: Fully released [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Brake pedal: Fully depressed
1.2 V
1.5 V
1.2 V
39 (P)
36 (O)
Input
3.0 V
40 (R) 43 (G) 44 (L) 45 (LG) 46 (R) 47 (Y) 48 (B)
Sensor ground [Throttle position sensor (bank 1)] Sensor power supply [Throttle position sensor (bank 2)] Sensor power supply [Throttle position sensor (bank 1)] Sensor power supply [Brake booster pressure sensor] Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] Sensor ground [Throttle position sensor (bank 2)]
48 (B) 40 (R) 36 (O) 128 (B)
5V
5V
5V
5V
EC-534
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
0 - 14 V [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing operation
JMBIA0033GB
EC
49 (GR)
128 (B)
Throttle control motor (Close) (bank 2)
Output
0 - 14 V [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 50 (V) 128 (B) Throttle control motor (Open) (bank 2)
JMBIA0031GB
Output 0 - 14 V [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0032GB
52 (R) 53 (W) 54 (Y) 55 (LG) 57 (L)
128 (B) 128 (B) 128 (B)
Throttle control motor power supply (bank 2) Ignition switch CAN communication line [VVEL control module] CAN communication line [VVEL control module] A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
Input Input/ output Input/ output Input
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
K
2.2 V 3.0 - 5.0 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
O
JMBIA0045GB
59 (O)
128 (B)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
Input 3.0 - 5.0 V
P
JMBIA0046GB
EC-535
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Terminal No. (Wire color) + - Description Signal name Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1), Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, Power steering pressure sensor] A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input/ Output Condition
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
60 (G)
128 (B)
5V
61 (R)
128 (B)
Input
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 63 (L) 128 (B) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
JMBIA0045GB
Input 3.0 - 5.0 V
JMBIA0046GB
64 (SB) 65 (LG) 66 (V) 67 (P)
128 (B) 128 (B) 128 (B) 128 (B)
Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2), Battery current sensor] A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
5V
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000 rpm [Engine is running]
2.2 V 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature.
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
Input
Intake air temperature sensor Sensor ground [Mass air flow sensor (bank 1), Intake air temperature sensor] Knock sensor (bank 2) Engine coolant temperature sensor Sensor ground (Knock sensor) Knock sensor (bank 1)
Input
68 (LG) 69 (W) 71 (Y) 72 () 73 (W)
128 (B) 128 (B) 128 (B)
Input
[Engine is running] Idle speed [Engine is running]
2.5 V*1 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. 2.5 V*1
Input
Input
[Engine is running] Idle speed
EC-536
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
76 (W)
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
Input
[Engine is running] Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: after warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,500 rpm [Engine is running] [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,500 rpm [Engine is running] Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: after warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
EC
0 - 1.0 V
D
0.7 - 1.2 V
77 (SB)
68 (LG)
Mass air flow sensor (bank 1)
Input
E
1.3 - 1.7 V 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine oil temperature. 0.7 - 1.2 V
78 (G)
84 (B)
Engine oil temperature sensor
Input
79 (BR)
94 (Y)
Mass air flow sensor (bank 2)
Input
H
1.3 - 1.7 V
I
0 - 1.0 V
80 (O)
128 (B)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
Input
81 (R) 82 (V)
Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 6 [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Output Fuel injector No. 5 Fuel injector No. 1
85 (BR) 128 (B)
Fuel injector No. 2
M
JMBIA0047GB
86 (W) 89 (GR)
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
90 (O)
Fuel injector No. 4
P
JMBIA0048GB
84 (B)
Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2, Engine coolant temperature sensor, Engine oil temperature sensor)
EC-537
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
87 (Y)
96 (P)
Power steering pressure sensor
Output
[Engine is running] Steering wheel: Being turned [Engine is running] Steering wheel: Not being turned [Engine is running] Battery: Fully charged*2 Idle speed
0.5 - 4.5 V 0.4 - 0.8 V
91 (SB) 92 (G) 93 (P) 94 (Y) 95 (G)
95 (G)
Battery current sensor Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)] Power supply for ECM (Back-up) Sensor ground [Mass air flow sensor (bank 2)] Sensor ground (Battery current sensor) Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1),Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, Power steering pressure sensor]
Input
2.6 - 3.5 V
128 (B)
Input
[Ignition switch: OFF]
96 (P)
97 (R)
100 (W)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Ignition switch: ON]
0.45 - 1.00 V
4.2 - 4.8 V
0.22 - 0.50 V
98 (P)
104 (GR)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
Input
2.1 - 2.5 V
99 (L) 100 (W)
100 (W)
Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
5V
EC-538
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
[Ignition switch: ON] ICC steering switch: OFF [Ignition switch: ON] MAIN switch: Pressed ICC steering switch (models with ICC system) [Ignition switch: ON] CANCEL switch: Pressed Input [Ignition switch: ON] RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed [Ignition switch: ON] SET/COAST switch: Pressed [Ignition switch: ON] DISTANCE switch: Pressed [Ignition switch: ON] ASCD steering switch: OFF [Ignition switch: ON] MAIN switch: Pressed 101 (SB) 108 (Y) ASCD steering switch (models with ASCD system) Input [Ignition switch: ON] CANCEL switch: Pressed [Ignition switch: ON] RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed [Ignition switch: ON] SET/COAST switch: Pressed 102 (GR) 103 (G) 104 (GR) 112 (SB) 104 (GR) EVAP control system pressure sensor Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Refrigerant pressure sensor Input [Ignition switch: ON]
4.3 V 0V 1.3 V
EC
101 (SB)
108 (Y)
D
3.7 V
3V 2.2 V
F
4V 0V 1V
H
3V
I
2V 1.8 - 4.8 V
5V
K
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Both A/C switch and blower fan motor switch: ON (Compressor operates) [Engine is running]
L
Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
105 (L)
116 (P)
M
0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with fuel tank temperature.
106 (W)
128 (B)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Sensor power supply (EVAP control system pressure sensor,Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor ground (ASCD/ICC steering switch)
Input
107 (BR)
112 (SB)
5V
O
[Ignition switch: ON] Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/ T) [Ignition switch: ON] Selector lever: Except above
108 (Y)
109 (G)
128 (B)
PNP signal
Input
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0V
EC-539
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
1V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 110 (R) 128 (B) Engine speed output signal
JMBIA0076GB
Output 1V
[Engine is running] Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0077GB
112 (SB) 113 (P) 114 (L) 117 (V) 121 (LG) 122 (P) 123 (B) 124 (B) 125 (R)
Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor, Refrigerant pressure sensor) CAN communication line CAN communication line Data link connector EVAP canister vent control valve
128 (B) 128 (B) 128 (B)
Input/ Output Input/ Output Input/ Output Output
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF] Brake pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: OFF] Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Stop lamp switch
Input
ECM ground
128 (B)
Power supply for ECM ICC brake switch (models with ICC system) ASCD brake switch (models with ASCD system)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
126 (BR)
128 (B)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] Brake pedal: Fully released
127 (B) 128 (B)
ECM ground
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) *1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester. **2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-540
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
INFOID:0000000004251070
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -
EC
JCBWM1011GB
EC-541
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1012GB
EC-542
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1013GB
EC-543
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1014GB
EC-544
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1015GB
EC-545
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1016GB
EC-546
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1017GB
EC-547
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1018GB
EC-548
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1019GB
EC-549
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1020GB
EC-550
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1021GB
EC-551
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1022GB
EC-552
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1023GB
EC-553
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1024GB
EC-554
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1025GB
EC-555
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1026GB
EC-556
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1027GB
EC-557
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1028GB
EC-558
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
A
EC
O
JCBWM1029GB
EC-559
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
JCBWM1030GB
Fail safe
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
INFOID:0000000004251071
EC-560
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Detected items Malfunction indicator lamp circuit Remarks When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating the fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
[VQ37VHR]
Reference page
EC
EC-512
DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. U0113 U1003 U1024 P0011 P0021 P0102 P0103 P010C P010D P0117 P0118 Detected items Can communication circuit Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
Intake valve timing control Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting Except as shown above Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) 40C (104F) 80C (176F) 40 - 80C (104 - 176F) (Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P1239 P2132 P2133 P2135 P0500 P0524 P0605 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
N
Vehicle speed sensor Engine oil pressure ECM The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running. The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:) ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM deactivates ASCD operation. VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0607 P0643
ECM Sensor power supply
EC-561
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
DTC No. P1087 P1088 P1089 P1092 P1608 P1090 P1093 Detected items VVEL control function VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL actuator motor Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. P1091 P1233 P2101 P1236 P2118 P1238 P2119 VVEL actuator motor relay Electric throttle control function Throttle control motor Electric throttle control actuator VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P1290 P2100 P2103 P1606 P1805 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimam angle. Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition When engine is idling When accelerating P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor Normal Poor acceleration Driving condition
[VQ37VHR]
VVEL control module Brake switch
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
INFOID:0000000004251072
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.
EC-562
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Priority 1 Detected items (DTC) U0101 U0113 U0164 U1001 U1003 CAN communication line U1024 VVEL CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 P010B P010C P010D Mass air flow sensor P010A Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P1225 P1226 P1234 P1235 P1239 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0555 Brake booster pressure sensor P0605 P0607 ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0700 TCM P0705 Transmission range switch P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch P1089 P1092 P1608 VVEL control shaft position sensor P1606 P1607 VVEL control module P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
EC-563
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Priority 2 3 Detected items (DTC) P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor P0550 Power steering pressure sensor P0603 ECM power supply P0710 P0717 P0720 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0775 P0780 P0795 P1730 P1734 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1087 P1088 VVEL system P1090 P1093 VVEL actuator motor P1091 VVEL actuator motor relay P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1233 P2101 Electric throttle control function P1236 P2118 Throttle control motor P1290 P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P1805 Brake switch P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0306 Misfire P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P0524 Engine oil pressure P100A P100B VVEL system P1148 P1168 Closed loop control P1211 TCS control unit P1212 TCS communication line P1238 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator P1421 Cold start control P1564 ICC steering switch / ASCD steering switch P1568 ICC command value P1572 ICC brake switch / ASCD brake switch P1574 ICC vehicle speed sensor / ASCD vehicle speed sensor
INFOID:0000000004251073
[VQ37VHR]
DTC Index
DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 U0101 U0113 U0164 U1001 U1003 U1024 P0000 P0011 P0021 ECM*3 0101*4 0113 0164*4 1001*4 1003 1024 0000 0011 0021
:Applicable : Not applicable
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) LOST COMM (TCM) CAN COMM CIRCUIT LOST COMM (HVAC) CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT VVEL CAN COMM CIRCUIT NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. INT/V TIM CONT-B1 INT/V TIM CONT-B2
SRT code
Trip
MIL
Reference page
1 1 (A/T models) 2 (M/T models) 1 1 (with ASCD) 1 or 2 (with ICC) 2 1 2 2
(A/T models) (M/T models) Flashing*7 EC-152 EC-149 EC-153 EC-155 EC-155 EC-149
EC-564
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 P0031 P0032 P0037 P0038 P0051 P0052 P0057 P0058 P0075 P0081 P0101 P0102 P0103 P010A P010B P010C P010D P0112 P0113 P0117 P0118 P0122 P0123 P0125 P0127 P0128 P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0137 P0138 P0139 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P0157 P0158 P0159 P0171 P0172 ECM*3 0031 0032 0037 0038 0051 0052 0057 0058 0075 0081 0101 0102 0103 010A 010B 010C 010D 0112 0113 0117 0118 0122 0123 0125 0127 0128 0130 0131 0132 0133 0137 0138 0139 0150 0151 0152 0153 0157 0158 0159 0171 0172 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) HO2S2 HTR (B2) HO2S2 HTR (B2) INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 ECT SEN/CIRC ECT SEN/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 ECT SENSOR IAT SENSOR-B1 THERMSTAT FNCTN A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A/F SENSOR1 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) A/F SENSOR1 (B2) A/F SENSOR1 (B2) A/F SENSOR1 (B2) A/F SENSOR1 (B2) HO2S2 (B2) HO2S2 (B2) HO2S2 (B2) FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 SRT code Trip MIL
[VQ37VHR]
Reference page EC-159 EC-159 EC-162 EC-162 EC-159 EC-159 EC-162 EC-162 EC-165 EC-165 EC-168 EC-176 EC-176 EC-182 EC-168 EC-176 EC-176 EC-186 EC-186 EC-191 EC-191 EC-194 EC-194 EC-198 EC-201 EC-203 EC-205 EC-209 EC-212 EC-215 EC-220 EC-226 EC-234 EC-205 EC-209 EC-212 EC-215 EC-220 EC-226 EC-234 EC-240 EC-244
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC
EC-565
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 P0174 P0175 P0181 P0182 P0183 P0196 P0197 P0198 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P0300 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 P0335 P0340 P0345 P0420 P0430 P0441 P0442 P0443 P0444 P0445 P0447 P0448 P0451 P0452 P0453 P0455 P0456 P0460 P0461 ECM*3 0174 0175 0181 0182 0183 0196 0197 0198 0222 0223 0227 0228 0300 0301 0302 0303 0304 0305 0306 0327 0328 0332 0333 0335 0340 0345 0420 0430 0441 0442 0443 0444 0445 0447 0448 0451 0452 0453 0455 0456 0460 0461 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 FTT SENSOR FTT SEN/CIRCUIT FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EOT SENSOR EOT SEN/CIRC EOT SEN/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 MULTI CYL MISFIRE CYL 1 MISFIRE CYL 2 MISFIRE CYL 3 MISFIRE CYL 4 MISFIRE CYL 5 MISFIRE CYL 6 MISFIRE KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EVAP SMALL LEAK PURG VOLUME CONT/V PURG VOLUME CONT/V PURG VOLUME CONT/V VENT CONTROL VALVE VENT CONTROL VALVE EVAP SYS PRES SEN EVAP SYS PRES SEN EVAP SYS PRES SEN EVAP GROSS LEAK EVAP VERY SML LEAK FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SRT code Trip MIL
[VQ37VHR]
Reference page EC-240 EC-244 EC-248 EC-251 EC-251 EC-254 EC-257 EC-257 EC-260 EC-260 EC-194 EC-194 EC-264 EC-264 EC-264 EC-264 EC-264 EC-264 EC-264 EC-270 EC-270 EC-270 EC-270 EC-273 EC-277 EC-277 EC-281 EC-281 EC-286 EC-291 EC-297 EC-302 EC-302 EC-305 EC-309 EC-313 EC-316 EC-321 EC-327 EC-333 EC-340 EC-342
*
6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-566
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 P0462 P0463 P0500 P0506 P0507 P0524 P0550 P0555 P0603 P0605 P0607 P0643 P0705 P0710 P0717 P0720 P0729 P0730 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0775 P0780 P0795 P0850 P100A P100B P1087 P1088 P1089 P1090 P1091 P1092 P1093 P1148 ECM*3 0462 0463 0500 0506 0507 0524 0550 0555 0603 0605 0607 0643 0705 0710 0717 0720 0729 0730 0731 0732 0733 0734 0735 0740 0744 0745 0750 0775 0780 0795 0850 100A 100B 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1148 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 ISC SYSTEM ISC SYSTEM ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PW ST P SEN/CIRC BRAKE BSTR PRES SEN/CIRC ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT ECM ECM SENSOR POWER/CIRC T/M RANGE SENSOR A ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC INPUT SPEED SENSOR A OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*5 AT 6TH FUNCTN BELT DAMG 1GR INCORRECT RATIO 2GR INCORRECT RATIO 3GR INCORRECT RATIO 4GR INCORRECT RATIO 5GR INCORRECT RATIO TORQUE CONVERTER TORQUE CONVERTER PC SOLENOID A SHIFT SOLENOID A PC SOLENOID B SHIFT PC SOLENOID C P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT VVEL SYSTEM-B1 VVEL SYSTEM-B2 VVEL SYSTEM-B1 VVEL SYSTEM-B2 VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B1 VVEL ACTR MOT-B1 VVEL ACTR MOT PWR VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B2 VVEL ACTR MOT-B2 CLOSED LOOP-B1 SRT code Trip MIL or (A/T models) (M/T models)
[VQ37VHR]
Reference page EC-344 EC-344 EC-346 EC-348 EC-350 EC-352 EC-355 EC-358 EC-363 EC-365 EC-367 EC-368 TM-176 TM-177 TM-179 TM-181 TM-185 TM-187 TM-189 TM-191 TM-193 TM-195 TM-197 TM-199 TM-201 TM-202 TM-203 TM-205 TM-206 TM-209 EC-371 EC-375 EC-375 EC-379 EC-379 EC-380 EC-384 EC-388 EC-380 EC-384 EC-391
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 or 2 1 (A/T models) 2 (M/T models) 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 or 2 1 1 1
EC
EC-567
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 P1168 P1211 P1212 P1217 P1225 P1226 P1233 P1234 P1235 P1236 P1238 P1239 P1290 P1421 P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 ECM*3 1168 1211 1212 1217 1225 1226 1233 1234 1235 1236 1238 1239 1290 1421 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CLOSED LOOP-B2 TCS C/U FUNCTN TCS/CIRC ENG OVER TEMP CTP LEARNING-B1 CTP LEARNING-B1 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B2 CTP LEARNING-B2 CTP LEARNING-B2 ETC MOT-B2 ETC ACTR-B2 TP SENSOR-B2 ETC MOT PWR-B2 COLD START CONTROL BAT CURRENT SENSOR BAT CURRENT SENSOR BAT CURRENT SENSOR BAT CURRENT SENSOR BAT CURRENT SENSOR SRT code Trip MIL
[VQ37VHR]
Reference page EC-391 EC-392 EC-393 EC-394 EC-398 EC-400 EC-402 EC-398 EC-400 EC-406 EC-409 EC-411 EC-414 EC-416 EC-418 EC-421 EC-421 EC-424 EC-427 EC-431 (with ASCD) EC-434 (with ICC) EC-437 EC-438 (with ASCD) EC-445 (with ICC) EC-453 (with ASCD) EC-455 (with ICC) EC-457 EC-459 EC-461 SEC-39 SEC-40 SEC-42 SEC-43 SEC-46 TM-214 TM-216 EC-464 EC-414 EC-402
1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
P1568
1568
ICC COMMAND VALUE
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1606 P1607 P1608 P1610 P1611 P1612 P1614 P1615 P1730 P1734 P1805 P2100 P2101
1606 1607 1608 1610 1611 1612 1614 1615 1730 1734 1805 2100 2101
VVEL CONTROL MODULE VVEL CONTROL MODULE VVEL SENSOR POWER/CIRC LOCK MODE ID DISCARD IMM-ECM CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY DIFFERENCE OF KEY INTERLOCK AT 7TH GR FNCTN BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT ETC MOT PWR-B1 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
1 or 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
or
EC-568
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 P2103 P2118 P2119 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2132 P2133 P2135 P2138 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 P2A00 P2A03 ECM*3 2103 2118 2119 2122 2123 2127 2128 2132 2133 2135 2138 2713 2722 2731 2807 2A00 2A03 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT-B1 ETC ACTR-B1 APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 TP SENSOR-B1 APP SENSOR PC SOLENOID D PC SOLENOID E PC SOLENOID F PC SOLENOID G A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A/F SENSOR1 (B2) SRT code Trip MIL
[VQ37VHR]
Reference page EC-414 EC-406 EC-409 EC-467 EC-467 EC-471 EC-471 EC-260 EC-260 EC-411 EC-475 TM-224 TM-225 TM-226 TM-227 EC-480 EC-480
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. *5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. *6: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. *7: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to How to Display SRT Status.
How to Set SRT Code
INFOID:0000000004251074
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on SRT Item. WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-569
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > DRIVING PATTERN [VQ37VHR]
PBIB3455E
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-570
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
[VQ37VHR] < ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > Sea level Flat road A Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F) Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)], diagnoEC sis may also be performed. Pattern 1: The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 71 (engine coolant temperature signal) and 84 (sen- C sor ground) is 3.0 - 4.3 V)]. The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70C (158F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 71 (engine coolant temperature signal) and 84 D (sensor ground) is lower than 1.4 V]. The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0C (32F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 106 (fuel temperature sensor signal) is less than 4.1 V]. E Pattern 2: When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. Pattern 3: F Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration vehicle speed from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). G Pattern 4: The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steadystate driving. If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted H again. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for I more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle PBIB2244E speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON. Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather and individual driving habits.
Unit: km/h (MPH)
Gear change 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)] 13 (8) 26 (16) 40 (25) 50 (30) 53 (33)
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)] 24 (15) 40 (25) 64 (40) 72 (45) 80 (50)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure sage operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear 1st 2nd km/h (MPH) 63 (39) 103 (64)
EC-571
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Gear 3rd 4th 5th 6th km/h (MPH) 148 (92)
INFOID:0000000004724901
[VQ37VHR]
Test Value and Test Limit
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID(OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID 0BH 0BH 0BH 0BH 04H 04H 84H 84H 0BH 83H 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH
Item
OBDMID
Self-diagnostic test item
DTC
Description
P0131 P0131 P0130 P0130 01H Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) P0133 P0133 P2A00 P2A00 HO2S P0130 P0133 P0138 02H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) P0137 P0138 P0139 P0143 03H Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) P0144 P0146 P0145
83H 84H 85H 86H 87H 88H 89H 8AH 8BH 8CH 07H 08H 80H 81H 07H 08H 80H 81H
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) The amount of shift in air fuel ratio The amount of shift in air fuel ratio Difference in sensor output voltage Response gain at the limited frequency Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Sensor output voltage Difference in sensor output voltage Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Sensor output voltage Difference in sensor output voltage
EC-572
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID 0BH 0BH 0BH 0BH 04H 04H 84H 84H 0BH 83H 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 0CH 01H 01H 0CH 84H 01H 01H 0CH 84H
[VQ37VHR]
A
Description
Item
OBDMID
DTC
EC
Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) The amount of shift in air fuel ratio The amount of shift in air fuel ratio Difference in sensor output voltage Response gain at the limited frequency Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Sensor output voltage Difference in sensor output voltage Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle Sensor output voltage Difference in sensor output voltage O2 storage index Switching time lag engine exhaust index value Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst O2 storage index Switching time lag engine exhaust index value Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0151 P0151 P0150 P0150 05H Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) P0153 P0153 P2A03 P2A03 HO2S P0150 P0153 P0158 06H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) P0157 P0158 P0159 P0163 07H Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) P0164 P0166 P0165 P0420 Three way catalyst function (Bank1) P0420 P2423 P2423 P0430 Three way catalyst function (Bank2) P0430 P2424 P2424
83H 84H 85H 86H 87H 88H 89H 8AH 8BH 8CH 07H 08H 80H 81H 07H 08H 80H 81H 80H 82H 83H 84H 80H 82H 83H 84H
21H
CATALYST
22H
EC-573
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID 96H 96H
[VQ37VHR]
Item
OBDMID
DTC
Description
P0400 P0400 EGR SYSTEM 31H EGR function
80H 81H
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch) Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch) Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control valve close Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage
P0400 P0400 P1402 P0011 P0014
82H 83H 84H 80H 81H 82H 83H 80H 81H 82H 83H 80H 80H 80H 81H
96H 96H 96H 9DH 9DH 9DH 9DH 9DH 9DH 9DH 9DH 0CH 05H 05H FDH
35H
VVT Monitor (Bank1) P0011 P0014 P0021 P0024
VVT SYSTEM
36H
VVT Monitor (Bank2) P0021 P0024
39H 3BH EVAP SYSTEM
EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) EVAP control system leak (Small leak) EVAP control system leak (Very small leak)
P0455 P0442 P0456 P0456
3CH
3DH
Purge flow system A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2)
P0441 Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 Low Input:P0037 High Input:P0038 P0043 Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 Low Input:P0057 High Input:P0058 P0063
83H
0CH
41H 42H O2 SENSOR HEATER 43H 45H 46H 47H
81H 80H 80H 81H 80H 80H
0BH 0CH 0CH 0BH 0CH 0CH
EC-574
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 2FH 24H 2FH 24H
[VQ37VHR]
A
Description
Item
OBDMID
DTC
EC
Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On Long term fuel trim The number of lambda control clamped Long term fuel trim The number of lambda control clamped
P0411 Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 P2445 SECONDARY AIR 71H Secondary Air system P2448 Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 P2440 P2444 81H FUEL SYSTEM 82H Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0171 or P0172 P0171 or P0172 P0174 or P0175 P0174 or P0175
80H 81H 82H 83H 84H 85H 86H 80H 81H 80H 81H
EC-575
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H 24H
[VQ37VHR]
Item
OBDMID
DTC
Description
P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 P0307 P0308 P0300 P0301 MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfires P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 P0307 P0308 P0300 P0300 P0300
80H 81H 82H 83H 84H 85H 86H 87H 88H 89H 8AH 8BH 8CH 8DH 8EH 8FH 90H 91H 92H 93H
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders
EC-576
2009 G37 Coupe
ECM
Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID 24H
[VQ37VHR]
A
Description
Item
OBDMID
DTC
EC
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
P0301 A2H No. 1 Cylinder Misfire P0301
0BH
0CH
24H
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
P0304 A5H No. 4 Cylinder Misfire P0304 MISFIRE P0305 A6H No. 5 Cylinder Misfire P0305
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
0BH
24H
0CH
24H
EC-577
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

VVEL CONTROL MODULE

Reference Value
TERMINAL LAYOUT
INFOID:0000000004251076
JMBIA0857ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE: VVEL control module is located behind the IPDM E/R. For this inspection, remove hoodledge cover (RH). Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
Terminal No. + 1 (W) - 14 (B) Description Signal name VVEL actuator motor power supply (bank 2) Input/ Output Input Condition Value (Approx.) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 14 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed
2 (L/B)
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor (High lift) (bank 2)
JMBIA0854ZZ
Output 0 - 14 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
JMBIA0855ZZ
3 (G)
4 (W)
VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 1)
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Input [Engine is running] Warm-up condition When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
Approx.0.25 - 1.40 V
Approx.0.25 - 4.75 V
4 (W)
Sensor ground [VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 1)]
EC-578
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

Terminal No. + - Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Input [Engine is running] Warm-up condition When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.)
Approx.0.25 - 1.40 V
EC
5 (R)
6 (B)
Approx.0.25 - 4.75 V
6 (B) 7 (SB) 8 (O) 9 (LG) 11 (G)
Sensor ground [VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 2)] Sensor power supply [VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 2)] Power supply for VVEL control module Sensor power supply [VVEL control shaft position sensor 2 (bank 1)] CAN communication line [ECM]
6 (B) 14 (B) 4 (W)
5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 5V
Input/ Output
G
0 - 14 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed
12 (G)
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor (High lift) (bank 1)
JMBIA0854ZZ
L
JMBIA0855ZZ
13 (W) 14 (B)
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor power supply (bank 1)
Input
[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] Idle speed
EC-579
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

Terminal No. + - Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.) 0 - 14 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed
15 (L/Y)
14 (B)
VVEL actuator motor (Low lift) (bank 2)
JMBIA0854ZZ
JMBIA0855ZZ
16 (R)
17 (L)
[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Input [Engine is running] Warm-up condition When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed Input [Engine is running] Warm-up condition When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
3.50 - 4.75 V
0.25 - 4.75 V
17 (L)
Sensor ground [VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 (bank 1)]
3.50 - 4.75 V
18 (G)
19 (W)
0.25 - 4.75 V
19 (W) 20 (BR) 21 (V) 22 (P) 23 (Y) 24 (L)
Sensor ground [VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 (bank 2)] Sensor power supply [VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 (bank 2)] VVEL actuator motor relay abort signal Sensor power supply [VVEL position sensor 1 (bank 1)] VVEL control motor relay
19 (W) 14 (B) 17 (L) 14 (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed [Ignition switch: ON]
5V
Input
0V
5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 1.0 V
Output Input/ Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]
CAN communication line
EC-580
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

Terminal No. + - Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition
[VQ37VHR]
Value (Approx.) 0 - 14 V [Engine is running] Warm-up condition Idle speed
EC
25 (BR)
14 (B)
VVEL control motor (Low lift) (bank 1)
JMBIA0854ZZ
JMBIA0855ZZ
F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-581
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

INFOID:0000000004732303
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -
JCBWM1011GB
EC-582
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1012GB
EC-583
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1013GB
EC-584
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1014GB
EC-585
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1015GB
EC-586
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1016GB
EC-587
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1017GB
EC-588
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1018GB
EC-589
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1019GB
EC-590
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1020GB
EC-591
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1021GB
EC-592
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1022GB
EC-593
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1023GB
EC-594
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1024GB
EC-595
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1025GB
EC-596
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1026GB
EC-597
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1027GB
EC-598
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1028GB
EC-599
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

JCBWM1029GB
EC-600
2009 G37 Coupe
VVEL CONTROL MODULE

A
EC
O
JCBWM1030GB
EC-601
2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ37VHR]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Table
SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
INFOID:0000000004251078
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) HA 2 2
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
Warranty symptom code Fuel Fuel pump circuit Fuel pressure regulator system Fuel injector circuit Evaporative emission system Air Positive crankcase ventilation system Incorrect idle speed adjustment Electric throttle control actuator Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment Ignition circuit Main power supply and ground circuit Mass air flow sensor circuit
AA 1 3 1 3 3
AB 1 3 1 3 3
AC 2 4 2 4 4
AD 3 4 3 4 4
AE 2 4 2 4 4
AF
AG 2
AH 2 4 2 4 4 1 2 1 2 3
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
AJ
AK
AL 3
AM
EC-499 EC-614 EC-496 EC-83
4 2
4 2
4 4 1
4 4 1 2 1 2 3
4 4 1 2
4 4 1 2 1 2 2 3 1
EC-518 EC-13 EC-402, EC-409 EC-13 EC-507 EC-145 EC-168, EC-176
1 3 1 2
1 3 1 2
2 1 2 3
3 1 2 3 2
3 1 2 3
1 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
EC-191, EC-198 EC-205, EC-209, EC-212, EC-215, EC-480 EC-194, EC-260, EC-398, EC-400, EC-411 EC-467, EC-471, EC-475 3 EC-270
Throttle position sensor circuit 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit Knock sensor circuit 3 2 2 1 2
EC-602
2009 G37 Coupe

SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
[VQ37VHR]
A
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
EC
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code Engine oil temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit Vehicle speed signal circuit Power steering pressure sensor circuit ECM Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit Manifold abslute pressure (MAP) sensor Brake booster pressure sensor VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL actuator shaft position sensor PNP signal circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit Electrical load signal circuit Air conditioner circuit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
AA
AB
AC 4
AD
AE 1
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL 3
AM
HA EC-254, EC-257 EC-273 EC-277
2 3
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-346 EC-355 EC-363, EC-365 EC-165 EC-182 EC-358 EC457,EC459 EC-384 EC-388 EC-380
2 3
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 3 2
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
EC-371 EC-520 EC-494
3 4
HA-3 BRC-4
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page)
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

P
EC-603
2009 G37 Coupe

SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
[VQ37VHR]
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) HA
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
Warranty symptom code Fuel Fuel tank Fuel piping Vapor lock Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air Air duct Air cleaner Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Generator circuit Starter circuit Signal plate PNP signal sircuit Engine Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket Cylinder block Piston Piston ring Connecting rod Bearing Crankshaft
AA 5
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
AJ
AK
AL
AM
FL-12 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-4 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-28 EM-28 EM-28 EM-29 EM-33 PG-99
5 5
5 5
5 5
5 5
1 3 6 4 5
1 1
CHG-22, CHG-23 STR-5 EM-131 TM-9, TM176
EM-117
4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-131
EC-604
2009 G37 Coupe

SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
[VQ37VHR]
A
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
EC
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code Valve mechanism Timing chain Camshaft Intake valve timing control Intake valve Exhaust valve Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket Three way catalyst Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap Thermostat Water pump Water gallery Cooling fan Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS)
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA EM-65 EM-104
5 3
EM-65 EM-117
H
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX-4, EX-6 LU-10, LU12, LU-13, LU-14 LU-6 CO-11, CO-11 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-21 CO-20 CO-24 CO-17 5 CO-7
M
1 1 SEC-5
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
EC-605
2009 G37 Coupe
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ37VHR]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION

Description
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)
If the engine speed is above 1,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. However, if the engine speed is above 4,000 rpm, fuel will be cut off in a few seconds. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-34, "System Description".
INFOID:0000000004251079
TORQUE CUT CONTROL (AT HIGH ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE)

ECM receives engine oil temperature signal from engine oil temperature sensor. To avoid VVEL performance, ECM performs the engine torque cut control at high engine oil temperature. If engine oil temperature is too high, engine oil viscosity will change. As a result, engine oil pressure is decreased. This control is to control the VVEL operating angle by operating the VVEL actuator sub assembly. If this control is operated, engine performance will decrease, then maximum engine speed is reduced a little, for example. NOTE: If the engine oil temperature sensor is deteriorated, its characteristic will change. In this case, the operating temperature for engine torque cut control might be decrease. Perform Component Inspection of the engine oil temperature sensor to check for the deterioration. Refer to EC-256, "Component Inspection".
EC-606
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ37VHR]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"
EC
INFOID:0000000004703427
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS

WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
INFOID:0000000004251081
N
PIIB3706J
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service
INFOID:0000000004251082
WARNING: Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident. Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, removing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage generated parts. Never work with wet hands. Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. (Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.) Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
EC-607
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
[VQ37VHR] < PRECAUTION > CAUTION: Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connector, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.) Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it. Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it. Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T
INFOID:0000000004251083
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to illuminate. Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-89, "Description". Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit. Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions
Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable.
INFOID:0000000004251084
SEF289H
Never disassemble ECM. If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus, engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight variation. If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values
JMBIA0057ZZ
EC-608
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. - 1 : ECM - C : Loosen [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
JMBIA0029ZZ
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-525, "Reference Value". Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS).
G
PBIB0090E
K
MEF040D
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SEF217U
EC-609
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. [VQ37VHR]
SEF348N
B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the figure. Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
SEC893C
Never depress accelerator pedal when starting. Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
EC-610
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Never let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave ratio can be kept smaller. - Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. [VQ37VHR]
A
EC
C
SEF708Y
EC-611
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ37VHR]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
INFOID:0000000004251085
NOTE: The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge kit
Description Checks fuel pressure
LEC642

Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) Description Locates the EVAP leak
INFOID:0000000004251086
S-NT703
EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
Applies positive pressure through EVAP service port
S-NT704
Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382)
Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure
S-NT815
Socket wrench
Removes and installs engine coolant temperature sensor
S-NT705
EC-612
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Description Reconditions the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
[VQ37VHR]
A
EC
Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
S-NT779
EC-613
2009 G37 Coupe
FUEL PRESSURE
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ37VHR]
FUEL PRESSURE
Inspection
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III
INFOID:0000000004251087
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Turn ignition switch ON. Perform FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2). Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
JMBIA0021ZZ
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because CV36 models do not have fuel return system. Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit (J-44321) to check fuel pressure. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. 2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting (A) between fuel damper (1) and injector tube. 3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connector adapter hose) (B) to the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. 5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. 6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) 7. If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. If OK, Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. If NG, Repair or replace.
JMBIA0028ZZ
EC-614
2009 G37 Coupe
EVAP LEAK CHECK

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ37VHR]
A
INFOID:0000000004251088
EVAP LEAK CHECK

Inspection
CAUTION: Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump. Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: Do not start engine. Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port. Turn ignition switch ON. Select the EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. Touch START. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram".
G
SEF462UA
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. 2. 3. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
SEF462UA
4.
EC-615
2009 G37 Coupe
EVAP LEAK CHECK

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 5. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-83, "System Diagram". [VQ37VHR]
SEF200U
EC-616
2009 G37 Coupe
EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VQ37VHR]
A

EVAP CANISTER
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004251089
EC
G
JMBIA0049GB
H
1. 4. EVAP canister system pressure sen- 2. sor O-ring 5. O-ring EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
Refer to GI-3, "Contents" for symbols not described on the above.

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004251090
1. Lift up the vehicle. 2. Remove EVAP canister fixing bolt. 3. Remove EVAP canister. NOTE: The EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP canister system pressure sensor can be removed without removing the EVAP canister.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten EVAP canister fixing bolt to the specified torque.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
A B : Lock : Unlock
2.
Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
PBIB2730E
EC-617
2009 G37 Coupe
EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. [VQ37VHR]
Inspection
Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
INFOID:0000000004251091
PBIB2728E
EC-618
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ37VHR]
A

Idle Speed
Transmission A/T M/T *: Under the following conditions A/C switch: OFF Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Condition No load* (in P or N position) No load* (in Neutral position)
INFOID:0000000004251092
EC
Specification 650 50 rpm 650 50 rpm
E
INFOID:0000000004251093
Ignition Timing
Transmission A/T M/T *: Under the following conditions A/C switch: OFF Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Condition No load* (in P or N position) No load* (in Neutral position)
F
Specification 10 5 BTDC 10 5 BTDC
Calculated Load Value

Condition At idle At 2,500 rpm
INFOID:0000000004251094
Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) 5 35 % 5 35 %
Mass Air Flow Sensor

Supply voltage Output voltage at idle Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. Battery voltage (11 14 V) 0.7 1.2 V* 2.0 6.0 gm/sec at idle* 7.0 20.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
K
INFOID:0000000004251095
EC-619
2009 G37 Coupe

Infiniti G37-09-Coupe3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infiniti G37-09-Coupe3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infiniti G37-09-Coupe3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

C1210 ECM ....................................................... 19

P1804 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ................ 20

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 8 .

P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ................ 21

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AWD CONTROL UNIT) .................................................................12 .

P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE .... 22

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 14 .

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 25

C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) ....................................15 .

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 26

C1204 AWD SOLENOID ...................................16 .

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 27

AWD WARNING LAMP .................................... 30

C1205 AWD ACTUATOR RELAY ....................18 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 32 .

Revision: 2009 October

2009 G37 Coupe

AWD CONTROL UNIT ...................................... 32 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 53

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 40 .

FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................ 54 .

REAR OIL SEAL .............................................. 55 .

AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF ................................................................... 41 .

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 58

HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS .................................................. 42 .

UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ... 60

VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER AWD MODE .... 43 .

AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY .... 44 .

MAIN SHAFT .................................................... 70 .

AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY ..... 45 .

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 46 .

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT AND DRIVE CHAIN .... 75 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 79

FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 80

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 52 .

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 82

Revision: 2009 October

FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT ...........................82 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 83 .

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 96 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 97 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........................................................... 86 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......................................................... 101 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 87 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 102 .

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 89 .

PREPARATION ........................................ 103 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 90 .

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ..................... 104 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............ 105 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........................................................... 93 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......................................................... 109 .

REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 94 .

FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 110 .

System Diagram ...................................................110 .

DRIVE PINION ................................................. 139 .

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 111 .

PRECAUTION ........................................... 112 .